Belimo VRD2 - TROX
Belimo VRD2 - TROX
Belimo VRD2 - TROX
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
VARYCONTROL<br />
Reference List<br />
Design and Areas of Application<br />
Installation<br />
Commissioning<br />
Maintenance<br />
Control Components<br />
Technical Leaflets
Reference list<br />
VARYCONTROL<br />
Agrippina Versicherung<br />
Köln/G<br />
Autostadt Hotel Ritz, Wolfsburg<br />
Wolfsburg/G<br />
Axel-Springer-Verlag<br />
Hamburg/G<br />
Bankhaus Lampe<br />
Düsseldorf/G<br />
Bausparkasse Schwäbisch Hall<br />
Schwäbisch Hall/G<br />
Bayer Leverkusen<br />
Leverkusen/G<br />
Bertelsmann<br />
Gütersloh/G<br />
BHW<br />
Hameln/G<br />
Biozentrum Frankfurt<br />
Frankfurt/G<br />
Boehringer Ingelheim<br />
Ingelheim/G<br />
Boehringer-Biberach<br />
Biberach/G<br />
Bosch-Stuttgart<br />
Stuttgart/G<br />
Bundesanstalt für Arbeit<br />
Nürnberg/G<br />
Bundeskanzleramt Berlin<br />
Berlin/G<br />
Bundesprüfanstalt für Arzneimittel<br />
Bonn/G<br />
City Carrè Magdeburg<br />
Magdeburg/G<br />
City Point Nürnberg<br />
Nürnberg/G<br />
Citybank Duisburg<br />
Duisburg/G<br />
CIV Europa-Parlament Brüssel<br />
Brüssel/B<br />
Commerzbank Frankfurt<br />
Frankfurt/G<br />
Condor-Versicherung<br />
Hamburg/G<br />
Daimler-Benz Düsseldorf<br />
Düsseldorf/G<br />
Daimler-Benz Germersheim<br />
Germersheim/G<br />
Daimler-Benz-Sindelfingen<br />
Sindelfingen/G<br />
Demirbank Esentepe<br />
Istanbul/T<br />
Deutsche Bank Düsseldorf<br />
Düsseldorf/G<br />
Deutsche Bank Mannheim<br />
Mannheim/G<br />
Deutsche Lufthansa<br />
Frankfurt/G<br />
DMC-Headquarter Degussa<br />
Hüls/G<br />
Erasmus-Universität, Rotterdam<br />
Rotterdam/NL<br />
Flughafen Bremen<br />
Bremen/G<br />
Flughafen Düsseldorf<br />
Düsseldorf/G<br />
Flughafen Frankfurt, Terminal Ost<br />
Frankfurt/G<br />
Flughafen Friedrichshafen<br />
Friedrichshafen/G<br />
Flughafen Hamburg<br />
Hamburg/G<br />
Flughafen München I und II<br />
München/G<br />
Flughafen Warschau<br />
Warschau/G<br />
Flughafen Zürich<br />
Zürich/S<br />
Gödeke-Freiburg<br />
Freiburg/G<br />
Heidelberger Druckmaschinen<br />
Heidelberg/G<br />
Henkel Z21<br />
Düsseldorf/G<br />
Hoechst-Frankfurt<br />
Frankfurt/G<br />
IBM-Heidelberg<br />
Heidelberg/G<br />
Immuno Wien<br />
Wien/Aus<br />
Industriekreditbank Düsseldorf<br />
Düsseldorf/G<br />
Investbank Berlin<br />
Berlin/G<br />
12/2001
Reference list<br />
VARYCONTROL<br />
KADEWE-Berlin<br />
Berlin/G<br />
Karstadt-Bielefeld<br />
Bielefeld/G<br />
Lufthansa-Bremen<br />
Bremen/G<br />
LZB Bremen<br />
Bremen/G<br />
LZB-Kiel<br />
Kiel/G<br />
Maintower Frankfurt<br />
Frankfurt/G<br />
Merck Darmstadt<br />
Darmstadt/G<br />
MTZ-Dresden<br />
Dresden/G<br />
NG-Bank Hannover<br />
Hannover/G<br />
Office-World-Bremen<br />
Bremen/G<br />
OPZ-Berlin<br />
Berlin/G<br />
Pharmazentrum-Oranienburg<br />
Oranienburg/G<br />
Provinzial-Versicherung Düsseldorf<br />
Düsseldorf/G<br />
Queens Tower, Amsterdam<br />
Amsterdam/NL<br />
Rheinbraun-Köln<br />
Köln/G<br />
Roche Penzberg<br />
Penzberg/G<br />
Schering Berlin<br />
Berlin/G<br />
Sony-Center Berlin<br />
Berlin/G<br />
Sophia-Krankenhaus Rotterdam<br />
Rotterdam/NL<br />
Sozial-Versicherungsbank<br />
Amsterdam<br />
Amsterdam/NL<br />
Stadhuis Den Haag<br />
Den Haag/NL<br />
Thomae-Biberach<br />
Biberach/G<br />
TKK-Hamburg<br />
Hamburg/G<br />
TU-Eindhoven<br />
Eindhoven/NL<br />
Universität Amsterdam<br />
Amsterdam/NL<br />
Universität Mainz<br />
Mainz/G<br />
Universitäts-Klinikum Leipzig<br />
Leipzig/G<br />
Urban-Medical-Center, Moskau<br />
Moskau/R<br />
Volksfürsorge<br />
Hamburg/G<br />
WDR-Köln<br />
Köln/G<br />
West-LB Münster<br />
Münster/G<br />
Zentralklinikum-Dresden<br />
Dresden/G<br />
Zentral-Klinikum-Köln<br />
Köln/G<br />
ZF-Friedrichshafen<br />
Friedrichshafen/G
Design and Areas of Application<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Volume Flow Control Terminal Units<br />
for VAV Systems 2<br />
Trox Scope of Supply 3<br />
Description of Function 4<br />
Single Duct System,<br />
Suply Air/Extract Air Slave Control 5<br />
Single Duct System with Reheat Coil 6<br />
Dual Duct System Type TVM 6<br />
Room Pressure Control 7<br />
Duct Pressure Control 7<br />
Explanation of Order Codes 8<br />
Nomenclature<br />
9<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016NA1
TVZ · TVA<br />
TVM<br />
TVR<br />
TVRK<br />
TVJ/TVT<br />
Design and Areas of Application<br />
2<br />
Volume Flow Control Terminal Units<br />
for VAV Systems<br />
The VARYCONTROL VAV terminal units are designed for<br />
variable air volume flow systems (VAV). The types are<br />
selected according to various project-specific criteria:<br />
Selection Criterion Terminal Unit Type<br />
System Supply air<br />
Type Single duct TVZ/TVS/TVR/TVJ/TVT<br />
Dual duct TVM<br />
Extract air TVA/TVR(K)/TVJ/TVT<br />
By acoustic<br />
criteria Very high TVZD + TS<br />
TVAD + TS<br />
TVMD + TS<br />
TVJD/TVTD + TX<br />
High criteria TVZ/TVA/TVM<br />
Low criteria TVR/TVJ/TVT<br />
Reduction in<br />
duct velocity TVZ/TVA/TVS/TVM<br />
Low installation height TVR/TVJ/TVT<br />
Chemical resistance<br />
Coating TVR-P1/TVJ-P1<br />
Stainless steel TVR-A2<br />
plastic TVRK<br />
Volume flow ranges<br />
15 to 1680 l/s TVZ/TVA/TVS<br />
10 to 1680 l/s TVR/TVRK<br />
40 to 615 l/s TVM<br />
45 to 10100 l/s TVJ/TVT<br />
The volume flow is controlled by a volume flow controller<br />
which uses pneumatic or electrical energy. These controllers<br />
and the associated measurement and activating<br />
elements are integral parts of the volume flow control terminal<br />
unit. The overall design of the air conditioning<br />
system results in the VAV terminal unit being the connecting<br />
element between the system and the room, with the<br />
following functions:<br />
• to adjust the volume flow within specified tolerances<br />
irrespective of duct pressure<br />
• as an auxiliary parameter for the room temperature<br />
controller, to maintain a constant room temperature.<br />
To achieve the correct control strategy, various tasks<br />
must be noted when planning volume flow control<br />
systems. The system designer, contractor, manufacturer<br />
of the control system and Trox must collaborate and the<br />
exchange of information is essential.
Design and Areas of Application<br />
VAV System with Electronic or<br />
Pneumatic Volume Flow Control<br />
t<br />
VAV System with Digital Single Room Control<br />
t<br />
Room Temperature Controller<br />
Trox scope of supply<br />
Volume Flow Controller<br />
Volume Flow and<br />
Room Temperature<br />
Controller (DDC)<br />
Guarantee limit between Trox and system<br />
manufacturer or manufacturer of control<br />
components<br />
3<br />
Trox Scope of Supply<br />
The guarantee limits for VAV terminal units are set by the<br />
control function. The diagrams show the usual control<br />
systems used today. When a volume flow controller is<br />
used, this limit is defined by input and output signals.<br />
With combined room temperature and volume flow controllers,<br />
this limit passes through the controller. In these<br />
cases, the manufacturer of the VAV terminal unit guarantees<br />
to maintain the volume flow, and the supplier of the<br />
temperature controller guarantees the control of room<br />
temperature.<br />
The scope of supply for VARYCONTROL systems<br />
includes:<br />
• the VAV terminal unit with its flow and acoustic properties<br />
as given in the sales literature, and the control<br />
components ordered<br />
• installation, wiring and tubing connections of the control<br />
components mounted on the unit<br />
• volume flow adjustment and individual calibration test<br />
of unit and control components<br />
• guarantee for the above system according to the terms<br />
and conditions of order<br />
• technical documentation<br />
The following are not included:<br />
• fixing and sealing materials<br />
• water control valves and fittings for the reheat coils<br />
• transformers, unless specified and shown on order<br />
paperwork<br />
• pressure regulators to the operating pressure of the<br />
pneumatic controller of 1.3 bar<br />
The guarantee for the “room temperature” control system<br />
and customer overrides in principle the responsibility of<br />
the building control system/BMS company. Information<br />
on power consumption, connections etc. is given in the<br />
technical documentation from the control component<br />
manufacturer.
Room Temperature Control Circuit<br />
Set point<br />
Effect on room<br />
temperature<br />
Volume Flow Control Circuit<br />
3 2<br />
Control<br />
deviation<br />
Variable<br />
volume flow<br />
∆p w<br />
5 M<br />
4<br />
1 Volume flow controller<br />
2 Differential pressure sensor<br />
3 Control damper blade<br />
4 Differential pressure transducer<br />
5 Actuator<br />
6 Room temperature controller<br />
Room<br />
temperature<br />
controller<br />
Volume flow<br />
controller<br />
1 6<br />
Energy<br />
requirement<br />
Design and Areas of Application<br />
4<br />
Description of Function<br />
“Room Temperature” Control Circuit<br />
In a VAV system, the volume flow control circuit is governed<br />
by a room temperature-dependent signal. The<br />
room temperature is measured with a temperature<br />
sensor. The room temperature controller compares the<br />
actual value with the set value and provides an output<br />
signal corresponding to the resulting energy requirement<br />
which is used as a set point signal for the volume flow<br />
controller. If the room temperature rises, the cooling<br />
effect is increased by increasing the volume flow (with<br />
cold supply air) and the room temperature held at its set<br />
point.<br />
Volume Flow Cascade Control Circuit<br />
The volume flow control has a closed control circuit:<br />
measurement – comparison – adjustment.<br />
As volume measurement accuracy is essential for quality,<br />
an optimised differential pressure sensor was developed<br />
for the Trox VARYCONTROL VAV terminal units. Differential<br />
pressures are measured at the inlet to the multi point<br />
flow grid. The particular arrangement of the measurement<br />
points gives an amplifica-tion of the dynamic pressure<br />
as a mean value. The differential pressure thus measured<br />
is a function of the volume flow and is converted<br />
into an electrical or pneumatic signal by a transducer.<br />
The volume flow controller determines the volume flow<br />
from the transducer signal.<br />
Depending on the control deviation between actual and<br />
set values, the control damper blade is adjusted by the<br />
actuator until the actual value and set point are equal<br />
(P or Pl control depending on controller type). The volume<br />
flow controller maintains a constant volume flow over the<br />
specified pressure range within controller-dependent<br />
tolerances. Duct pressure fluctuations cannot therefore<br />
have a disruptive effect on the room temperature control.
Design and Areas of Application<br />
Single Duct with Supply Air/<br />
Extract Air Dependent Control<br />
Extract<br />
air<br />
TVA<br />
TVR<br />
TVJ<br />
Constant Differential Control<br />
Extract air volume flow<br />
Ratio Control<br />
Extract air volume flow<br />
250<br />
l/s<br />
200<br />
150<br />
100<br />
50<br />
Differential ± 0<br />
TVR + 50 m 3 /h<br />
TVJ - 50 m 3 /h<br />
Ratio ± 0<br />
Ratio + 10 %<br />
Ratio - 10 %<br />
TVZ<br />
TVS<br />
TVR<br />
TVJ<br />
0<br />
0 50 100 150 200 l/s 250<br />
250<br />
l/s<br />
200<br />
150<br />
100<br />
50<br />
t<br />
Supply air volume flow (actual value)<br />
0<br />
0 50 100 150 200 l/s 250<br />
Supply air volume flow (actual value)<br />
Supply<br />
air<br />
5<br />
Single Duct System<br />
The supply air volume flow controller receives a control<br />
signal from the room temperature controller and holds<br />
the supply air volume flow, at the specified set value. The<br />
controller adjusts the air quantity between the specified<br />
V · min and V · max values.<br />
Suply Air/Extract Air Slave Control<br />
In individual rooms and closed office areas, the balance<br />
between supply air and extract air must be maintained to<br />
avoid whistling noises through gaps around doors etc.,<br />
or making doors difficult to open and close. For this, the<br />
actual value of the supply air is monitored at the extract<br />
air volume flow controller. Thus the extract air volume<br />
flow in every operating situation follows the supply air.<br />
When designing the required volume flow differences,<br />
it must be ensured that the proposed controller can<br />
achieve the required constant differential or ratio control.<br />
When ordering VAV terminal units, the allocation by room<br />
numbers must be given. This allocation must be taken<br />
into account when the units are installed. VAV terminal<br />
units types TVA, TVR and TVJ are designed for use in<br />
normal air conditioning systems with extract air without<br />
high dust levels and without aggressive elements in the<br />
air. For extremely dusty extract air (grease, sticky dust),<br />
membrane pressure transducers must be provided and<br />
regular maintenance planned. For aggressive extract air,<br />
volume flow controllers of suitable materials are available.<br />
Order Example<br />
In accordance with sales leaflet and price list for ratio<br />
control:<br />
TVZ-R/160/B13/M2-30-250 l/s<br />
TVA -R/160/B13/S2-27-225 l/s
Single Duct System with Reheat Coil<br />
for LPHW Heating<br />
Order Example<br />
as per sales leaflet and price list:<br />
TVZ-R-1/200/B13/E2-200-400 l/s<br />
Dual Duct System<br />
t<br />
t<br />
TVZ<br />
TVS<br />
TVR<br />
TVJ<br />
TVM<br />
Order Example<br />
as per sales leaflet and price list:<br />
TVM-R-/200/B27/E2-200-400 l/s<br />
Supply air<br />
Warm<br />
Cold<br />
Design and Areas of Application<br />
6<br />
Single Duct System with Reheat Coil<br />
The room temperature controller must have two outputs<br />
in sequence, heating and cooling. The cooling output is<br />
connected to the volume flow controller which controls<br />
the supply air volume flow between V · min and V · max. The<br />
heating output acts directly on the water valve actuator.<br />
The reheat coil selection can be carried out by the designer<br />
from Trox leaftets. Trox can also carry out the calculations<br />
if the following information is given in full:<br />
t e : air inlet temperature<br />
t a : air outlet temperature<br />
t wm : mean water temperature<br />
Unless specified otherwise, the heating volume is taken<br />
as V · min. The water control valve sizing is the responsibility<br />
of the system designer.<br />
Dual Duct System<br />
With a dual duct system, both heating and cooling air<br />
is available at all times for room temperature control.<br />
Cooling takes place due to the variable cold supply air<br />
volume flow with the warm air duct closed. In the heating<br />
mode, the warm air volume flow is increased as required.<br />
The room temperature controller is connected to the cold<br />
air volume flow controller.<br />
Control Diagram TVM<br />
Volume flow<br />
Room temperature<br />
Cold<br />
Warm<br />
Total volume flow
Design and Areas of Application<br />
Room Pressure Control<br />
Extract<br />
air<br />
TVA<br />
TVR<br />
TVJ<br />
Order Example<br />
as per sales leaflet and price list:<br />
TVZ-R-1/160/B13/E2-25-250 l/s<br />
TVR/160/BG3/F2- -25 Pa, Extract Air<br />
Duct Pressure Control<br />
Order Example<br />
as per sales leaflet and price list:<br />
TVR/160/BH3/F2-110 Pa, Supply Air<br />
t<br />
TVZ<br />
TVS<br />
TVR<br />
TVJ<br />
Supply<br />
air<br />
7<br />
Room Pressure Control<br />
In sealed rooms, as a result of control deviations, with<br />
supply air/extract air slave control systems, unacceptably<br />
high room pressure differences can occur. It is therefore<br />
recommended that the room pressure be controlled. In<br />
the example shown, the room temperature is controlled<br />
via variable supply air (VAV). The room pressure is also<br />
controlled via the extract air. The room pressure controller<br />
acts directly on the actuator of the extract air<br />
damper. The membrane pressure transducer is connected<br />
to the room and a reference room (e.g. corridor) with<br />
measurement tubing. The specified maximum permitted<br />
tube length and installation position of the transducer<br />
must be observed. If an additional extract air volume flow<br />
controller is integrated, the extract air volume flow may<br />
be limited. This avoids extreme positions on the extract<br />
air damper (open or closed) when the doors are open or<br />
if there is any room leakage. This type of control is not<br />
possible with all controllers.<br />
The following combinations are possible:<br />
Supply air Extract air<br />
Constant/variable Room pressure<br />
positive or negative<br />
Room pressure Constant/variable<br />
positive or negative<br />
The proposed application and positive or negative pressure<br />
in Pa must be stated at the time of order.<br />
Duct Pressure Control<br />
All single duct VAV terminal units can have duct pressure<br />
control. A controller with a membrane pressure transducer<br />
acts directly on the damper actuator. The existing<br />
differential pressure sensor can also be fitted with a<br />
transducer to measure the actual volume flow for secondary<br />
control. The order should state the application of<br />
supply or extract air and the pressure to be calibrated in<br />
Pa. The reference pressure connection of the duct<br />
pressure transducer remains open. The duct pressure<br />
take-off is connected by the customer. The measurement<br />
point must be selected according to flow and system<br />
related criteria. The measurement connection must be<br />
mounted at right angles, without burrs, and connected<br />
via tubing to the plus (high) or minus (low) connection of<br />
the transducer. The notes in the controller descriptions<br />
on maximum tubing lengths, installation position must be<br />
observed.
Explanation of Order Codes<br />
The control components (controller, transmitter, actuators)<br />
are identified by a three point code (see price list).<br />
Code Make of<br />
control<br />
components<br />
B<br />
L<br />
H<br />
C<br />
P<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong><br />
Sauter, pneumatic Sauter, elektronic Honeywell Siemens-Landis&Staefa<br />
Volume flow<br />
device<br />
Type …<br />
TVZ/TVA/TVS/TVR/<br />
TVRK/TVJ/TVT<br />
TVZ/TVA/TVS/TVR/<br />
TVRK/TVJ/TVT<br />
TVM<br />
TVZ/TVA/TVS/TVR/<br />
TVRK/TVJ/TVT<br />
TVZ/TVA/TVS/TVR/<br />
TVRK/TVJ/TVT<br />
TVZ/TVA/TVS/TVR/<br />
TVRK/TVJ/TVT<br />
TVM<br />
TVZ/TVA/TVS/TVR/<br />
TVRK/TVJ/TVT<br />
TVM<br />
TVZ/TVA/TVS/TVR/<br />
TVRK/TVJ/TVT<br />
TVM<br />
TVZ/TVA/TVS/TVR/<br />
TVRK/TVJ/TVT<br />
TVM<br />
1) for TVT only; depending of necessary torque, selected by Trox<br />
Code Controller/Transmitter<br />
Type …<br />
1<br />
B<br />
G<br />
J<br />
H<br />
C<br />
2<br />
E<br />
F<br />
N<br />
P<br />
L<br />
Y<br />
M<br />
M<br />
N<br />
Q<br />
R<br />
B<br />
C<br />
J<br />
Q<br />
R<br />
D<br />
S<br />
A<br />
B<br />
D<br />
E<br />
N<br />
P<br />
R<br />
S<br />
U<br />
V<br />
X<br />
Y<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
Design and Areas of Application<br />
<strong>VRD2</strong><br />
VRP + VFP 300<br />
VRP-STP + VFP100<br />
VRP-STP + VFP300<br />
VRP-STP + VFP600<br />
NMV-D2<br />
2 x <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
2 x VRP + 2 x VFP300<br />
2 x NMV-D2<br />
GLB181.1E/3<br />
ASV181.1/E<br />
PRVU<br />
2 x GLB181.1E/3<br />
2 x PRVU<br />
W7751H2009<br />
W7751F2003<br />
2 x W7751H2009<br />
2 x W7751F2003<br />
RLE150F003<br />
RLE150F013<br />
RLE150F013 + …F100<br />
EYE205<br />
EYE206<br />
RLE150F003 + RLE150F001<br />
2 x EYE205<br />
RLP10, NO, PN21<br />
RLP10, NO, PN61<br />
RLP10, NZ, PN21<br />
RLP10, NZ, PN61<br />
RLP100, NO, PN21<br />
RLP100, NO, PN61<br />
RLP100, NZ, PN21<br />
RLP100, NZ, PN61<br />
RLP100 (NO, PN21) + RLP100<br />
RLP100 (NZ, PN21) + RLP100<br />
RLP100 (NO, PN21) + RLP100<br />
RLP100 (NZ, PN21) + RLP100<br />
2 x RLP10 (NO, PN21)<br />
2 x RLP10, (NZ, PN21)<br />
1 x RLP100F918<br />
(NZ/NO, 2 x PN21)<br />
8<br />
This table shows the connections between code numbers<br />
and technical basic functions.<br />
Application Code Actuator<br />
Type …<br />
Standard VAV-Control<br />
VAV-Control for polluted air<br />
Room- or duct pressure control<br />
Standard VAV-Control<br />
Standard dual duct control<br />
VAV-Control for polluted air<br />
Standard dual duct control<br />
Standard VAV-Control<br />
Standard VAV-Control,<br />
for higher torque<br />
resp. Spring return function<br />
Standard VAV-Control,<br />
digital communication<br />
Standard dual duct control<br />
Standard dual duct control<br />
Standard VAV-Control,<br />
digital communication, LON-Bus<br />
Standard VAV-Control,<br />
digital communication, LON-Bus<br />
Standard VAV-Control,<br />
digital communication, LON-Bus<br />
Standard VAV-Control,<br />
digital communication, LON-Bus<br />
Standard VAV-Control<br />
Room pressure/volume flow<br />
cascade<br />
Standard VAV-Control,<br />
digital communication<br />
Standard dual duct control<br />
Standard dual duct control,<br />
digital communication<br />
Standard VAV-Control<br />
Standard VAV-Control,<br />
lower volume flow rates<br />
Volume flow/room pressure<br />
cascade<br />
Standard dual duct control<br />
Standard dual duct control<br />
Standard dual duct control<br />
1<br />
3<br />
B<br />
D<br />
5<br />
7<br />
8<br />
C<br />
0<br />
A<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
A<br />
5<br />
0<br />
D<br />
0<br />
5<br />
0<br />
6<br />
2<br />
6<br />
4<br />
1<br />
4<br />
1)<br />
1)<br />
1)<br />
1)<br />
1)<br />
1)<br />
1)<br />
SM24-V<br />
NM24-V<br />
AF24-V<br />
GM24-V<br />
VAV-Compact<br />
2 x NM24-V<br />
2 x AF24-V<br />
(spring return function)<br />
2 x VAV-Compact<br />
Compact controller<br />
GBB131.1E<br />
GEB131.1E<br />
GIB131.1E<br />
GMA131.1E<br />
(spring return function)<br />
GCA131.1E<br />
(spring return function)<br />
GLB131.1E<br />
GBB131.1E<br />
GLB131.1E<br />
2 x compact controller<br />
2 x GLB131.1E<br />
VAV compact controller<br />
ML6174E2008<br />
2 x compact controller<br />
2 x ML6174E2008<br />
ASM113F902<br />
SA1.12<br />
2 x ASM113F902<br />
B555DC2<br />
2 x B555DC2
Design and Areas of Application<br />
Nomenclature<br />
TVZ VAV terminal box with integrated silencer,<br />
for supply air<br />
TVA VAV terminal box with integrated silencer,<br />
for extract air<br />
TVR VAV terminal box with integrated silencer,<br />
for supply and extract air<br />
9<br />
TVJ VAV terminal box, casing rectangular<br />
TVT VAV controller, casing rectangular, control<br />
damper leakage complies with DIN 1946, part 4<br />
TVM VAV dual duct etrminal box<br />
...-D Additional acoustic cladding
Installation<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Safety Instructions 2<br />
Delivery and Storage 3<br />
Transport on Site 3<br />
Reheat Coil Connections 4<br />
Wiring and Tubing Connections 4<br />
Secondary Silencer 4<br />
Installation TVJ/TVT 5<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016NA2
Before installing the VAV terminal<br />
units, read and observe these<br />
installation instructions!<br />
Proper Application<br />
The VAV terminal units are suitable for use in ventilation<br />
and air conditioning systems. Particular conditions can<br />
restrict the functioning capacity and must be taken into<br />
account during the design stage:<br />
• If the air is very dusty or contains fluff or sticky particles,<br />
e.g. extract air, units with membrane pressure<br />
transducers must be used. Access to the units for<br />
maintenance must be allowed.<br />
• For aggressive air, only volume flow control units made<br />
of plastic materials should be used after extensive<br />
tests for suitability.<br />
• Galvanised sheet steel units must not be installed in<br />
contaminated environments (e.g. acetic acid).<br />
• For hazardous areas, only use units with explosionproof<br />
electrical components.<br />
• For protected exterior areas, only use units with membrane<br />
pressure transducers. Larger volume flow tolerances<br />
occur due to the wider temperature range.<br />
2<br />
Safety Instructions<br />
Installation<br />
• Installation and wiring should only be carried out by<br />
specialists.<br />
• During installation, wiring and commissioning, the normal<br />
rules of site working, in particular the safety and<br />
accident prevention regulations, must be observed.<br />
• Because of the risk of injury from edges and burrs,<br />
carry and install units only while wearing gloves.<br />
• Mount devices properly and secure fixings with locking<br />
nuts. Suspension points must only carry the weight of<br />
the unit. Adjacent components and connecting ducts<br />
must be supported separately.<br />
Wiring the Control Components<br />
• The electrical connection must be made by an electrical<br />
engineer with observation of all safety measures.<br />
• Safety transformers must be used (EN 60742).<br />
• The following regulations and conditions must be<br />
observed:<br />
National IEE regulations<br />
Health and Safety directives<br />
Wiring instructions and circuit diagrams from<br />
the manufacturer of the control components.<br />
Residual Risks<br />
• Under extremely rare and unfavourable conditions,<br />
despite observation of the regulations listed, faults can<br />
occur in the controller due to electromagnetic fields.<br />
These can usually be remedied by screening or relocating<br />
the controller.<br />
• Foreseeable damage which could occur due to the<br />
failure of control components must be prevented in<br />
critical cases by corresponding measures (e.g. pressure<br />
relief openings in sealed rooms).
Installation<br />
TVZ . TVA Delivery and Storage<br />
5<br />
TVR<br />
4<br />
6<br />
2<br />
2<br />
1 Trox differential pressure sensor<br />
2 Control components with actuator<br />
3 Label with arrow showing air flow direction<br />
4 Circular connection duct<br />
5 Rectangular connection duct<br />
6 Suspension rods (supplied by customer)<br />
3<br />
3<br />
1<br />
4<br />
1 4<br />
3<br />
Several devices are supplied on each pallet, held by<br />
bands against sliding. TVR’s are packed in non-returnable<br />
containers.<br />
• Immediately after delivery, check units for completeness<br />
and transport damage. If delivery is incomplete or<br />
if transport damage has occured, inform the carriers<br />
and Trox immediately.<br />
• Do not expose the units (even when packed) to the<br />
direct effect of weather. Protect from water, direct sunlight<br />
and dirt.<br />
• Do not store in temperatures above 50 °C.<br />
Transport on Site<br />
Units should not be carried by the control components<br />
but only by the terminal unit edges.<br />
• The differential pressure sensor in the spigot connection<br />
is a measuring instrument which is extremely<br />
important for correct functioning, and must be handled<br />
with particular care. Do not therefore pull on the aluminium<br />
tubes of the sensors.<br />
Installation Point<br />
• Select the installation point such that the control components<br />
and maintenance openings remain accessible.<br />
• Do not confuse supply and extract air units. Note the<br />
air flow direction arrow on the unit label.<br />
• Do not confuse the units for master and slave control<br />
units (e.g. supply and extract air).<br />
• Units with membrane pressure transducers should be<br />
mounted in the position shown by the label. Consult<br />
Trox before fitting in other positions or moving the<br />
pressure transducer.<br />
• For installation before and after bends, dampers or<br />
other flow distortion elements, note that an increase in<br />
flow tolerance and noise level can result.
Reheat Coil Connections Fixing<br />
4<br />
Secondary Silencer Connections<br />
1 Rectangular end wall of terminal box<br />
2 Inser nut M8<br />
3 Reheat coil<br />
4 Water flow and return<br />
5 Additional decondary silencer TS<br />
3<br />
1<br />
2 5<br />
4<br />
Installation<br />
TVZ/TVS/TVA/TVM boxes have 10.5 mm dia. mounting<br />
holes on the top edge to take threaded drop rods up to<br />
10 mm in diameter. The circular spigots on all boxes fit<br />
into circular ducts to DIN 24145 and 24146. The rectangular<br />
end wall on the boxes has 4 M 8 inserts with<br />
centres that match 30 mm (TVS 20 mm) slide on frames<br />
or suitably prepared angle flanges. The protective cardboard<br />
can be used as a drilling template for duct flanges.<br />
TVJ/TVT has 4 corner flange holes 13 mm dia. on both<br />
mounting flanges.<br />
Duct Connections<br />
• Before connecting the ducts, check the inside of the<br />
unit for damage and any loose parts, and check the<br />
connecting ducts for contamination.<br />
• Seal the duct connections well with conventional<br />
sealing materials.<br />
• Because of the plastic components in the immediate<br />
vicinity of the connector, heat shrink tape should be<br />
used with care.<br />
Wiring and Tubing Connections<br />
Control components mounted on the unit are connected<br />
together by cables and tubing in the factory. Each unit is<br />
calibrated individually on an air flow test rig. The complete<br />
function and direction of rotation of the actuators/<br />
controller is tested.<br />
• Customer connections should be carried out carefully<br />
and tested, taking into account the technical literature<br />
issued and the project specification.<br />
Reheat Coils<br />
Units with reheat coils are supplied fully mounted. The<br />
reheat coil fins are covered by a protective steel plate.<br />
Remove the protective plate before connecting to<br />
the duct. The customer must connect the flow and return<br />
pipe connections (for 1, 2 and 4 row coils, 1 off each).<br />
Air venting and water draining/isolation facilities must be<br />
provided.<br />
Secondary Silencer TS<br />
The secondary silencers are supplied separately and<br />
must be mounted at the point of installation directly onto<br />
the unit or reheat coil.<br />
• Fix secondary silencer to the terminal unit end wall or<br />
reheat coil using 4 x M 8 bolts.
Installation<br />
TVJ with TX TVJ/TVT with Silencer TX<br />
1 TVJ/TVT<br />
2 Silencer TX<br />
1 2 1<br />
Acoustic media<br />
1<br />
Acoustic media<br />
TVJ/TVJD, H = 100 1) mm, with TX<br />
Acoustic media at top Acoustic media on bottom<br />
2<br />
5<br />
For aerodynamic and acoustic reasons, direct connection<br />
of TVJ control units and TX silencers is not recommended.<br />
To achieve the technical data as specified, a<br />
duct section must be installed between the damper and<br />
the silencer. The units are supplied separately and must<br />
be mounted by the customer as shown. TX and the duct<br />
section both have 4 corner flange holes for bolting to the<br />
TVJ/TVT.<br />
Unit with 1001) mm Height<br />
For this height, to achieve the aerodynamic data given in<br />
the sales leaflet, the TX must be installed as shown. Note<br />
the unit labels relating to the installation position.<br />
1) Also valid for the former height 107 mm
Commissioning<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Function Test 2<br />
C-Values 3<br />
Transducer Curve 3<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment 3<br />
TVRK 4<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016NA4
Disengaging the Drive Function Test<br />
1 Button for disengaging the drive<br />
2 Control damper shaft with position indicator<br />
Control Damper Actuator<br />
Most electric actuators can be adjusted by hand. The<br />
drive is disengaged via a button so that the blade shaft<br />
can be turned. For larger sizes and greater pressure<br />
differentials, high torque loadings occur.<br />
• To avoid injury, only move the damper shaft using<br />
pliers.<br />
A slot in the damper shaft indicates the position of the<br />
blade. The direction of rotation can be reversed with<br />
most electric actuators. However, the rotation is correctly<br />
set in the Trox works. If the actuator runs in one direction<br />
only, changing the direction of rotation will show whether<br />
there is a fault with the actuator. If, after changing direction,<br />
the drive rotates in the other direction, there is a<br />
wiring fault or the controller is faulty.<br />
Dampers which are permanently open or closed may<br />
have the following faults in addition to wiring faults:<br />
Open<br />
• Static differential pressure too low<br />
• No air flow (fan stopped, fire damper closed)<br />
Closed<br />
• Override position control in action<br />
• (e.g. window switch/shut off)<br />
1<br />
2<br />
2<br />
Commissioning<br />
Safety notes<br />
• Commissioning should only be carried out by specialists.<br />
• To ensure complete functioning, check the customer<br />
connections carefully before commissioning.<br />
• The control damper blade may only be manually<br />
adjusted using pliers when the actuator drive has been<br />
disconnected.<br />
The function of the volume flow control has been tested<br />
in the Trox works. If all customer connections have been<br />
correctly made, the system is ready for operation.<br />
For function testing and commissioning:<br />
• All control components must be wired and the<br />
wiring/tubing connections tested.<br />
• The duct system to the VAV terminal unit must be<br />
complete.<br />
• The fans must be running.<br />
• The supply voltage or compressed air must be connected.<br />
The basic procedure for function testing during commissioning<br />
is described below. Further details are given in<br />
the VARYCONTROL Product Information under the heading<br />
“Control Components” and the documentation from<br />
the control component manufacturer.<br />
Volume Flow Controllers and Transducers<br />
The volume flow controllers can only be site tested in<br />
conjunction with transducers and actuators. It must be<br />
checked that the supply voltage or operating pressure is<br />
present at the terminal unit.<br />
The controller/transducer function unit is tested by adjusting<br />
the actuator position by hand or through the controller.<br />
The transducer signal must change position in<br />
accordance with the setting.<br />
To test the actuator, ensure that the controller opens and<br />
closes the damper blade. Further details are given in the<br />
information for the controller type concerned. External<br />
control functions are tested as specified by the controller<br />
manufacturer.
Commissioning<br />
C-Values TVZ, TVS, TVR, TVM and TVA Transducer Curve<br />
Size TVZ/TVR/TVS TVM-cold TVM-tot. TVA<br />
10 6.11) 12 9.7 9.7 16.8 9.0<br />
16 15.9 15.9 29.1 15.2<br />
20 25.5 25.5 44 24.2<br />
25 39 39 61 38<br />
31 65 63<br />
40 106 103<br />
1) TVR only<br />
C-Values TVJ/TVT<br />
B x H<br />
mm<br />
C<br />
200 x 100 14.8<br />
300 x 100 21.2<br />
400 x 100 28.8<br />
500 x 100 35<br />
600 x 100 44<br />
200 x 200 30<br />
300 x 200 45<br />
400 x 200 60<br />
500 x 200 75<br />
600 x 200 90<br />
700 x 200 107<br />
800 x 200 120<br />
300 x 300 75<br />
400 x 300 100<br />
500 x 300 137<br />
600 x 300 147<br />
700 x 300 174<br />
800 x 300 207<br />
900 x 300 228<br />
1000 x 300 254<br />
B x H<br />
mm<br />
C<br />
400 x 400 146<br />
500 x 400 183<br />
600 x 400 212<br />
700 x 400 239<br />
800 x 400 281<br />
900 x 400 320<br />
1000 x 400 359<br />
500 x 500 207<br />
600 x 500 234<br />
700 x 500 284<br />
800 x 500 318<br />
900 x 500 361<br />
1000 x 500 409<br />
600 x 600 297<br />
700 x 600 344<br />
800 x 600 396<br />
900 x 600 461<br />
1000 x 600 508<br />
Measuring the Effectiv Pressure ∆p e<br />
1<br />
1 Remove test point cap and replace after<br />
measurement<br />
2 Manometer<br />
2<br />
B x H<br />
mm<br />
C<br />
700 x 700 415<br />
800 x 700 469<br />
900 x 700 535<br />
1000 x 700 597<br />
800 x 800 543<br />
900 x 800 636<br />
1000 x 800 681<br />
900 x 900 720<br />
1000 x 900 786<br />
1000 x 1000 904<br />
3<br />
The transducers are calibrated in the Trox works such<br />
that the transducer output signal shown on the curve<br />
agrees with the actual volume flows. This setting is<br />
sealed. If the transducers are tested, the differential<br />
pressure must be measured at the differential pressure<br />
sensor. If the measuring lines contain T-pieces, a manometer<br />
can be connected. If the transducer has no T-piece<br />
at the effectiv pressure sensor, parallel measurement is<br />
not possible. In this case, the actuator must be locked in<br />
position (release wiring, program manual operation etc).<br />
After measuring the transducer output voltage, the tubes<br />
are carefully removed from the transducer connections<br />
and the effectiv pressure measured. The volume flow is<br />
calculated according to the formula below.<br />
V · l/s = C . ∆p e<br />
V · m 3 /h =C . ∆p e . 3.6<br />
in l/s<br />
in m 3/h<br />
V ·<br />
: volume flow<br />
�pe : measured effectiv pressure in Pa<br />
C : constant for air density � = 1.2 kg/m3 The accuracy for the measurement is ± 7 % (for TVM total<br />
± 12 %).<br />
If the minimum requirements given in the leaflets for the<br />
flow conditions are not observed, this tolerance will be<br />
greater.<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment<br />
The volume flow limit value can be changed, depending<br />
on controller type, by adjusting setting knobs with percentage<br />
scales, manual operation devices or by computer.<br />
For analogue controllers, the adjustment accuracy<br />
can be increased if the transducer signal is measured<br />
and the volume flow set according to the voltage curve.<br />
Ensure that the controller will actually control at<br />
V · min or V · max and that the system pressure is adequate.<br />
The DDC controller parameters are reprogrammed using<br />
a laptop P.C. or through the network via the central computer.
TVRK Volume Flow Controller and Transducer<br />
C-Values TVRK<br />
Size<br />
110 6.5<br />
C-Value<br />
Star shaped grid Flow grid<br />
125 9.7 8.6<br />
160 15.8 15.1<br />
200 27 24.3<br />
250 41 38<br />
315 73 62<br />
400 116 103 1)<br />
1) From January 1997 no longer included in the delivery programme<br />
Effective Pressure Sensors<br />
Star shaped grid Flow grid<br />
Delivered until<br />
end of<br />
1995, approx.<br />
Delivered from<br />
beginning of<br />
1996, approx.<br />
4<br />
The TVRK plastic controllers have been developed for<br />
the use in air-conditioning systems, where the air contains<br />
agressive media. For this reason only membrane<br />
pressure transducers are used.<br />
Membrane pressure transducers are depending on position<br />
(installation position to be indicated when ordering).<br />
The intended installation position will be considered at<br />
adjustment in the factory and is marked with an arrow.<br />
Should another installation position be requested at site,<br />
the zero point adjustment of the membrane pressure<br />
transducer as per individual product information has<br />
again to be carried out be the customer.<br />
Transducer Curve<br />
The differential (effective) pressure can be measured<br />
direct at the differential pressure sensor in order to check<br />
the membrane pressure transducer. For this purpose a<br />
pressure gauge (manometer) is connected to the measuring<br />
lines. The pressure gauge (manometer) can also be<br />
connected parallely to the membrane pressure transducer.<br />
The volume flow is calculated according to the following<br />
formulae:<br />
‡ = C . �p e<br />
‡ = C . �p e . 3.6<br />
Commissioning<br />
in l/s<br />
in m 3/h<br />
V ·<br />
: Volume flow<br />
�pe : Measured effective pressure in Pa<br />
C : Constant for air density � = 1.2 kg/m3 The accuracy for the measurement is ± 7 %.<br />
If the minimum requirements given in the leaflets for the<br />
flow conditions are not observed, this tolerance will be<br />
greater.
Maintenance<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Maintenance 2<br />
Blade Position Indicator 2<br />
Replacement of Control Components 2<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016NA6
Removing tubes Maintenance<br />
1 Special tool for removing tubing<br />
Blade Position Indicator<br />
5 4 3 2<br />
1 VAV terminal unit<br />
2 Actuator<br />
3 Shaft with position indicator<br />
Measuring Equipment Required:<br />
4 Rotation angle limiter<br />
5 Control damper blade<br />
Electronic control Pneumatic control<br />
• Digital voltmeter • Pressure gauge, 0 to 1.5 bar<br />
• Manometer, 0 to 1000 Pa • Manometer, 0 to 1000 Pa<br />
• Service unit<br />
DDC control<br />
• Service computer<br />
• Digital voltmeter<br />
• Manometer, 0 to 1000 Pa<br />
1<br />
1<br />
2<br />
Maintenance<br />
Safety Note<br />
• Maintenance should only be carried out by specialists!<br />
The control damper mechanism on the VAV terminal unit<br />
is maintenance-free. To ensure perfect functioning of<br />
the entire system, function tests should be carried out as<br />
part of the regular system maintenance.<br />
The following criteria should be used:<br />
1. Does the room temperature controller function?<br />
2. Does the volume flow controller function?<br />
3. Does the actuator turn in both directions?<br />
4. Does the transducer output signal vary according to<br />
the actuator movements?<br />
5. Do the override controls such as shut off function?<br />
6. Are the tubing connections airtight?<br />
Further details on fault diagnosis are given in the information<br />
on each controller type.<br />
Replacement of Control Components<br />
If faulty control components have to be replaced, the<br />
following principles must be observed:<br />
• Spare parts must comply with the technical requirements<br />
of the manufacturer.<br />
Only use original spare parts.<br />
• Disconnect supply voltage 24 volts or operating pressure.<br />
• Mark wiring/tubing connections before releasing.<br />
• Carefully remove pneumatic tubing without pulling.<br />
• Replace component and all connections.<br />
When replacing controllers and transducers, they must<br />
be adjusted to suit the unit size. Therefore electronic<br />
and pneumatic components are preset in the Trox works.<br />
Digital controllers can be set up by the customer.<br />
When changing actuators, note the following:<br />
• Mechanical rotation angle limiters on the new actuator<br />
should be set as the existing unit. A slot in the control<br />
damper shaft shows the position of the blade.<br />
• Direction of rotation should be set as before (switch or<br />
plug setting).
<strong>Belimo</strong> <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Area of Application 2<br />
Description of Function 3<br />
Volume Flow Control 4<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site 5<br />
Volume Flow Ranges, Single Duct Units 6<br />
Single Duct Units, Order Code, Examples 7<br />
Dual Duct Units Series TVM 8<br />
Terminal Connections 9<br />
Override Controls 10<br />
Volume Flow Control of TVM Units 11<br />
Function Test, Commissioning 12<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016NL0
<strong>VRD2</strong><br />
<strong>VRD2</strong><br />
Tube connection for transducer<br />
V · min-adjustment knob (0 to 80 % of V · max)<br />
V · max-adjustment knob (30 to 100 % of V · Nenn)<br />
Reference value potentiometer<br />
Connection terminals<br />
Actuator connection cable<br />
VAV Control<br />
Room temperature<br />
controller, DDCoutstation,<br />
etc.<br />
Command variable<br />
<strong>VRD2</strong><br />
Override control<br />
Actual value<br />
Window<br />
switch, etc.<br />
Slave,<br />
monitoring,<br />
etc.<br />
2<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
Area of Application<br />
The <strong>VRD2</strong> electronic volume flow controller from <strong>Belimo</strong><br />
is designed for use in VAV systems. A dynamic differential<br />
pressure transducer and electronic controller are<br />
combined in one housing.<br />
The principle requirements for variable volume flow control<br />
are a suitable room temperature controller or a DDC<br />
outstation or similar. The output signal from this controller<br />
serves as a command variable for the <strong>VRD2</strong>.<br />
Switches or relays are used for override control. The<br />
actual value of the volume flow is monitored as a standard<br />
linear, electrical signal. This signal can be used for<br />
example to control a slave unit in the extract air duct. The<br />
voltage range for the actual and control value is standardised<br />
between 2 and 10 VDC. Using the adjuster ZEV, the<br />
customer can change from 0 to 10 VDC.<br />
The <strong>VRD2</strong> has adjustment knobs for setting V · min and<br />
V · max. All the controller parameters are set by Trox and the<br />
unit is supplied with the knobs sealed. No adjustment is<br />
necessary by the customer. As soon as the supply voltage<br />
and the room temperature controller have been connected,<br />
the volume flow control unit is ready for use. Any<br />
volume flow changes which may be necessary to the<br />
<strong>VRD2</strong> can easily be carried out by the customer.<br />
For parallel operation, several <strong>VRD2</strong> controllers can be<br />
connected up to one room temperature controller. Supply<br />
air/extract air slave control is possible.<br />
The <strong>VRD2</strong> is capable of communication through the PP<br />
connection (terminal 5). With the aid of the <strong>Belimo</strong> adjuster<br />
ZEV, the parameter settings can be read and the<br />
voltage ranges changed.<br />
Standard filtration in air conditioning systems allows the<br />
use of the <strong>VRD2</strong> in the supply air without dust protection<br />
filters. Since a small volume flow is passed through the<br />
transducer in order to monitor the volume flow, the following<br />
must be noted:<br />
• With heavy dust in the room, suitable extract air<br />
filters must be provided.<br />
• If the air is contaminated with fluff or sticky particles<br />
or contains aggressive media, the <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
should not be used.
<strong>Belimo</strong> <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
Characteristic of Actual Value Signal Description of Function<br />
V · nom<br />
(100 %)<br />
Volume flow<br />
V · min pub.<br />
A 2 to 10 VDC (standard)<br />
V · actual = V · nom<br />
U 5 - 2<br />
8<br />
B 0 to 10 VDC<br />
V · actual = V · nom<br />
Adjustment<br />
range<br />
0<br />
0 2 Actual value signal U5 10 VDC<br />
U 5<br />
10<br />
Characteristic of Volume Flow Control Variable<br />
Volume flow<br />
V · max<br />
V · min<br />
A 2 to 10 VDC (standard)<br />
V · set = U3 - 2<br />
(V<br />
8<br />
· max -V · min) + V · min<br />
V · nom<br />
(100 %)<br />
V · min pub.<br />
0<br />
0 2 Control signal U3 10 VDC<br />
B 0 to 10 VDC<br />
V · set = U 3<br />
10<br />
(V · max -V · min) + V · min<br />
3<br />
The volume flow is measured on the dynamic differential<br />
pressure principle. The effective pressure ∆p w of the<br />
differential pressure sensor in the terminal unit allows the<br />
detection of a partial volume flow passing trough the<br />
transducer. This partial volume flow which is proportional<br />
to the total volume flow is measured, temperature compensated<br />
and linearised with two temperature-dependent<br />
resistors.<br />
The measurement range is set to suit the unit size during<br />
factory calibration, so that 10 VDC always corresponds<br />
to the unit nominal volume flow rate (V · nom).<br />
The signal is processed by a microprocessor. The actual<br />
volume flow is available as a linear voltage signal U 5.<br />
The required volume flow is set by the room temperature<br />
controller via the control signal within the limits of V · min<br />
and V · max.<br />
It is possible to select either 2 to 10 VDC (standard) or<br />
0 to 10 VDC as the voltage range for signal transmission.<br />
This facilitates an adjustment to the working ranges<br />
of different room temperature controllers or DDC outstations.<br />
The set volume flow can be overridden using<br />
switched controls.<br />
The <strong>VRD2</strong> determines the required volume flow in<br />
accordance with the characteristic shown and compares<br />
this with the actual value. The damper actuator is controlled<br />
according to the deviation.<br />
The <strong>Belimo</strong> volume flow controller <strong>VRD2</strong> can only operate<br />
with the matched <strong>Belimo</strong> actuators which are optimised<br />
for volume flow control. It is not possible to connect<br />
other 3-point or 0 to 10 VDC actuators.
Pressure Independent Control Characteristic<br />
Pressure differential<br />
1000<br />
Pa<br />
800<br />
600<br />
400<br />
200<br />
% of V<br />
Volume flow<br />
· 20 40 60 80 100<br />
nom<br />
V · max-set value = V · nom<br />
V · min-set value = V· min<br />
V · max<br />
V · max M<br />
V · min M<br />
V · max-set value =<br />
=<br />
V · max S<br />
V · max M<br />
V · max<br />
V · max S<br />
V · min S<br />
. 100 %<br />
. 100 %<br />
. V· nom M<br />
V · nom S<br />
. 100 %<br />
4<br />
Volume Flow Control<br />
The volume flow controller works independently of<br />
the duct pressure, i. e. pressure fluctuations cause no<br />
changes to volume flow.<br />
To prevent the volume flow control becoming unstable, a<br />
dead zone is allowed within which the damper does not<br />
move. This dead zone and the accuracy of site measurements<br />
lead to volume flow deviation ∆V · shown opposite.<br />
If the conditions given in the sales brochure (static minimum<br />
pressure differential, inlet flow conditions etc.) are<br />
not observed, greater deviations must be expected.<br />
V · max Setting<br />
The V · max value corresponds to the volume flow which is<br />
set with a 10 VDC control signal or V · max override control.<br />
The setting range is from 30 to 100 %. The percentage<br />
figures relate to V · nom.<br />
V · min Setting<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
The V · min value corresponds to the volume flow which is<br />
set with a 0 V (alternatively 2 VDC) control signal or V · min<br />
override control.<br />
V · min may be set between 0 and 80 % of V · max The percentage<br />
figures relate to the V · max volume flow setting. If<br />
V · min is set at 0 %, the damper will be moved to the<br />
CLOSED position (leakage depends on the type of unit)<br />
with a control signal of 0 V (alternatively 2 VDC).<br />
Slave Control<br />
The <strong>VRD2</strong> only provides for ratio control, i.e. the supply<br />
and extract air must be in the same ratio under all<br />
operating conditions.<br />
The volume flow ratio is set using the V · max adjustment<br />
knob on the slave controller, according to the formula<br />
shown opposite.<br />
Where the volume flows are the same and the units of<br />
equal size, the setting will be 100 %. The setting range is<br />
from 30 to 100 %.<br />
If V · max set value > 100 %, the master and slave functions<br />
must be reversed. As a rule, the V · min adjustment knob on<br />
the slave is set to 0 %.
<strong>Belimo</strong> <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
<strong>VRD2</strong> Adjustment Knobs<br />
Formula for V · max<br />
ZEV Adjuster<br />
V · min adjustment knob<br />
V · max adjustment knob<br />
Reference value potentiometer<br />
Important:<br />
The reference value potentiometer<br />
must not be adjusted.<br />
2 to 10 VDC (standard)<br />
U 5 = V· max<br />
V · nom<br />
Formula for V · min<br />
. 8V + 2V<br />
2 to 10 VDC (standard)<br />
U 5 = V· min<br />
V · nom<br />
0 to 10 VDC<br />
U 5 = V· max<br />
V · nom<br />
0 to 10 VDC<br />
. 8V + 2V U5 = V· min<br />
V · nom<br />
. 10 V<br />
. 10 V<br />
Operating mode<br />
selector knob<br />
5<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment<br />
The set volume flow limit values can be adjusted on site<br />
using the V · min and V · max adjustment knobs on the <strong>VRD2</strong>.<br />
Calculations are based on the formulae shown on page 4.<br />
Adjustment Procedure<br />
• First set V · max and then V· min .<br />
• If the ratio of V · max to V· min is to remain constant (e.g.<br />
V · min = 50 % of V· max ), only the V· max adjustment knob<br />
must be moved.<br />
• Moving the V · min adjustment knob will have no effect on<br />
the V · max value.<br />
• If V · max is to be altered and V· min to remain unchanged,<br />
V · max , must be reset first, followed by V· min .<br />
Calculating the Volume Flow<br />
Using the Actual Value Signal U5 The accuracy of the setting can be increased if the<br />
actual value signal U5 is also measured with the system<br />
switched on (note the voltage range 0/10 V or 2/10 V).<br />
As a rule, the controller must have been connected to the<br />
operating voltage for at least 15 minutes before measurements<br />
begin.<br />
• Calculate the required value for U5 at V · max<br />
• Disconnect all the wires from the terminal block, except<br />
for terminals 1 and 2<br />
• Insert a link between terminals 2 and 7<br />
• Move the V · max adjustment knob until the voltage U5 dem corresponds to the calculated value (wait approx.<br />
2 minutes after the adjustment, then read the voltage)<br />
• Remove the link between 2 and 7<br />
• Calculate the voltage for U5 at V · min<br />
• Proceed with the V · min setting as for V · max<br />
• Replace the original wiring<br />
Using the ZEV to Adjust the Voltage Range<br />
The <strong>VRD2</strong> is factory-set to the required voltage range<br />
(the standard range is 2 to 10 VDC). The voltage range<br />
can only be altered by the customer using the <strong>Belimo</strong><br />
adjuster ZEV. If the ZEV operating mode selector knob is<br />
set to const. operating mode, the <strong>VRD2</strong> will automatically<br />
revert to 2 to 10 VDC mode.
Volume Flow Ranges TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVS<br />
Size<br />
V · min-<br />
V<br />
unit<br />
· to<br />
to from min-<br />
V to from<br />
unit<br />
· l/s m<br />
nom<br />
3 /h<br />
V<br />
1) 1)<br />
· V max<br />
· min<br />
V · min<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVJ/TVT<br />
V · min-unit 1)<br />
V · max<br />
to<br />
V · nom<br />
1002) 10 75 30 95 36 270 108 342<br />
125 15 120 45 150 54 432 162 540<br />
160 25 200 75 250 90 720 270 900<br />
200 40 325 120 405 144 1170 432 1458<br />
250 60 490 185 615 216 1764 666 2214<br />
315 105 820 310 1025 378 2952 1116 3690<br />
400 170 1345 505 1680 612 4842 1818 6048<br />
B x H<br />
mm<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
to from<br />
200 x 100 45 170 65 215 162 612 234 774<br />
300 x 100 65 255 95 320 234 918 342 1152<br />
400 x 100 85 340 130 425 306 1224 468 1530<br />
500 x 100 105 430 160 535 378 1548 576 1926<br />
600 x 100 130 520 195 650 468 1872 702 2340<br />
200 x 200 85 330 125 415 306 1188 450 1494<br />
300 x 200 125 495 185 620 450 1782 666 2232<br />
400 x 200 165 660 250 825 594 2376 900 2970<br />
500 x 200 205 830 310 1035 738 2988 1116 3726<br />
600 x 200 250 1000 375 1250 900 3600 1350 4500<br />
700 x 200 290 1160 435 1450 1044 4176 1566 5220<br />
800 x 200 330 1320 495 1650 1188 4752 1782 5940<br />
300 x 300 185 735 275 920 666 2646 990 3312<br />
400 x 300 245 985 370 1230 882 3546 1332 4428<br />
500 x 300 305 1230 460 1535 1098 4428 1656 5526<br />
600 x 300 370 1480 555 1850 1332 5328 1998 6660<br />
700 x 300 430 1720 645 2150 1548 6192 2322 7740<br />
800 x 300 490 1960 735 2450 1764 7056 2646 8820<br />
900 x 300 555 2215 830 2770 1998 7974 2988 9972<br />
1000 x 300 620 2480 930 3100 2232 8928 3348 11160<br />
400 x 400 325 1305 490 1630 1170 4698 1764 5868<br />
500 x 400 410 1630 610 2040 1476 5868 2196 7344<br />
600 x 400 490 1960 735 2450 1764 7056 2646 8820<br />
700 x 400 570 2280 855 2850 2052 8208 3078 10260<br />
800 x 400 650 2600 975 3250 2340 9360 3510 11700<br />
900 x 400 735 2935 1100 3670 2646 10566 3960 13212<br />
1000 x 400 820 3280 1230 4100 2952 11808 4428 14760<br />
500 x 500 510 2030 760 2540 1836 7308 2736 9144<br />
600 x 500 610 2440 915 3050 2196 8784 3294 10980<br />
700 x 500 710 2840 1065 3550 2556 10224 3834 12780<br />
800 x 500 810 3240 1215 4050 2916 11664 4374 14580<br />
900 x 500 915 3655 1370 4570 3294 13158 4932 16452<br />
1000 x 500 1020 4080 1530 5100 3672 14688 5508 18360<br />
600 x 600 730 2920 1095 3650 2628 10512 3942 13140<br />
700 x 600 850 3400 1275 4250 3060 12240 4590 15300<br />
800 x 600 970 3880 1455 4850 3492 13968 5238 17460<br />
900 x 600 1100 4400 1650 5500 3960 15840 5940 19800<br />
1000 x 600 1220 4880 1830 6100 4392 17568 6588 21960<br />
700 x 700 990 3960 1485 4950 3564 14256 5346 17820<br />
800 x 700 1140 4560 1710 5700 4104 16416 6156 20520<br />
900 x 700 1280 5120 1920 6400 4608 18432 6912 23040<br />
1000 x 700 1420 5680 2130 7100 5112 20448 7668 25560<br />
800 x 800 1300 5200 1950 6500 4680 18720 7020 23400<br />
900 x 800 1460 5840 2190 7300 5256 21024 7884 26280<br />
1000 x 800 1620 6480 2430 8100 5832 23328 8748 29160<br />
900 x 900 1640 6560 2460 8200 5904 23616 8856 29520<br />
1000 x 900 1820 7280 2730 9100 6552 26208 9828 32760<br />
1000 x 1000 2020 8080 3030 10100 7272 29088 10908 36360<br />
1) V · min = 0 is also possible 2) Only TVR<br />
V · min V · max V · min V · max<br />
6<br />
to V · nom<br />
V · min-unit 1)<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
to from to V · nom
<strong>Belimo</strong> <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
as % of V · nom<br />
100 5 5<br />
80 5 5<br />
60 7 7<br />
40 7 8<br />
20 9 14<br />
10 20 >14<br />
20 >14<br />
1) Percentage figures based on V · actual<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVS TVJ/TVT<br />
7<br />
Single Duct Units<br />
Order Code / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / B13 / E2 - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVR / 160 / 00 / B13 / M2 - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVA-R / 160 / 00 / B13 / S2 - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
Operating Mode Voltage Range<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
S Slave<br />
F Constant<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
Mode<br />
E2; E0<br />
M2; M0<br />
S2; S0<br />
F2; F0<br />
Factory Setting<br />
V · min<br />
2 = Voltage range 2 to 10 VDC<br />
(standard range)<br />
0 = Voltage range 0 to 10 VDC<br />
V · min adjustment knob set at required V· min<br />
V · max adjustment knob set at required V· max<br />
V · min adjustment knob set at 0 %<br />
V · max adjustment knob set at volume flow<br />
ratio to the master controller<br />
V · � 80 % of V · nom<br />
V · min adjustment knob set at required<br />
constant volume flow<br />
V · max adjustment knob set at 100 % (V· nom )<br />
V · � 80 % of V · nom<br />
V · min adjustment knob set at 0 %<br />
V · max adjustment knob set at required<br />
constant volume flow<br />
Link between terminal 2 and 4<br />
V · max
Volume Flow Ranges TVM<br />
Size V · min -<br />
unit<br />
V · min- V<br />
unit<br />
· l/s m<br />
nom<br />
3/h<br />
125 45 150 162 540<br />
160 75 250 270 900<br />
200 120 405 432 1458<br />
250 185 615 666 2214<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances TVM 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
as % of V · nom<br />
TVM cold<br />
1) Percentage figures based on V · actual<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
V · nom<br />
TVM total<br />
100 5 7<br />
80 5 10<br />
60 5 12<br />
40 7 15<br />
30 8 17<br />
20 9 -<br />
10 20 -<br />
20 -<br />
8<br />
Dual Duct Units<br />
Order Code / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVM-R / 160 / B27 / E2 - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVM-R / 160 / B27 / F2 - 400 l/s<br />
Operating Mode Voltage Range<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
F Constant<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
Mode Cold Duct<br />
Controller<br />
E2<br />
E0<br />
M2<br />
M0<br />
F2<br />
F0<br />
V · min adjustment<br />
knob set at 0 %<br />
V · max adjustment<br />
knob set at<br />
required volume<br />
flow (V · cold )<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
Factory Setting<br />
V · warm<br />
2 = Voltage range 2 to 10 VDC<br />
(standard range)<br />
0 = Voltage range 0 to 10 VDC<br />
V · cold<br />
V · warm = V · cold<br />
Warm Duct Controller<br />
V · warm � 80 % of V· nom<br />
V · min adjustment knob set<br />
at required volume flow<br />
V · warm<br />
V · max adjustment knob set<br />
at 100 %<br />
V · warm � 80 % of V· nom<br />
V · min adjustment knob set<br />
at 0 %<br />
V · max adjustment knob set<br />
at required volume flow<br />
V · warm<br />
Link between 2 and 4
<strong>Belimo</strong> <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
Terminal Connections<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The examples illustrated show the most common<br />
arrangements for volume flow control. The <strong>Belimo</strong><br />
specifications must be observed in the overall control<br />
system design, selection of the other control components<br />
and wire sizing.<br />
Details of other circuits are available from <strong>Belimo</strong>.<br />
Room Temperature Control<br />
RT Controller<br />
Operating mode E, M<br />
Parallel controller <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
Operating mode E, M<br />
9<br />
Nomenclature<br />
�, - Ground, neutral<br />
~, + Supply voltage 24 VAC or 24 VDC<br />
w Input voltage for set volume flow U 3<br />
U/pp Output voltage U 5<br />
and communication signal<br />
y Actuator signal<br />
z Input for override control<br />
Wiring<br />
Actuator and volume flow controller are factory wired.<br />
The 24 VAC/VDC voltage supply must be wired up by the<br />
customer. Safety transformers must be used (EN 60742).<br />
If several volume flow controllers are connected to one<br />
24 V network, it is important to ensure that a common<br />
neutral or ground wire is used and that this is not connected<br />
to other wires.<br />
Room Temperature Control<br />
A suitable room temperature controller or a DDC outstation<br />
with a 2 - 10 VDC- or 0 - 10 VDC output is connected<br />
with at least two wires (terminals 1 and 3) as<br />
shown in the circuit diagram. If there is a common 24 V<br />
mains supply voltage, it is important to ensure that<br />
terminal 1 on the <strong>VRD2</strong> is also the ground for the control<br />
signal.<br />
Parallel Control<br />
Several volume flow controllers (supply or extract air)<br />
can be operated in parallel by one room temperature<br />
controller.<br />
If the terminal units are the same size and the V · min and<br />
V · max adjustment knobs are set at the same values, all the<br />
units control the same volume flow. If the settings differ,<br />
the units control an equal percentage.
Override Controls<br />
RT Controller<br />
Operating mode E, M<br />
Slave Control<br />
Master controller<br />
Operating mode M..<br />
Operating mode S..<br />
V · min / V· max / Shut Off Switching<br />
Operating mode E, M<br />
RT Controller<br />
All Switches<br />
open<br />
S1 open V · min<br />
S1 closed V · max<br />
Control<br />
mode<br />
S2 closed Closed<br />
S3 closed<br />
closed<br />
V · S4<br />
min<br />
V · max<br />
1) e.g. diode 1N 4007<br />
Slave controller<br />
S2 open V · min / V· max<br />
S2 closed Closed<br />
10<br />
Override Controls<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
The variable volume flow control can be overridden using<br />
zero-potential switch contacts supplied by the customer.<br />
This override control can be used with any controller,<br />
either separately or centrally, for individual rooms or parts<br />
of the system. If several override controls are combined,<br />
the contacts must be linked in relation to one another, to<br />
prevent short circuits. Several volume flow controllers<br />
can also be actuated using one switch, if a joint ground<br />
wire is available and the control signal is connected in<br />
parallel.<br />
These circuits will only work on an AC supply voltage!<br />
Supply/Extract Air Slave Control (Master/Slave)<br />
With parallel control of the units, an undesirable difference<br />
between supply and extract air can occur if the<br />
pressure in one duct is to low. It is therefore preferable to<br />
use the volume flow actual value, usually of the supply<br />
air, as the control signal for the slave volume flow controller.<br />
V · min / V· max / Shut Off Switching<br />
By means of simple switch contacts between the supply<br />
voltage connections and terminals 3 and 7, it is possible<br />
to change over to different set values for the volume flow.<br />
No control signal is necessary.<br />
Switch S1 enables a V · min /V · max changeover to take place<br />
at the controller connected.<br />
Using the S2 switch, several volume flow controllers can<br />
be actuated if a joint ground wire is available and the<br />
control signal is switched in parallel. This means that full<br />
shut off is given priority over V · min /V · max mode.<br />
These circuits will only work on an AC supply voltage!
<strong>Belimo</strong> <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
Supply/Extract Air Slave Control<br />
for Dual Duct Unit TVM<br />
Commissioning Signal<br />
Adjuster ZEV Connections<br />
Room temperature<br />
controller<br />
Cold duct controller <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
Warm duct controller <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
Slave controller<br />
<strong>VRD2</strong> (NMV-D2)<br />
Operating mode S<br />
Room temperature<br />
controller<br />
Operating mode M, F<br />
Room Temperature<br />
controller, switch<br />
cabinet or step<br />
distributor<br />
11<br />
Volume Flow Control of TVM Units<br />
The two controllers fitted to the dual duct unit TVM (cold,<br />
warm) must be wired by the customer as shown in the<br />
circuit diagram opposite (including the 24 VAC/VDC<br />
cross-connection).<br />
The room temperature controller provides the cold duct<br />
controller with its set point signal.<br />
In most cases, the proportion of warm air is increased<br />
from 0 to the required V · warm as a maximum set point.<br />
The warm duct controller (V · total is measured) is therefore<br />
set as a constant value controller and does not require<br />
a control signal.<br />
For a more detailed functional description, refer to the<br />
TVM literature.<br />
Supply/Extract Air Slave Control with<br />
Dual Duct TVM<br />
The actual value output signal U5 of the warm duct controller<br />
is proportional to the total volume flow V · total. It<br />
can therefore be used as the control signal for a slave<br />
controller.<br />
Commissioning Connections<br />
It is advisable that the signal line for connecting the adjuster<br />
ZEV is linked up in an easily accessible location.<br />
This means that ceiling panels do not need be removed<br />
in order to take measurements.<br />
Suitable locations include: spare terminals in room temperature<br />
controller or wall mounted enclosure.<br />
It is important to ensure that the ground (and 24 V) is also<br />
available. Therefore, a 3-wire connection is required to<br />
the commissioning point connection.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The commissioning connection will also work if the U5 signal is used for slave circuits or monitoring. However,<br />
the U5 signal differs from the actual value when the ZEV<br />
unit is connected.<br />
ZEV Function<br />
The indicating lights come on when the control knob<br />
settings match the current values. To adjust the control<br />
mode, set the mode knob, for example to 0 - 10 VDC,<br />
and press the Set button. The volume settings can only<br />
be read.
Function Test<br />
Fault Finding Check<br />
Check wiring<br />
Connect supply voltage<br />
Connect air supply systems<br />
Measure the actuator signal U 6<br />
Record actual value signal U 5<br />
for override control V · min<br />
Record actual value signal U 5<br />
for override control V · max<br />
Wiring correct?<br />
yes<br />
Supply voltage within<br />
the <strong>Belimo</strong> specifications?<br />
yes<br />
Actual value signals U 5<br />
and U 6 consistent?<br />
yes<br />
Actuator opens and closes?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow V · min ?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow V · max ?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow control signal?<br />
yes<br />
Override controls?<br />
Correct wiring error<br />
Check Transformer<br />
etc.<br />
Controller faulty<br />
Actuator rotation correct?<br />
Damper obstructed?<br />
Duct pressure<br />
sufficient?<br />
Measuring tubing to<br />
the transducer<br />
damaged?<br />
Check room<br />
temperature controller<br />
Check window<br />
switch, relays, etc.<br />
Order Example Replacement Controller<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> <strong>VRD2</strong>,<br />
preset for TVR / 125 / E2 - 140 - 300 m 3 /h<br />
Voltage range 2 to 10 VDC, Replacement for VRD/<strong>VRD2</strong><br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
12<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
Commissioning<br />
A function test for commissioning can be carried out by<br />
measuring the actuator signal U6 (terminal 6 to 1). If U6 is<br />
between 5.8 and 6.2 VDC, the required volume flow is<br />
controlled. If U6 deviates from this range, wait for the<br />
actuator to settle. If the commissioning procedure is to<br />
include verification of the set volume flows V · min and V · max,<br />
these must be set as described below. The actual value<br />
signal U5 is measured in each operating situation (check<br />
U6 first) and the volume flow is then calculated using the<br />
formulae given on page 3 (note the voltage range).<br />
In many cases, incorrect wiring can be the cause of the<br />
faults. Therefore a careful check should be carried out to<br />
ensure that all connections are secure. Wires in terminals<br />
3 to 7 should be disconnected and the actuator connection<br />
plug removed before the following checks are made.<br />
If the actuator drive is disengaged and the damper<br />
opened manually, the voltage U5 must increase and the<br />
voltage U6 deviate from 6 V.<br />
Connect the actuator plug, link terminals 1 and 7:<br />
The actuator must close.<br />
Change link to terminals 2 and 7: The actuator must<br />
open.<br />
Remove the link. The controller must control V · min If U6 is<br />
approx. 6 volts, measure U5, calculate the volume flow<br />
and compare it with the design value.<br />
Link terminals 2 and 7: Repeat measurement for V · max, as<br />
above.<br />
Remove link. Apply the control signal U3 . Calculate the<br />
set volume flow and compare it with the actual volume<br />
flow.<br />
Apply the override control (terminal 7) and test the desired<br />
functions in sequence.<br />
Replacement Controller<br />
When replacing faulty controllers, calibrated controllers<br />
set for the terminal box type and size must be used.<br />
Uncalibrated controllers can only be used as a temporary<br />
solution.<br />
The following must be specified when ordering a replacement<br />
controller:<br />
• Terminal unit type and size and in the case of TVM<br />
units, hot duct or cold duct controller<br />
• Operating mode<br />
• V · min and V · max<br />
• Voltage range<br />
• Delivery date of the faulty controller
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Area of Application 2<br />
Description of Function 2<br />
Volume Flow Control 3<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site 4<br />
Volume Flow Ranges Single Duct Units 5<br />
Order Code, Single Duct Units 6<br />
Volume Flow Ranges and Order Code<br />
Dual Duct Units 7<br />
Terminal Connections 8<br />
Slave Control 9<br />
Function Test, Commissioning 10<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016NB1
VRP<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
Characteristic of Actual Value Signal<br />
‡ nom<br />
(100 %)<br />
Volume flow<br />
‡ min unit<br />
Controller VRP Reference value<br />
Transducer VFP 300<br />
‡ min adjustment<br />
knob<br />
‡ max adjustment<br />
knob<br />
0<br />
potentiometer<br />
Actuator connection<br />
cable<br />
Transducer connection<br />
cable<br />
Offset indicating lights<br />
Characteristic of Volume Flow Control Variable<br />
‡ max<br />
Volume flow<br />
‡ min<br />
�<br />
0<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
‡ i = ‡ nom · U5 – 2<br />
8<br />
0 2 Actual value signal U5 10 VDC<br />
‡ S = U 3 – 2 · (‡ max – ‡ min ) + ‡ min<br />
8<br />
�<br />
� �<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
0 2 Control signal U3 10 VDC<br />
2<br />
Area of Application<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP<br />
The <strong>Belimo</strong> VRP electronic volume flow controller, combined<br />
with a membrane differential pressure transducer<br />
VFP 300, is designed for use in VAV systems and requires<br />
a room temperature controller.<br />
Control signals can be in the range of 2 to 10 VDC (0 to<br />
20 V phasecut also possible). Override control can be<br />
achieved by external switches. Several controllers may<br />
be connected to one room temperature controller. Supply<br />
air/extract air slave circuits are also possible.<br />
Static Measuring Principle<br />
The volume flow is measured using a membrane pressure<br />
transducer. Therefore the VRP is suitable for the<br />
control of extract air with contaminants and/or which is<br />
dust-loden. Terminal units with painted finish or made of<br />
plastic should be considered in such situations.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
In critical cases, a material test should be carried out<br />
on the terminal unit and membrane pressure transducer,<br />
to prove suitability for chemicals and concentrations<br />
concerned.<br />
Description of Function<br />
The volume flow is measured on the static differential<br />
pressure principle. The differential pressure sensor in<br />
the terminal unit measures the effective pressure (�pe ).<br />
This causes a membrane in the pressure transducer to<br />
deflect, the movement is detected and converted into a<br />
linear pressure voltage signal. The linearisation of the<br />
volume flow is carried out in the VRP.<br />
The measurement range is set to suit the unit size during<br />
factory calibration, so that 10 VDC always corresponds<br />
to the unit nominal volume flow rate (‡ nom). The actual<br />
volume flow is available as a 2 to 10 VDC signal (U5). The required volume flow is set by the room temperature<br />
controller via the control signal within the limits of ‡ min<br />
and ‡ max. The VRP determines the required volume flow<br />
in accordance with the characteristic shown and compares<br />
this with the actual value. The damper actuator is<br />
controlled according to the deviation. The <strong>Belimo</strong> VRP<br />
can only operate with the matched <strong>Belimo</strong> actuators<br />
which are optimized for volume flow control. It is not<br />
possible to connect other 3-point or 0 to 10 VDC actuators.<br />
Gravity Dependency<br />
Because of the weight of the membrane the positioning<br />
of the VFP affects the measured signal. The VFP is normally<br />
calibrated for a vertical position of the membrane,<br />
i.e. pressure tube connections above or below horizontal<br />
plane. Other installation positions must be specified on<br />
order.
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP<br />
Pressure Independent Control Characteristic<br />
Pressure differential<br />
1000<br />
Pa<br />
800<br />
600<br />
400<br />
200<br />
V min<br />
� V<br />
Volume flow<br />
‡ max set value =<br />
‡ min set value =<br />
‡ max M<br />
‡ min M<br />
·<br />
Vmax set value =<br />
=<br />
‡ max S<br />
‡ max M<br />
‡ max<br />
‡ nom<br />
‡ min<br />
‡ max<br />
‡ max S<br />
‡ min S<br />
.<br />
. 100 %<br />
. 100 %<br />
‡ nom M<br />
‡ nom S<br />
V max<br />
� V<br />
20 40 60 80 100<br />
% of ‡ nom<br />
. 100 %<br />
3<br />
Volume Flow Control<br />
The volume flow controller works independently of<br />
the duct pressure, i.e. pressure fluctuations cause no<br />
changes to volume flow<br />
To prevent the volume flow control becoming unstable, a<br />
dead zone is allowed within which the damper does not<br />
move. This dead zone and the accuracy of site measurements<br />
lead to volume flow deviation �‡ shown opposite.<br />
If the conditions given in the sales brochure (static minimum<br />
pressure differential, inlet flow conditions etc.) are<br />
not observed, greater deviations must be expected.<br />
V · max Setting<br />
The ‡ max value corresponds to the volume flow which is<br />
set with a 10 VDC control signal or ‡ max override control.<br />
The setting range is from 30 to 100 %. The percentage<br />
figures relate to ‡ nom.<br />
V · min Setting<br />
The ‡ min value corresponds to the volume flow which is<br />
set with a 2 VDC control signal or ‡ min override control.<br />
‡ min may be set between 0 and 80 % of ‡ max. The percentage<br />
figures relate to the ‡ max volume flow setting. If<br />
‡ min is set to 0 %, a tight shut off of the damper is not<br />
guaranteed. The controller closes the damper until the<br />
actual value signal is 2 VDC corresponding to 0 l/s.<br />
Measurement tolerances mean that a leakage air flow is<br />
present. Override control should be used for tight shut<br />
off.<br />
Slave Control<br />
The VRP only provides for ratio control, i.e. the supply<br />
and extract air must be in the same ratio under all<br />
operating conditions.<br />
The volume flow ratio is set using the ‡ max adjustment<br />
knob on the slave controller, according to the formula<br />
shown opposite. Where the volume flows are the same<br />
and the units of equal size, the setting will be 100 %.<br />
The setting range is from 30 to 100 %. If ‡ max set value<br />
>100 %, the master and slave functions must be reversed.<br />
As a rule, the ‡ min adjustment knob on the slave<br />
is set to 0 %.
VRP Adjustment Knobs<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
� �<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The reference value potentiometer must not be<br />
adjusted.<br />
Formula for V · max<br />
U 5 = ‡ max<br />
‡ nom<br />
Formula for V · min<br />
U 5 = ‡ min<br />
‡ nom<br />
‡ min<br />
% of ‡ max<br />
. 8 V + 2 V<br />
. 8 V + 2 V<br />
�<br />
‡ min adjustment knob<br />
‡ max adjustment knob<br />
Reference value potentiometer<br />
‡ max<br />
4<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment<br />
The set volume flow limit values can be adjusted on site<br />
using the ‡ min and ‡ max adjustment knobs on the VRP.<br />
Calculations are based on the formulae shown on<br />
page 3.<br />
Adjustment Procedure<br />
• First set ‡ max and then ‡ min .<br />
• If the ratio of ‡ max to ‡ min is to remain constant<br />
(e.g. ‡ min = 50 % of ‡ max ), only the ‡ max adjustment<br />
knob must be moved.<br />
• Moving the ‡ min adjustment knob will have no effect<br />
on the ‡ max value.<br />
• If ‡ max is to be altered and ‡ min to remain unchanged,<br />
‡ max must be reset first, followed by ‡ min .<br />
Calculating the Volume Flow Using<br />
the Actual Value Signal U5 The accuracy of the setting can be increased if the actual<br />
value signal U5 is also measured with the system switched<br />
on.<br />
As a rule, the controller must have been connected to the<br />
operating voltage for at least 15 minutes before measurements<br />
begin.<br />
• Calculate the required value for U5 at ‡ max<br />
• Disconnect all the wires from the terminal block,<br />
except for terminals 1 and 2<br />
• Insert a link between terminals 2 and 7<br />
• Move the ‡ max adjustment knob until the voltage U5 corresponds to the calculated value (wait approx.<br />
2 minutes after the adjustment, then read the voltage)<br />
• Remove the link between 2 and 7<br />
• Calculate the voltage for U5 at ‡ min<br />
• Proceed with the ‡ min setting as for ‡ max<br />
• Replace original wiring<br />
Zero Point Adjustment<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP<br />
It is necessary to readjust the zero point, when one of the<br />
indicating lights show a measurement off limits with<br />
measurement tubing pushed off. For further information<br />
about zero point adjustment see product information<br />
VFP.
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVRK<br />
Size<br />
V · min-<br />
V<br />
unit<br />
· to<br />
to from min-<br />
V to from<br />
unit<br />
· l/s m<br />
nom<br />
3 /h<br />
V<br />
1) 1)<br />
· V max<br />
· min<br />
V · min<br />
V · max<br />
to<br />
V · nom<br />
1002) 15 75 30 95 54 270 108 342<br />
125 25 120 45 150 90 432 162 540<br />
160 40 200 75 250 144 720 270 900<br />
200 65 325 120 405 234 1170 432 1458<br />
250 95 490 185 615 342 1764 666 2214<br />
315 155 820 310 1025 558 2952 1116 3690<br />
400 255 1345 505 1680 918 4842 1818 6048<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVJ/TVT<br />
B x H<br />
mm<br />
V · min-unit 1)<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
to from<br />
200 x 100 45 170 65 215 162 612 234 774<br />
300 x 100 65 255 95 320 234 918 342 1152<br />
400 x 100 85 340 130 425 306 1224 468 1530<br />
500 x 100 105 430 160 535 378 1548 576 1926<br />
600 x 100 130 520 195 650 468 1872 702 2340<br />
200 x 200 85 330 125 415 306 1188 450 1494<br />
300 x 200 125 495 185 620 450 1782 666 2232<br />
400 x 200 165 660 250 825 594 2376 900 2970<br />
500 x 200 205 830 310 1035 738 2988 1116 3726<br />
600 x 200 250 1000 375 1250 900 3600 1350 4500<br />
700 x 200 290 1160 435 1450 1044 4176 1566 5220<br />
800 x 200 330 1320 495 1650 1188 4752 1782 5940<br />
300 x 300 185 735 275 920 666 2646 990 3312<br />
400 x 300 245 985 370 1230 882 3546 1332 4428<br />
500 x 300 305 1230 460 1535 1098 4428 1656 5526<br />
600 x 300 370 1480 555 1850 1332 5328 1998 6660<br />
700 x 300 430 1720 645 2150 1548 6192 2322 7740<br />
800 x 300 490 1960 735 2450 1764 7056 2646 8820<br />
900 x 300 555 2215 830 2770 1998 7974 2988 9972<br />
1000 x 300 620 2480 930 3100 2232 8928 3348 11160<br />
400 x 400 325 1305 490 1630 1170 4698 1764 5868<br />
500 x 400 410 1630 610 2040 1476 5868 2196 7344<br />
600 x 400 490 1960 735 2450 1764 7056 2646 8820<br />
700 x 400 570 2280 855 2850 2052 8208 3078 10260<br />
800 x 400 650 2600 975 3250 2340 9360 3510 11700<br />
900 x 400 735 2935 1100 3670 2646 10566 3960 13212<br />
1000 x 400 820 3280 1230 4100 2952 11808 4428 14760<br />
500 x 500 510 2030 760 2540 1836 7308 2736 9144<br />
600 x 500 610 2440 915 3050 2196 8784 3294 10980<br />
700 x 500 710 2840 1065 3550 2556 10224 3834 12780<br />
800 x 500 810 3240 1215 4050 2916 11664 4374 14580<br />
900 x 500 915 3655 1370 4570 3294 13158 4932 16452<br />
1000 x 500 1020 4080 1530 5100 3672 14688 5508 18360<br />
600 x 600 730 2920 1095 3650 2628 10512 3942 13140<br />
700 x 600 850 3400 1275 4250 3060 12240 4590 15300<br />
800 x 600 970 3880 1455 4850 3492 13968 5238 17460<br />
900 x 600 1100 4400 1650 5500 3960 15840 5940 19800<br />
1000 x 600 1220 4880 1830 6100 4392 17568 6588 21960<br />
700 x 700 990 3960 1485 4950 3564 14256 5346 17820<br />
800 x 700 1140 4560 1710 5700 4104 16416 6156 20520<br />
900 x 700 1280 5120 1920 6400 4608 18432 6912 23040<br />
1000 x 700 1420 5680 2130 7100 5112 20448 7668 25560<br />
800 x 800 1300 5200 1950 6500 4680 18720 7020 23400<br />
900 x 800 1460 5840 2190 7300 5256 21024 7884 26280<br />
1000 x 800 1620 6480 2430 8100 5832 23328 8748 29160<br />
900 x 900 1640 6560 2460 8200 5904 23616 8856 29520<br />
1000 x 900 1820 7280 2730 9100 6552 26208 9828 32760<br />
1000 x 1000 2020 8080 3030 10100 7272 29088 10908 36360<br />
1) V · min = 0 is also possible 2) Only TVR<br />
V · min V · max V · min V · max<br />
5<br />
to V · nom<br />
V · min-unit 1)<br />
to from to V · nom
Volume Flow Control Tolerances 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
in % of V · nom<br />
1) Percentage figures based on V · actual<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVRK TVJ/TVT<br />
100 5 5<br />
80 5 5<br />
60 7 7<br />
40 7 8<br />
20 9 14<br />
10 20 >14<br />
20 >14<br />
6<br />
Single Duct Units<br />
Order Code / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / BB3 / E - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVR / 160 / 00 / BB3 / M - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVA-R / 160 / 00 / BB1 / S - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
mode<br />
E<br />
M<br />
S<br />
F<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
S Slave<br />
F Fixed<br />
Factory Setting<br />
.<br />
Vmin Operating mode<br />
‡ min adjustment knob set at required ‡ min<br />
‡ max adjustment knob set at required ‡ max<br />
‡ min adjustment knob set at 0 %<br />
‡ max adjustment knob set at volume flow<br />
ratio to the master controller<br />
V · < 80 % of V · nom<br />
‡ min adjustment knob set at required<br />
constant volume flow<br />
‡ max adjustment knob set at 100 % (‡ nom )<br />
V · > 80 % of V · nom<br />
‡ min adjustment knob set at 0 %<br />
‡ max adjustment knob set at required<br />
constant volume flow<br />
Link between terminal 2 and 4<br />
.<br />
Vmax
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVM<br />
Size<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances TVM 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
in % of V · nom<br />
1) Percentages related to ‡ actual<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
V · min-unit V · V min-unit<br />
· nom<br />
TVM cold<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
100 5 7<br />
80 5 10<br />
60 5 12<br />
40 7 15<br />
30 8 17<br />
20 9 -<br />
10 20 -<br />
20 -<br />
V · nom<br />
125 45 150 162 540<br />
160 75 250 270 900<br />
200 120 405 432 1458<br />
250 185 615 666 2214<br />
TVM total<br />
7<br />
Dual Duct Units Type TVM<br />
Order Code / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVM-R / 160 / BE7 / E - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVM-R / 160 / BE7 / F - 400 l/s<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
mode Cold Duct<br />
Controller<br />
E<br />
M<br />
F<br />
‡ min adjustment<br />
knob set<br />
at 0 %<br />
‡ max adjustment<br />
knob set<br />
at required<br />
volume flow<br />
(‡ cold )<br />
Operating mode<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
F Fixed<br />
Factory Setting<br />
.<br />
Vwarm .<br />
Vcold . .<br />
Vwarm = Vcold Warm Duct Controller<br />
V · warm < = 80 % of V · nom<br />
‡ min adjustment knob set at<br />
required volume flow ‡ warm<br />
‡ max adjustment knob set at<br />
100 %<br />
V · warm > 80 % of V· nom<br />
‡ min adjustment knob set at<br />
0%<br />
‡ max adjustment knob set at<br />
required volume flow ‡ warm<br />
Link between 2 and 4
Terminal Connections<br />
Plug connection to<br />
Transducer VFP<br />
Plug connection to<br />
actuator<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The examples illustrated show the most common<br />
arrangements for volume flow control. The <strong>Belimo</strong><br />
specifications must be observed in the overall control<br />
system design, selection of the other control components<br />
and wire sizing. Details of other circuits are<br />
available from <strong>Belimo</strong>.<br />
Room Temperature Control with Override<br />
and Parallel Control<br />
�<br />
24 VAC<br />
RT Controller<br />
y<br />
˜<br />
1 2 3 4 5 6 7<br />
VRP<br />
Diode 1N 4007<br />
S1<br />
S2<br />
S3<br />
1 2 3 4 5 6 7<br />
VRP Parallel Controller<br />
1<br />
Operating mode M, E<br />
Operating mode M, E<br />
8<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP<br />
Nomenclature<br />
Ground, neutral<br />
� Supply voltage 24 VAC<br />
w1 Input voltage for set volume flow (2 to 10 VDC)<br />
w2 Input voltage for set volume flow<br />
(0 to 20 V phasecut)<br />
U5 Output voltage for actual volume flow (2 to 10 VDC)<br />
U6 Actuator signal<br />
z Input for override control<br />
Wiring<br />
Actuator and volume flow controller are factory wired.<br />
The 24 VAC voltage supply must be wired up by the<br />
customer. Safety transformers must be used (EN 60742).<br />
If several volume flow controllers are connected to one<br />
24 V network, it is important to ensure that a common<br />
neutral or ground wire is used and that this is not connected<br />
to other wires.<br />
Room Temperature Control<br />
A suitable room temperature controller or a DDC outstation<br />
with a 2-10 VDC output is connected with at least<br />
two wires (terminals 1 and 3) as shown in the circuit diagram.<br />
If there is a common 24 VAC mains supply voltage,<br />
it is important to ensure that terminal 1 on the VRP is<br />
also the ground for the control signal.<br />
Parallel Control<br />
Several volume flow controllers (supply or extract air) can<br />
be operated in parallel by one room temperature controller.<br />
If the terminal units are the same size and the ‡ min<br />
and ‡ max adjustment knobs are set at the same values,<br />
all the units control the same volume flow. If the settings<br />
differ, the units control an equal percentage.<br />
Override Controls<br />
Potential-free switch contacts provided by the customer<br />
can override the variable volume flow control. This forced<br />
control can be applied separately for each controller (see<br />
overleaf for examples) or centrally as in the circuit diagram<br />
shown for one building section.<br />
S1, S2, S3 open : Room temperature control mode<br />
S1 closed : Shut off<br />
S2 closed : Constant volume flow ‡ max<br />
S3 closed : Constant volume flow ‡ min<br />
With a combination of several override controls, the<br />
switches must be interlocked such that no short-circuits<br />
occur. One switch can control several volume flow controllers<br />
if there is a common ground and the control signal<br />
is wired in parallel. The circuits apply even if room<br />
temperature controller with 0 to 20 V phase cut signal is<br />
used.
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP<br />
Slave Control<br />
RT Controller<br />
Master Controller<br />
Operating Mode M, E<br />
Slave Controller<br />
Supply/Extract Air Slave Control<br />
for Dual Duct Unit TVM<br />
Operating Mode S<br />
RT Controller<br />
Cold Controller<br />
Warm Controller<br />
Operating Mode M, (E,F)<br />
Slave<br />
Controller<br />
Operating Mode S<br />
TVM<br />
9<br />
Supply/Extract Air Slave Control (Master/Slave)<br />
With parallel control of the units, an undesirable difference<br />
between supply and extract air can occur if the<br />
pressure in one duct is to low. It is therefore preferable to<br />
use the volume flow actual value, usually of the supply<br />
air, as the control signal for the slave volume flow controller.<br />
Volume Flow Control of TVM Units<br />
The two controllers fitted to the dual duct unit TVM (cold,<br />
warm) must be wired by the customer as shown in the<br />
circuit diagram opposite (including the 24 VAC crossconnection).<br />
The room temperature controller provides the cold duct<br />
controller with its set point signal.<br />
In most cases, the proportion of warm air is increased<br />
from 0 to the required ‡ warm as a maximum set point. The<br />
warm duct controller (‡ total is measured) is therefore set<br />
as a constant value controller and does not require a<br />
control signal.<br />
For a more detailed functional description, refer to the<br />
TVM literature.<br />
Supply/Extract Air Slave Control<br />
with Dual Duct TVM<br />
The actual value output signal U5 of the warm duct controller<br />
is proportional to the total volume flow ‡ total. It can<br />
therefore be used as the control signal for a slave controller.
Function Test<br />
Fault Finding Check<br />
Check wiring<br />
Connect supply voltage<br />
Connect air supply system<br />
Pressure transducer zero point<br />
Measure actuator signal U 6<br />
Record actual value signal U 5<br />
for override control ‡ min<br />
Record actual value signal U 5<br />
for override control ‡ max<br />
Supply voltage due to<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> requirements?<br />
Signals U 5 and U 6<br />
consistent?<br />
Actuator opening and<br />
closing?<br />
Volume flow ‡ min ?<br />
Volume flow ‡ max ?<br />
Volume flow control<br />
signal?<br />
Override controls?<br />
Check transformer<br />
etc.<br />
Controller<br />
faulty, replace<br />
Actuator rotation<br />
correct?<br />
Damper blocked?<br />
Duct pressure<br />
sufficient?<br />
Measurement<br />
tubes to transducer<br />
damaged?<br />
Protective wrapping<br />
removed?<br />
Check room temperature<br />
controller<br />
Check window<br />
switch, relay etc.<br />
Order Example Replacement Controller<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP, preset for TVZ 125, 60...140 l/s<br />
and VFP 300<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VFP 300<br />
10<br />
Commissioning<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP<br />
A function test for commissioning can be carried out by<br />
measuring the actuator signal U 6 (terminal 6 to 1). If U 6 is<br />
between 5.8 and 6.2 VDC, the required volume flow is<br />
controlled. If U 6 deviates from this range, wait for the<br />
actuator to settle.<br />
If the commissioning procedure is to include verification<br />
of the set volume flows ‡ min and ‡ max, these must be set<br />
as described below.<br />
The actual value signal U 5 is measured in each operating<br />
situation (check U 6 first) and the volume flow is then calculated<br />
using the formulae given on page 4.<br />
NOTE<br />
Severe vibration during transport or caused by different<br />
installation conditions can necessitate subsequent zero<br />
point adjustment. The procedure is described in the<br />
product information for VFP.<br />
In many cases, incorrect wiring can be the cause of the<br />
faults. Therefore a careful check should be carried out to<br />
ensure that all connections are secure. Wires in terminals<br />
3 to 7 should be disconnected and the actuator connection<br />
plug removed before the following checks are made.<br />
If the actuator drive is disengaged and the damper<br />
opened manually, the voltage U5 must increase and the<br />
voltage U6 deviate from 6 VDC.<br />
Connect the actuator plug, link terminals 1 and 7: The<br />
actuator must close.<br />
Change link to terminals 2 and 7: The actuator must<br />
open.<br />
Remove the link. The controller must control ‡ min. If U6 is<br />
approx. 6 volts, measure U5, calculate the volume flow<br />
and compare it with the design value.<br />
Link terminals 2 and 7: Repeat measurement for ‡ max, as<br />
above.<br />
Remove link. Apply the control signal U3 . Calculate the<br />
set volume flow and compare it with the actual volume<br />
flow.<br />
Apply the override control (terminal 7) and test the<br />
desired functions in sequence.<br />
Replacement Controller<br />
When replacing faulty controllers, calibrated controllers<br />
set for the terminal box type and size must be used.<br />
Uncalibrated controllers can only be used as a temporary<br />
solution. When ordering replacement controllers, specify<br />
‡ min and ‡ max.
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP-STP<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Area of Application 2<br />
Description of Function 2<br />
Differential Pressure Control 3<br />
Differential Pressure Adjustment on Site 3<br />
Order Code, Examples 4<br />
Terminal Connections 5<br />
Examples 6<br />
Override Control 6<br />
Function Test, Commissioning 7<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016NB5
VRP-STP Area of Application<br />
��<br />
The <strong>Belimo</strong> VRP-STP differential pressure controller<br />
�<br />
combined with a membrane differential pressure transducer<br />
VFP 100, is designed for room pressure control<br />
�� �<br />
of sealed rooms; when combined with a VFP 300 or<br />
VFP 600, it is designed for control of duct pressure. No<br />
control signal is required if constant differential pressure<br />
�<br />
is to be maintained. The constant differential pressure<br />
can be set manually in the range from 30 to 100 % on the<br />
adjustment knob. Alternatively, the set value can be preset<br />
externally by a control signal between 2 to 10 VDC.<br />
�<br />
�<br />
Override controls can be achieved by external switches.<br />
For parallel operation, several controllers can be connected<br />
to a common control signal. Supply air/extract<br />
duct pressure control sequence available.<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
Controller VRP-STP<br />
Transducer VFP 300<br />
�p adjustment knob<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
Characteristic of Differential<br />
Pressure Control Variable<br />
Reference value<br />
potentiometer<br />
Actuator connection<br />
Characteristic of Actual Value Signal<br />
�p nom<br />
(Pa)<br />
Differential<br />
Pressure<br />
�pmin 0<br />
�p max<br />
Differential pressure<br />
0<br />
�pact = �pnom · U5 – 2<br />
8<br />
U3 –2<br />
�preqd = ·�p<br />
8 max<br />
Transducer connection<br />
cable<br />
Offset indicating lights<br />
0 2 Actual value signal U5 10VDC<br />
0 2 Control signal U3 10VDC<br />
2<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP-STP<br />
Static Measuring Principle<br />
The volume flow is measured using a membrane pressure<br />
transducer. Therefore the VRP-STP is suitable for<br />
the control of extract air with contaminants and/or which<br />
is dust-loden. Terminal units with painted finish or made<br />
of plastic should be considered in such situations.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
In critical cases, a material test should be carried out<br />
on the terminal unit and membrane pressure transducer,<br />
to prove suitability for chemicals and concentrations<br />
concerned.<br />
Description of Function<br />
The differential pressure is measured on the static principle.<br />
The differential pressure causes a membrane in the<br />
pressure transducer to deflect, the movement is detected<br />
and converted into a linear pressure-voltage signal. The<br />
transducer pressure range is selected and factory-set to<br />
the measurement range required such that the differential<br />
pressure can be adjusted up or down by the customer.<br />
10 VDC (100 %) always corresponds to the nominal differential<br />
pressure (�pnom). The actual differential pressure<br />
is measured as a 2 to 10 VDC signal (U5). The nominal<br />
differential pressure is preset via the �p adjustment<br />
knob. For variable set values, an external 2 to 10 VDC<br />
signal controls the differential pressure in the range from<br />
0 to �pmax. The VRP-STP determines the required pressure in accordance<br />
with the characteristic shown and compares<br />
this with the actual value. The damper actuator is controlled<br />
according to the deviation. The <strong>Belimo</strong> VRP-STP<br />
can only operate with the matched <strong>Belimo</strong> actuators<br />
which are optimized for volume flow control. It is not<br />
possible to connect other 3-point or 0 to 10 VDC actuators.<br />
Gravity Dependent<br />
Because of the weight of the membrane the positioning<br />
of the VFP affects the measured signal. The VFP is normally<br />
calibrated for a vertical position of the membrane,<br />
i.e. pressure tube connections above or below horizontal<br />
plane. Other installation positions must be specified on<br />
order.
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP-STP<br />
Pressure Independent Control Characteristic<br />
1000<br />
Pa<br />
800<br />
Differential<br />
pressure (duct)<br />
600<br />
400<br />
200<br />
Adjustment Knob<br />
�<br />
�<br />
1<br />
2<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
20 40 60 80 % 100<br />
Differential pressure<br />
(controller set value)<br />
�pmax �pmax set value = · 100 %<br />
�pnom �p adjustment knob<br />
Reference value potentiometer<br />
The reference value potentiometer must not be<br />
adjusted.<br />
�pmax U5 = · 8 V + 2 V<br />
�pnom 3<br />
Differential Pressure Control<br />
The volume flow controller works independently of<br />
the duct pressure, i.e. pressure fluctuations cause no<br />
changes to volume flow.<br />
To prevent the volume flow control becoming unstable, a<br />
dead zone is allowed within which the damper does not<br />
move. This dead zone and the accuracy of site measurements<br />
lead to volume flow deviation �‡ shown opposite.<br />
If the conditions given in the sales brochure (static minimum<br />
pressure differential, inlet flow conditions etc.) are<br />
not observed, greater deviations must be expected.<br />
�p Adjustment<br />
The �p adjustment knob is used to set the required differential<br />
pressure. With variable control, the pressure can<br />
be limited to the maximum value �p max which is held<br />
constant at full control value (10 VDC).<br />
The percentages refer to the nominal differential pressure<br />
(�p nom). The adjustment range is from 30 to 100 %.<br />
Differential Pressure Adjustment on Site<br />
If later adjustment to the differential pressure is required,<br />
the potentiometer is set to the new value using the formula<br />
specified. The accuracy of the setting can be increased<br />
if the actual value signal U 5 is also measured and<br />
the following procedure carried out with the system<br />
switched on:<br />
• Calculate U 5 voltage for �p<br />
• If control signal U 5 is present set U 3 to 10 VDC or set<br />
wire bridge from terminal 2 to 4<br />
• Adjust �p potentiometer until voltage U 5 corresponds<br />
to the calculated value (wait approx. 2 minutes after<br />
adjustment, then read voltage)<br />
• If the VRP-STP is operated with control signal U 3,<br />
remove bridge 2 to 4 again.
Room Pressure Ranges<br />
Differential<br />
pressure<br />
transducer<br />
VFP 100<br />
Duct Pressure Ranges<br />
Differential<br />
pressure<br />
transducer<br />
VFP 300<br />
VFP 600<br />
Differential Pressure Control Tolerances<br />
�p<br />
in % of �p nom<br />
100<br />
< 80<br />
< 60<br />
< 40<br />
< 30<br />
< 30<br />
�p min 1)<br />
Pa<br />
2.5 30 100<br />
1.5 15 50<br />
1.5 7.5 25<br />
�p min 1)<br />
Pa<br />
�p<br />
from<br />
Pa<br />
�p<br />
from<br />
Pa<br />
to �p nom<br />
Pa<br />
7.5 90 300<br />
4 30 100<br />
15 180 600<br />
7.5 90 300<br />
Control tolerance<br />
± %<br />
>15<br />
>15<br />
>17<br />
>18<br />
> 10<br />
>10<br />
to �p nom<br />
Pa<br />
1) With a control signal the set value could be lower than 30 %<br />
of �p nom. But pressure diffrentials < �p min are set to 0, resp. could<br />
not be controlled stable.<br />
2) It is possible to control negative room pressure with a supply<br />
terminal unit.<br />
4<br />
Order Code / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVR / 160 / 00 / BG3 / Z - 15 Pa<br />
TVR -15 Pa2) / 160 / 00 / BG3 / Z -<br />
TVR / 160 / 00 / BH3 / A - -250 Pa<br />
Factory Differential Pressure Setting<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVRK, TVJ, TVT<br />
Room pressure<br />
control<br />
Duct pressure<br />
control<br />
Customers Fittings<br />
Operating mode<br />
A Extract air<br />
Z Supply air<br />
Operating mode Factory setting<br />
Positive room<br />
pressure<br />
Negative room<br />
pressure<br />
Supply air duct<br />
pressure<br />
Extract air duct<br />
pressure<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP-STP<br />
�p<br />
Differential pressure sensor of terminal<br />
unit short-circuited<br />
�p potentiometer to pressure<br />
difference ordered<br />
�p potentiometer to pressure<br />
difference ordered<br />
Operating mode Measures<br />
Room measuring tube to plus<br />
reference room measuring<br />
Room measuring tube to minus<br />
Reference room measuring tube on plus<br />
Duct measuring tube to plus<br />
Duct measuring tube to minus
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP-STP<br />
Terminal Connections<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
Plug connection to<br />
Transducer VFP ...<br />
The examples illustrated show the most common<br />
arrangements for pressure control. The <strong>Belimo</strong> specifications<br />
must be observed in the overall control<br />
system design, selection of the other control components<br />
and wire sizing. Details of other circuits are<br />
available from <strong>Belimo</strong>.<br />
Room Pressure Control<br />
Reference<br />
Room<br />
Duct Pressure Control<br />
Supply air<br />
Plug connection<br />
to actuator<br />
Room<br />
Unit Unit<br />
Positive Pressure<br />
Negative Pressure<br />
Extract air<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
For VAV terminal boxes for room pressure control and<br />
required “shut off”:<br />
The options “supply air/room negative pressure” and<br />
“extract air/room positive pressure” needs a wiring<br />
on site for “damper open”, so that the damper will be<br />
closed (see page 6).<br />
5<br />
Nomenclature<br />
Ground, neutral<br />
� Supply voltage 24 VAC<br />
w1 Input voltage for set differential pressure (2 to 10 VDC)<br />
w2 Input voltage for set differential pressure<br />
(0 to 20 V phasecut)<br />
U5 Output voltage for differential pressure (2 to 10 VDC)<br />
U6 Actuator signal<br />
z Input for override control<br />
Wiring<br />
Actuator and volume flow controller are factory wired.<br />
The 24 VAC voltage supply must be wired up by the<br />
customer. Safety transformers must be used (EN 60742).<br />
If several volume flow controllers are connected to one<br />
24 VAC network, it is important to ensure that a common<br />
neutral or ground wire is used and that this is not connected<br />
to other wires.<br />
The control signal for the nominal value emitter has<br />
2 cores connected to the differential pressure controller.<br />
If the the measurement and adjustment sites are far<br />
apart, remove the made-up plug on the actuator cable<br />
and extend the cable. This is easier and more reliable<br />
than extending the measurement tube.<br />
Tube Connections<br />
Tube dimensions : di = 6 mm<br />
Max. Lengths : 10 m<br />
(Plus and Minus total) 1)<br />
Material : Polyurethane1) Room Pressure Control<br />
The VFP100 has the tube connections shown for room<br />
pressure control. The measurement points in the room<br />
and in the reference room must be turbulence-free (no<br />
influence by room flow, no dynamic part pd). Note:<br />
If groups of rooms with different set points of differential<br />
pressure are arranged in sequence, all transducers<br />
VFP100 should work with a common reference pressure,<br />
e.g. atmospheric pressure.<br />
Duct Pressure Control<br />
The tube connections for supply and extraction air differ<br />
as shown on the sketch. The pressure connection not<br />
used must remain open or connected to the reference<br />
pressure via a tube.<br />
1) Recommendation
Parallel Differential Pressure Control with<br />
Override Control<br />
24 VAC<br />
VRP-STP<br />
Set point adjuster<br />
S1*<br />
S2*<br />
S3*<br />
Operating mode<br />
Z, A<br />
VRP-STP<br />
Operating mode<br />
Z, A<br />
* Switch S2 only in combination with<br />
control signal w1 or w2 Combination of Duct-Pressure and<br />
Volume Flow Control<br />
Room<br />
Nomenclature<br />
1 Terminal unit, extract air<br />
2 Measuring point for extract air duct pressure<br />
3 Measuring point for extract air volume flow<br />
4 Terminal unit, supply air<br />
6<br />
Override Controls<br />
Potential-free switch contacts provided by the customer<br />
can override the variable volume flow control. This forced<br />
control can be applied separately for each controller<br />
(see overleaf for examples) or centrally as in the circuit<br />
diagram shown for one building section.<br />
Shut off<br />
Closing switch S1 (e.g. by window contact) causes the<br />
damper to close. This override control provides shut off<br />
for unit types TVZ/TVA/TVR while maintaining the permitted<br />
leakage air volume flow to DIN 1946 Part 4.<br />
S1 open : control mode<br />
S1 closed : shut off<br />
S3 closed : Override Control OPEN<br />
�p max Override Control<br />
The variable differential pressure control is interrupted by<br />
closing the switch. Control of the maximum differential<br />
pressure takes priority.<br />
S2 open : variable control mode<br />
S2 closed : constant pressure �p max<br />
NOTE<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP-STP<br />
With a combination of several override controls, the<br />
switches must be interlocked such that no short-circuits<br />
occur. One switch can control several volume flow controllers<br />
if there is a common ground and the control<br />
signal is wired in parallel. The circuits apply even if room<br />
temperature controller with 0 to 20 V phase cut signal is<br />
used.<br />
Parallel Control<br />
Several differential pressure controllers can be operated<br />
in parallel by one set point adjuster from one nominal<br />
vatue emitter. Thus the nominal values for several rooms<br />
or ducts can be altered simultaneously.<br />
Example application:<br />
Day/night switching or sliding operation. For example<br />
several room or duct pressures can be controlled following<br />
the same percentage values.<br />
Extract Air Duct Pressure Control and<br />
Supply Air Slave Control<br />
The VRP-STP controls the pressure in the extract air duct<br />
on the low pressure side as it acts directly on the damper<br />
of the terminal unit. The controller VRD of the terminal<br />
unit is used to measure the extract air volume flow.<br />
The actual value output signal U5 for the extract air VRD<br />
is used to control the VRD on the supply air terminal unit.<br />
This ensures that the supply and extract air volume flows<br />
are always identical or stand in the required ratio to each<br />
other.
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP-STP<br />
Function Test<br />
Fault Finding Check<br />
Check wiring<br />
Connect supply voltage<br />
Connect air control systems<br />
�<br />
Pressure transducer zero point<br />
Measure actuator signal U 6<br />
Override control �p max :<br />
Record actual value signal U 5<br />
(Only for control signal U 3 and U 4 )<br />
Supply voltage due to<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> requirements?<br />
� yes<br />
Signals U 5 and U 6<br />
consistent?<br />
�<br />
Actuator opening<br />
and closing?<br />
yes<br />
�<br />
Differential<br />
pressure �p?<br />
yes<br />
�<br />
Differential<br />
pressure �pmax ?<br />
yes<br />
� yes<br />
Control signal<br />
� yes<br />
Override controls?<br />
Check transformer<br />
etc.<br />
Regulator<br />
faulty, replace<br />
Actuator rotation<br />
correct?<br />
Damper blocked?<br />
Duct pressure<br />
sufficient?<br />
Measurement<br />
tubes to transducer<br />
VFP... damaged?<br />
Check position encoder,<br />
wire bridge<br />
2 to 4 removed<br />
Check window<br />
switches, relays<br />
etc.<br />
Order Example for Replacement Controller<br />
�<br />
�<br />
no<br />
no<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP-STP and VFP300, preset for TVR 125,<br />
and supply air duct pressure 250 Pa<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP-STP and VFP100, preset for TVR 125,<br />
and negative room pressure, extract air, 20 Pa<br />
no �<br />
no �<br />
no �<br />
no �<br />
�<br />
no �<br />
�<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VFP300<br />
7<br />
Commissioning<br />
A function test for commissioning can be carried out by<br />
measuring the actuator signal U 6 (terminal 6 to 1). If U 6 is<br />
between 5.8 and 6.2 VDC, the required differential pressure<br />
is controlled.<br />
If the maximum differential pressure �p max should be<br />
shown for variable control, proceed as described below.<br />
Measure the actual value signal U 5 (having first checked<br />
U 6) and then determine the differential pressure from the<br />
formula on page 2.<br />
NOTE<br />
Severe vibration during transport or other installation<br />
situations can necessitate subsequent adjustment of the<br />
zero point setting. The procedure is described in the<br />
product information for VFP...<br />
In many cases, incorrect wiring can be the cause of the<br />
faults. Therefore a careful check should be carried out to<br />
ensure that all connections are secure. Wires in terminals<br />
3 to 7 should be disconnected and the actuator connection<br />
plug removed before the following checks are made<br />
except link 2 to 4.<br />
If the actuator drive is disengaged and the damper<br />
opened manually, the voltage U5 must increase and the<br />
voltage U6 deviate from 6 VDC.<br />
Connect the actuator plug, link terminals 1 and 7: The<br />
actuator must close.<br />
Change link to terminals 2 and 7: The actuator must<br />
open.<br />
Wire bridge from 2 to 7: the actuator must open1). Remove the link. The controller must control ‡ min. If U6 is<br />
approx. 6 volts, measure U5, calculate the volume flow<br />
and compare it with the design value.<br />
If a control signal U3 or U4 is used, link terminal 2 and 7<br />
and repeat the measurement for �pmax as before.<br />
Remove the link from 2 to 4. Apply control signal U3. Calculate the set differential pressure and compare with<br />
the actual differential pressure.<br />
Apply override control (terminal 7) and test the desired<br />
functions in sequence.<br />
Replacement Controller<br />
When replacing faulty controllers, calibrated controllers<br />
set for the terminal box type and size must be used.<br />
Uncalibrated controllers can only be used as a temporary<br />
solution. When ordering replacement controllers, specify<br />
�pmax. 1) The direction can be reversed for room pressure control.
<strong>Belimo</strong> VFP<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Area of Application 2<br />
Description of Function 2<br />
Gravity-Dependency 3<br />
Zero Point Adjustment 3<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016NB6
VFP<br />
� Transducer VFP<br />
� Positive pressure<br />
connection<br />
Measurement Range<br />
Characteristic of Actual Value Signal<br />
�p nom<br />
(100%)<br />
Differential pressure<br />
0<br />
0<br />
Made-Up Plug Connector<br />
Tube for pressure<br />
measurement point<br />
� Negative pressure<br />
connection<br />
� Transducer connection<br />
Transducer Range<br />
Pa<br />
VFP 100 100<br />
VFP 300 300<br />
VFP 600 600<br />
Actual value signal*<br />
* Actual value signal of the VFP not identical<br />
with the U 5 output signal of the regulator VRP<br />
2<br />
Area of Application<br />
The electronic membrane pressure transducer VFP... is<br />
designed for use in VAV systems. Combined with the<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VRP controller, it is used for measuring actual<br />
values for volume flow control and with the VRP-STP<br />
controller, for room and duct pressure control. The<br />
mounting and wiring and tube connections for volume<br />
flow control are factory-fitted. The tube connections for<br />
room or duct pressure control must be made by the<br />
customer. The gravity-dependency must be taken into<br />
account during installation. The correct installation position<br />
is shown by an arrow for factory mounting. VFP... is<br />
supplied with voltage via the VRP(-STP) controller.<br />
Because of the static membrane measuring principle, the<br />
VFP... is suitable for VAV-systems with contaminated air<br />
with fluff or sticky particles or aggressive media.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
In critical cases, a material test should be carried out<br />
on the terminal unit and membrane pressure transducer,<br />
to prove suitability for chemicals and concentrations<br />
concerned.<br />
Description of Function<br />
The differential pressure is measured on the static principle.<br />
The differential pressure causes a membrane in the<br />
pressure transducer to deflect, the movement is detected<br />
and converted into a linear pressure-voltage signal.<br />
The transducer pressure range is selected and factoryset<br />
to the measurement range required such that the<br />
differential pressure can be adjusted up or down by the<br />
customer.<br />
Nomenclature<br />
1 Supply voltage<br />
2 Ground<br />
3 Actual value signal (0 to 10 VDC)<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VFP
<strong>Belimo</strong> VFP<br />
Zero Point Adjustment<br />
� Measurement range potentiometer<br />
(do not adjust!)<br />
� Zero point potentiometer<br />
Measurement Points for Static Pressure<br />
Room<br />
Pressure measurement point<br />
Pressure measurement point<br />
Pressure measurement point<br />
3<br />
Gravity-Dependency, Zero Point Adjustment<br />
Because of the weight of the membrane the positioning<br />
of the VFP affects the measured signal. The VFP is normally<br />
calibrated for a vertical position of the membrane,<br />
i.e. pressure tube connections above or below horizontal<br />
plane. Other installation positions must be specified on<br />
order.If necessary, using the zero point potentiometer, the<br />
transducer can be customer-set to another mounting<br />
position. The supply voltage must be connected to the<br />
VFP for at least an hour before carrying out measurements.<br />
It is necessary to readjust the zero point if with<br />
diconnected tubes:<br />
• One of the VRP offset indicating lights is on<br />
• The U 5 signal is measured at between > 2.5 VDC and<br />
> 1.7 (prior version without indicating lights).<br />
Proceed as follows:<br />
• open housing cover<br />
• remove measurement tube<br />
• adjust zero point potentiometer until the actual value<br />
output signal U 5 (on regulator VRP) is 2 VDC +/-0.1 V<br />
• replace tube connection<br />
• close housing cover<br />
• The centre line of the pressure measurement point<br />
must intersect the pipe axis at right angles. 1)<br />
• The drilling diameter (d) should be as small as possible<br />
but sufficiently large to minimize risks of blocking and<br />
insufficient dynamics. 1)<br />
• Minimum distance 2 D must be maintained in the<br />
neutral wire before and after the air control damper.<br />
Requirements for Measurement Point<br />
• Minimum distance 2 D must be maintained in the<br />
neutral wire behind elbows and bends.<br />
• Room pressure assessment points must not be<br />
arranged in areas influenced by room flows.<br />
1) DIN 1952
<strong>Belimo</strong> Actuators<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
NM24-V 2<br />
AF24-V 2<br />
SM24-V 3<br />
GM24-V 3<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016NB2
NM 24-V<br />
� Shaft clamp<br />
� Direction of<br />
rotation switch<br />
AF 24-V<br />
5<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
1 Shaft clamp<br />
2 Hexagon socket for<br />
manual damper driving<br />
3 Direction of rotation<br />
switch<br />
� Gear release button<br />
� Connection cable<br />
� Rotation angle limiter<br />
4<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Connection cable<br />
Rotation angle limiter<br />
2<br />
Actuator NM 24-V<br />
Application<br />
Maintenance free damper actuator for VAV terminal units<br />
with <strong>Belimo</strong> volume flow controllers.<br />
Function<br />
The actuator is factory mounted and fixed to the damper<br />
shaft. The integral rotation angle limiter is set. The<br />
actuator is overload protected. When the end stops are<br />
reached, the actuator stops automatically; limit switches<br />
are not required.<br />
The direction of rotation can be set via a switch (factory<br />
set). For manual adjustment, the gears can be disengaged<br />
via a button.<br />
Spring Return Actuator AF 24-V<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> Actuators<br />
Application<br />
Maintenance-free damper actuator for VAV terminal units<br />
with <strong>Belimo</strong> volume flow controllers for applications<br />
where, for safety reasons, either an open or closed<br />
damper position must be guaranteed in the event of a<br />
power failure (order to state fail position).<br />
Function<br />
The open or closed damper position is factory set when<br />
mounting the actuator. If the voltage fails or is interrupted,<br />
the return spring moves the damper to the fail<br />
position. The rotation angle limiter is fitted and set.<br />
The actuator is overload-protected. When the end stops<br />
are reached, the actuator stops automatically; limit<br />
switches are not necessary.<br />
The direction of rotation can be set via a switch (factory<br />
set). For manual adjustment the actuator can be turned<br />
by crank to any position and fixed.
<strong>Belimo</strong> Actuators<br />
SM 24-V<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
GM 24-V<br />
3<br />
Shaft clamp<br />
Direction of rotation switch<br />
Gear release button<br />
Connection cable<br />
3<br />
1 Shaft clamp<br />
2 Direction of rotation switch<br />
3 Gear release button<br />
4<br />
Connection cable<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
1<br />
2<br />
4<br />
3<br />
Actuator SM 24-V<br />
Application<br />
Maintenance free damper actuator for VAV terminal units<br />
with higher torques and <strong>Belimo</strong> volume flow controllers.<br />
Function<br />
The actuator is factory mounted and fixed to the damper<br />
shaft. The integral rotation angle limiter is set. The actuator<br />
is overload protected. When the end stops are<br />
reached, the actuator stops automatically; limit switches<br />
are not required.<br />
The direction of rotation can be set via a switch (factory<br />
set). For manual adjustment, the gears can be disengaged<br />
via a button.<br />
Actuator GM 24-V<br />
Application<br />
Maintenance free damper actuator for VAV terminal units<br />
with highest torques and <strong>Belimo</strong> volume flow controllers.<br />
Function<br />
The actuator is factory mounted and fixed to the damper<br />
shaft. The integral rotation angle limiter is set. The actuator<br />
is overload protected. when the end stops are<br />
reached, the actuator stops automatically; limit switches<br />
are not required.<br />
The direction of rotation can be set via a switch (factory<br />
set). For manual adjustment, the gears can be disengaged<br />
via a button.
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Area of Application 2<br />
Description of Function 3<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances 4<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site 4<br />
Volume Flow Ranges Single-duct Units 5<br />
Order Code, Examples, Single-duct Units 6<br />
Dual-duct Unit TVM 7<br />
Wiring Connections 8<br />
Variable Volume Flow Operating Mode 9<br />
Constant Volume flow Control 10<br />
Slave Control 11<br />
Function Test, Commissioning 12<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016MB9
VAV-Compact, NMV-D2<br />
NMV-D2<br />
Tube connection for transducer<br />
Gear release button<br />
Connection cable<br />
Variable Volume Flow Operating Mode<br />
Room temperature controller,<br />
DDC-outstation etc.<br />
Set-<br />
Volume flow<br />
Constant Volume Flow Operating Mode<br />
Volume flow<br />
control setting<br />
Set-<br />
Volume flow<br />
Actual<br />
Volume flow<br />
NMV-D2<br />
Slave controller,<br />
monitoring, etc.<br />
Actual<br />
Volume flow<br />
NMV-D2<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2<br />
2<br />
Area of Application<br />
The VAV Compact NMV-D2 from <strong>Belimo</strong> is a complete<br />
control unit designed for VAV volume flow control units.<br />
The dynamic differential pressure transducer, damper<br />
actuator and electronic controls are combined in one<br />
housing. There are two operating modes available for the<br />
control function. For variable volume flow control, a suitable<br />
room temperature controller (alternatively, an air<br />
quality controller or similar) or a DDC outstation must be<br />
used. The control signal provides the volume set point.<br />
Switches or relays are used for constant volume flow<br />
control with up to 3 set values.<br />
The actual value of the volume flow is output as a standard<br />
linear, electrical signal. The voltage range for the<br />
actual and set values is standardised at 0 to 10 VDC.<br />
Using the ZEV setting unit, the customer can change to<br />
2 to 10 VDC.<br />
The volume flow is microprocessor-controlled on a digital<br />
basis. The VAV Compact has no potentiometer or<br />
switches, because all the parameters, including V · min and<br />
V · max, are stored in memory. Trox supplies the controller<br />
with all the parameters set. The volume flow can be<br />
changed by the customer easily and reliably using an<br />
adjuster (<strong>Belimo</strong> ZEV) and certain parameters can be<br />
read.<br />
Several controllers can be connected to a common room<br />
temperature controller for parallel operation. Supply/<br />
extract air slave circuits can be provided.<br />
Standard filtration in air-conditioning systems allows the<br />
use of the NMV-D2 in the supply air without dust protection<br />
filters. Since a small volume flow is passed through<br />
the transmitter in order to monitor the volume flow, the<br />
following must be noted:<br />
• With heavy dust in the room, suitable extract air<br />
filters must be provided.<br />
• If the air is contaminated with fluff or sticky particles<br />
or contains aggressive media, the NMV-D2<br />
should not be used.<br />
Variable Volume Flow Operating Mode<br />
The VAV Compact acts as a volume flow controller. The<br />
external room temperature controller determines the control<br />
signal used for volume set point. The actual value of<br />
the volume flow can be monitored as an option. The<br />
room temperature controller must have at least one analogue<br />
output.<br />
Constant Volume Flow Operating Mode<br />
By means of simple switches, the VAV Compact can be<br />
set at the programmed set values or the OPEN or<br />
CLOSED damper position. Relay circuits or a controller<br />
(DDC outstation) enable a changeover to be made. The<br />
controller must have corresponding outputs which switch<br />
accordingly. The actual value of the volume flow can be<br />
monitored.
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2<br />
Characteristic of the Actual Value Signal<br />
Volume flow<br />
A 0 to 10 VDC (standard) B 2 to 10 VDC<br />
V · actual = V· nom<br />
Characteristic of Volume Flow Variable<br />
Volume flow<br />
‡ nom<br />
(100 %)<br />
‡ min unit<br />
U 5<br />
10<br />
V · actual = V· U5-2 nom<br />
8<br />
A 0 to 10 VDC (standard) B 2 to 10 VDC<br />
V · set = U 3<br />
10 (V· max - V · min) + V · min<br />
Actual value signal U 5<br />
‡ nom<br />
V .<br />
min unit<br />
Control signal U 3<br />
V · set = U 3 - 2<br />
8<br />
Adjustment range<br />
(V · max -V · min)+V · min<br />
3<br />
Description of Function<br />
The volume flow is measured on the dynamic differential<br />
pressure principle. The effective pressure (∆p w) of the differential<br />
pressure sensor in the volume flow terminal unit<br />
enables a partial volume flow passing through the transmitter<br />
to be detected and measured. Two temperaturedependent<br />
resistors are used to measure this partial<br />
volume flow, which is proportional to the total volume<br />
flow, linearised, and temperature compensated. The<br />
volume flow is calculated by the controller's microprocessor.<br />
The characteristic of the effective pressure is calibrated<br />
in the controller, so that linearisation can be executed<br />
by the microprocessor. The actual volume flow can<br />
be monitored as the voltage signal U 5 The measuring<br />
range is set to suit each unit size during factory calibration,<br />
so that the maximum rated volume flow (V · nom) is<br />
always 10 VDC.<br />
The required volume flow is set by the room temperature<br />
controller or by switch contacts. The controller determines<br />
the set volume flow in accordance with the characteristic<br />
shown opposite and compares this with the<br />
actual value. The damper actuator is controlled according<br />
to the deviation. The volume flow values V · min and<br />
V · max which are parameters are factory set can be altered<br />
by the customer using an adjuster (<strong>Belimo</strong> ZEV).<br />
Variable Volume Flow Operating Mode<br />
The VAV Compact controls the set volume flow, between<br />
V · min and V · max, from the control signal according to the<br />
characteristic shown opposite. Override shut off is possible.<br />
Constant Volume Flow Operating Mode<br />
By wiring the control signal input terminal via switch contacts,<br />
constant volume flows V · min and V · max, and override<br />
control can be achieved.<br />
Control Signal Range Limiting<br />
For settings between V · min = 0 % and V · max = 100 %, the<br />
control signal must be limited in the DDC outstation. In<br />
this case, the full published volume range can be used<br />
for future adjustment via the BMS. If the design volume<br />
flow rates are set in the unit, a full voltage signal range of<br />
0-10 VDC or 2-10 VDC can be used. However, these settings<br />
can only be changed by using the <strong>Belimo</strong> ZEV<br />
which involve gaining access to the terminal box.
Pressure Independent Control Characteristic<br />
Pressure differential<br />
V · max Formula<br />
V · min Formula<br />
ZEV Adjuster<br />
V · max set value = V· max<br />
V · nom<br />
V · min set value = V· min<br />
V · max<br />
Operating mode selector<br />
knob<br />
V · min adjustment knob<br />
V · max adjustment knob<br />
Reset (Trox values)<br />
Volume flow % of ‡ nom<br />
. 100 %<br />
. 100 %<br />
Status display (LED)<br />
Set-button<br />
Control circuit state<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2<br />
4<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances<br />
The volume flow controller works independently of the<br />
duct pressure, which means that pressure fluctuations do<br />
not cause permanent volume flow changes. To prevent<br />
the volume flow control from becoming unstable, a dead<br />
zone is provided within which the damper is not moved.<br />
This dead zone, coupled with the measuring tolerances,<br />
produces a volume flow deviation AV shown opposite.<br />
If the conditions shown in the sales brochure (e.g. minimum<br />
pressure differential, inlet flow conditions, etc.) are<br />
not observed, greater deviations must be expected.<br />
V · max Setting<br />
The V · max value corresponds to the volume flow which is<br />
set with a 10 VDC control signal or V · max overridecontrol.<br />
The setting range for adjustment using the ZEV unit is<br />
from 30 to max 100 %. The percentage figures relate to<br />
V · nom.<br />
V · min Setting<br />
The V · min value corresponds to the volume flow which<br />
V · min override control. V · min may be set between 0 and<br />
100 % 1) of V · max, using the ZEV. The percentage figures<br />
relate to theV · max volume flow setting.<br />
If V · min is set at 0 %, the damper will be moved to the<br />
CLOSED position with a control signal of 0 VDC (alternatively<br />
2 VDC) (leakage depends on the type of unit).<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site<br />
The volume flow set values and the voltage ranges can<br />
be adjusted on site with the aid of the adjuster ZEV. To<br />
achieve this, the ZEV is connected to the controller or<br />
remote position via a cable.<br />
The calculated V · min and V · max values are set on the corresponding<br />
potentiometers. These settings are input to the<br />
controller when the set buttons are pressed.<br />
1) Possible from approx. Jan. 1997, previously 80 %
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVS<br />
V<br />
100 10 75 30 95 36 270 108 342<br />
125 15 120 45 150 54 432 162 540<br />
160 25 200 75 250 90 720 270 900<br />
200 40 325 120 405 144 1170 432 1458<br />
250 60 490 185 615 216 1764 666 2214<br />
315 105 820 310 1025 378 2952 1116 3690<br />
400 170 1345 505 1680 612 4842 1818 6048<br />
· minpub.<br />
V · to<br />
to<br />
from V<br />
min- to<br />
pub.<br />
from<br />
· 1)<br />
nom<br />
1) to<br />
V<br />
2)<br />
· V<br />
nom<br />
· V max<br />
· min<br />
V · V max<br />
· min<br />
Size<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVJ/TVT<br />
B x H<br />
mm<br />
V · min-pub. 1)<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
V · min V · max V · min V · max<br />
to from<br />
200 x 100 45 170 65 215 162 612 234 774<br />
300 x 100 65 255 95 320 234 918 342 1152<br />
400 x 100 85 340 130 425 306 1224 468 1530<br />
500 x 100 105 430 160 535 378 1548 576 1926<br />
600 x 100 130 520 195 650 468 1872 702 2340<br />
200 x 200 85 330 125 415 306 1188 450 1494<br />
300 x 200 125 495 185 620 450 1782 666 2232<br />
400 x 200 165 660 250 825 594 2376 900 2970<br />
500 x 200 205 830 310 1035 738 2988 1116 3726<br />
600 x 200 250 1000 375 1250 900 3600 1350 4500<br />
700 x 200 290 1160 435 1450 1044 4176 1566 5220<br />
800 x 200 330 1320 495 1650 1188 4752 1782 5940<br />
300 x 300 185 735 275 920 666 2646 990 3312<br />
400 x 300 245 985 370 1230 882 3546 1332 4428<br />
500 x 300 305 1230 460 1535 1098 4428 1656 5526<br />
600 x 300 370 1480 555 1850 1332 5328 1998 6660<br />
700 x 300 430 1720 645 2150 1548 6192 2322 7740<br />
800 x 300 490 1960 735 2450 1764 7056 2646 8820<br />
900 x 300 555 2215 830 2770 1998 7974 2988 9972<br />
1000 x 300 620 2480 930 3100 2232 8928 3348 11160<br />
400 x 400 325 1305 490 1630 1170 4698 1764 5868<br />
500 x 400 410 1630 610 2040 1476 5868 2196 7344<br />
600 x 400 490 1960 735 2450 1764 7056 2646 8820<br />
700 x 400 570 2280 855 2850 2052 8208 3078 10260<br />
800 x 400 650 2600 975 3250 2340 9360 3510 11700<br />
900 x 400 735 2935 1100 3670 2646 10566 3960 13212<br />
1000 x 400 820 3280 1230 4100 2952 11808 4428 14760<br />
500 x 500 510 2030 760 2540 1836 7308 2736 9144<br />
600 x 500 610 2440 915 3050 2196 8784 3294 10980<br />
700 x 500 710 2840 1065 3550 2556 10224 3834 12780<br />
800 x 500 810 3240 1215 4050 2916 11664 4374 14580<br />
900 x 500 915 3655 1370 4570 3294 13158 4932 16452<br />
1000 x 500 1020 4080 1530 5100 3672 14688 5508 18360<br />
600 x 600 730 2920 1095 3650 2628 10512 3942 13140<br />
700 x 600 850 3400 1275 4250 3060 12240 4590 15300<br />
800 x 600 970 3880 1455 4850 3492 13968 5238 17460<br />
900 x 600 1100 4400 1650 5500 3960 15840 5940 19800<br />
1000 x 600 1220 4880 1830 6100 4392 17568 6588 21960<br />
700 x 700 990 3960 1485 4950 3564 14256 5346 17820<br />
800 x 700 1140 4560 1710 5700 4104 16416 6156 20520<br />
900 x 700 1280 5120 1920 6400 4608 18432 6912 23040<br />
1000 x 700 1420 5680 2130 7100 5112 20448 7668 25560<br />
800 x 800 1300 5200 1950 6500 4680 18720 7020 23400<br />
900 x 800 1460 5840 2190 7300 5256 21024 7884 26280<br />
1000 x 800 1620 6480 2430 8100 5832 23328 8748 29160<br />
900 x 900 1640 6560 2460 8200 5904 23616 8856 29520<br />
1000 x 900 1820 7280 2730 9100 6552 26208 9828 32760<br />
1000 x 1000 2020 8080 3030 10100 7272 29088 10908 36360<br />
5<br />
to V · nom<br />
V · min-pub. 1)<br />
to from to V · nom<br />
1) V · min = 0 is also possible 2) Only TVR Grey colored sizes not deliverable with NMV-D2 (torques too high)!
Volume Flow Control Tolerances 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
as % of V · nom<br />
1) Percentage figures based on V · actual<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVS TVJ/TVT<br />
100 5 5<br />
80 5 5<br />
60 7 7<br />
40 7 8<br />
20 9 14<br />
10 20 >14<br />
20 >14<br />
2) Operating modes U and F only 2 to 10 VDC<br />
3) It is possible to use a fixed value controller as master<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2<br />
6<br />
Single-Duct Units<br />
Order Code / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / BC5 / E0 - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / BC5 / M0 - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / BC5 / S0 - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / BC5 / F2 - 100 l/s<br />
Operating Mode Voltage Range<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
S Slave<br />
U Changeover<br />
F Constant<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
Mode<br />
E0; E2<br />
M2; M0<br />
S0; S2<br />
U2 3)<br />
F2 3)<br />
Factory Setting<br />
V · min set at required V· min<br />
V · max set at required V· max<br />
V · min set at 0 %<br />
V · max set at volume flow ratio to master<br />
controller<br />
V · min set at required volume flow 1<br />
(lower value)<br />
V · max set at required volume flow 2<br />
(higher value)<br />
V · min set at required volume flow<br />
V · max set at 100 %.<br />
V · min<br />
0 = Voltage range 0 to 10 VDC<br />
(standard range) 2)<br />
2 = Voltage range 2 to 10 VDC<br />
V · max
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVM<br />
Size V · min -<br />
unit<br />
1) Percentage figures based on V · actual<br />
V · min- V<br />
unit<br />
· l/s m<br />
nom<br />
3 /h<br />
125 45 150 162 540<br />
160 75 250 270 900<br />
200 120 405 432 1458<br />
250 185 615 666 2214<br />
Volume Flow Tolerances TVM 1)<br />
V · nom<br />
Volume flow<br />
as % of V<br />
100 5 7<br />
80 5 10<br />
60 5 12<br />
40 7 15<br />
20 9 -<br />
10 20 -<br />
20 -<br />
· ∆V<br />
nom<br />
· in ± %<br />
TVMcold TVMtotal 7<br />
Dual-Duct Unit TVM<br />
Order Code / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
V · warm<br />
V · cold<br />
TVM-R / 160 / BFC / M0 - 75 - 240 l/s<br />
V · warm = V · cold<br />
TVM-R / 160 / BFC / F2 - 200 l/s<br />
Operating Mode Voltage Range<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
F Constant<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
Mode<br />
E0<br />
E2<br />
M0<br />
M2<br />
F0<br />
F2<br />
0 = Voltage range 0 to 10 VDC<br />
(standard range)<br />
2 = Voltage range 2 to 10 VDC<br />
V · min set at 0 %<br />
V · max set at required<br />
Volume flow (V · cold )<br />
Factory Setting<br />
Cold duct controller Warm duct controller<br />
V · min set at required<br />
Volume flow V · warm<br />
V · max set at 100 %
Wiring Connections<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The examples illustrated show the most common<br />
arrangements for volume flow control. The <strong>Belimo</strong><br />
specifications must be observed in the overall<br />
control system design, selection of the other control<br />
components and wire sizing.<br />
Service Signal<br />
Room<br />
temperature<br />
controller<br />
Suitable<br />
enclosure,<br />
terminal block<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2<br />
8<br />
Nomenclature<br />
�, - Ground, neutral<br />
~, + Supply voltage 24 VAC or 24 VDC<br />
w<br />
z<br />
Input voltage for set volume flow U3 Input operating control<br />
U/pp Actual volume flow U5 and communication signal<br />
Wiring<br />
The 24 VAC/VDC voltage supply must be wired up by the<br />
customer. Safety transformers must be used (EN 60742).<br />
If several volume flow controllers are connected to one<br />
24 V network, it is important to ensure that a common<br />
neutral or ground wire is used and that this is not connected<br />
to other wires.<br />
Commissioning Connections<br />
It is advisable that the signal line for connecting the<br />
adjuster ZEV is linked up in an easily accessible location.<br />
This means that ceiling panels do not need be removed in<br />
order to take measurements. Suitable locations include:<br />
Spare terminals in room temperature controller or wall<br />
mounted enclosure.<br />
It is important to ensure that the ground (and 24 V) is also<br />
available. Therefore, a 3-wire connection is required to<br />
the commissioning connection.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The commissioning connection will also work if the<br />
U5 signal is used for slave controls or monitoring.<br />
However, the U5 signal differs from the actual value<br />
when the ZEV unit is connected.
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2<br />
Variable Volume Flow Operating Mode<br />
with Override Control CLOSED<br />
Supply Voltage 24 VAC,<br />
Input Voltage 0 to 10 or 2 to 10 VDC<br />
24 VAC<br />
Input voltage 2 to 10 VDC<br />
1) e.g. Diode 1N 4007<br />
RT Controller<br />
1 2 3 5<br />
NMV-D2<br />
Operating Mode E0, E2, M0, M2<br />
NMV-D2<br />
Operating Mode E0, E2, M0, M2<br />
24 VAC<br />
(24 VDC)<br />
1)<br />
1 2 3 5<br />
RT Controller<br />
1 2 3 5<br />
NMV-D2<br />
Operating Mode E2, M2<br />
1 2 3 5<br />
NMV-D2<br />
Operating Mode E2, M2<br />
1<br />
1<br />
1<br />
Override<br />
Control<br />
CLOSED<br />
Parallel<br />
connection<br />
of other<br />
controllers<br />
1<br />
Override<br />
Control<br />
CLOSED<br />
Parallel<br />
connection<br />
of other<br />
controllers<br />
9<br />
Variable Volume Flow Control<br />
The VAV Compact is connected to the 24 VAC mains. If<br />
the DDC outstation/controller is on the same mains network,<br />
the control signal can be applied through a single<br />
wire. If the mains networks are separate, the control<br />
signal is connected by two wires. The actual value signal<br />
for the volume flow can be used.<br />
It is possible to connect several VAV Compacts in parallel.<br />
Several volume flow controllers (supply or extract air) are<br />
run in parallel by one DDC outstation/controller. If the<br />
volume flow terminal units are of the same size and the<br />
V · min and V · max values are programmed the same, all units<br />
control the same volume flow. If there are different settings,<br />
the units conduct equal percentages. In this way, a<br />
ratio control between the supply and extract air controllers<br />
can be achieved.<br />
A volt free switch contact provided by the customer enables<br />
the variable volume flow control to be overridden<br />
and a CLOSED override control achieved. The control<br />
wire to the room temperature controller should be interrupted.
Constant Volume Flow Control<br />
Supply Voltage 24 VAC<br />
Input Voltage 2 to 10 VDC<br />
24 VAC<br />
Supply Voltage 24 VAC<br />
Input Voltage 0 to 10 VDC<br />
24 VAC<br />
S1<br />
S2<br />
S3<br />
S4<br />
1) e.g. Diode 1N 4007<br />
1)<br />
1 2 3 5<br />
NMV-D2<br />
Operating Mode U2<br />
S2<br />
S3<br />
S4<br />
1)<br />
1 2 3 5<br />
NMV-D2<br />
Operating Mode E0<br />
Parallel<br />
connection of<br />
other controllers<br />
possible<br />
Parallel<br />
connection of<br />
other controllers<br />
possible<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2<br />
10<br />
Changeover Mode<br />
By means of simple switching between the supply voltage<br />
connections and the control input z, override controls<br />
at various volume flow set values or Open/Closed<br />
damper positions are possible in constant volume flow<br />
operating mode. If several functions are combined, the<br />
contacts must be linked in relation to one another, to prevent<br />
a short circuit.<br />
Several volume flow controllers can also be operated by<br />
one switch, if there is a common ground wire and the<br />
control signal is connected in parallel.<br />
All Switches<br />
OPEN V<br />
·<br />
min<br />
S1 closed CLOSED<br />
S2 closed<br />
S3 closed<br />
V<br />
·<br />
max<br />
·<br />
VZS S4 closed CLOSED<br />
Override Controls<br />
Designation Control<br />
CLOSED<br />
‡ min<br />
‡ max<br />
Damper Closed<br />
Constant Volume Flow ‡ min<br />
Constant Volume Flow ‡ max<br />
Constant Volume Flow<br />
Intermediate setting<br />
VZS =(Vmax-Vmin) . ‡ ZS · · ·<br />
0.5+V<br />
·<br />
min<br />
• Override Control “Damper OPEN” possible<br />
if required<br />
• Constant Volume Flow with DC-Supply Voltage is<br />
not recommended
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2<br />
Slave Control<br />
24 VAC<br />
(24 VDC)<br />
RT-Controller<br />
Master Controller NMV-D2<br />
Operating Mode M<br />
Slave Controller NMV-D2<br />
Operating Mode S<br />
Dual Duct Terminal Unit TVM<br />
24 VAC<br />
(24 VDC)<br />
RT-Controller<br />
Cold Controller NMV-D2<br />
Warm Controller NMV-D2<br />
Operating Mode E, M, F<br />
To possible<br />
slave controller<br />
11<br />
Supply/Extract Air Slave Control<br />
If the units are controlled in parallel, there may be an<br />
incorrect difference in volume between the supply and<br />
extract air flows, if the pressure in one duct region is too<br />
low. It is therefore more beneficial to use the actual<br />
volume flow value, usually that of the supply air flow, as<br />
the control signal for the slave volume flow controller. If<br />
the extract air flow is not to be controlled by the DDC<br />
controller, a slave control is also used.<br />
A ratio control can be achieved using the VAV Compact,<br />
i.e. extract and supply air flows are in the same ratio to<br />
one another under all operating conditions.<br />
V · max Supply<br />
V · V<br />
min Supply<br />
· max Extract<br />
V · =<br />
min Extract<br />
The volume flow ratio is set on the slave controller as<br />
follows:<br />
V · max Extract<br />
V · V<br />
·<br />
max set value =<br />
max Supply<br />
. V· nom Supply<br />
V · nom Extract<br />
. 100 %<br />
If the volume flows are the same, the setting will be<br />
100 %. The setting range is up to max. 100 % (up to<br />
120 % via factory software).<br />
Volume Flow Control of TVM Units<br />
Two VAV Compacts are necessary in order to control a<br />
dual duct terminal box type TVM.<br />
The room temperature controller controls the cold duct<br />
volume flow controller. In most cases, the proportion of<br />
warm air is increased in the heating cycle from 0 to the<br />
required V · min. The warm duct controller (V · total is measured)<br />
is therefore set as a constant volume controller and<br />
does not require a control signal.
Function Test<br />
Check wiring<br />
Connect supply voltage<br />
Connect air supply systems<br />
Input control voltage for V · min<br />
Record the actual value signal U 5<br />
Input control voltage for V · max<br />
Record the actual value signal U 5<br />
Fault Finding Check<br />
Supply voltage within <strong>Belimo</strong><br />
specifications?<br />
yes<br />
Actual value signal U5 consistent?<br />
yes<br />
Actuator opens and<br />
closes?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow V · min ?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow V · max ?<br />
yes<br />
Set volume flow signal?<br />
yes<br />
Override controls?<br />
Check transformer,<br />
etc.<br />
Controller faulty<br />
Damper<br />
obstructed?<br />
Duct pressure<br />
sufficient?<br />
Measuring tubes to<br />
the transducer<br />
damaged?<br />
Packing materials<br />
removed?<br />
Check room temperature<br />
controller<br />
Check window<br />
switch, relays, etc.<br />
Sample Order Replacement Controller<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> NMV-D2,<br />
preset for TVR / 125 / E0 - 140 - 300 m 3 /h<br />
voltage range 0 to 10 VDC, replacement for NMV24-D/NMV-D2<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2<br />
12<br />
Commissioning<br />
The functional check prior to commissioning cannot be<br />
carried out without the signal controller (DDC). The DDC<br />
controller is used to set a particular volume flow.<br />
The actual volume flow is calculated from the monitored<br />
actual value signal and compared with the set value.<br />
In many cases, incorrect wiring can be the reason for<br />
malfunction. Therefore a close examination of all connections<br />
should be made. Connections to wires 3 to 5<br />
should be disconnected before the following checks are<br />
made:<br />
If the actuator drive is disengaged and the damper<br />
opened manually, the voltage U 5 must increase. The<br />
volume flow control is checked by setting a control voltage<br />
on wire 3 to which the monitored value must correspond<br />
after a short time, within ± 0.1V.<br />
Actuate the operating control and test the desired functions.<br />
The functional check can be simplified using the adjuster<br />
ZEV. The set volume values V · min and V · max can be read.<br />
Furthermore, the ZEV indicates whether the monitored<br />
value agrees with the set value.<br />
Replacement Controller<br />
As a general rule, controllers intended for replacement<br />
must be calibrated for the terminal box type and size of<br />
unit. When ordering the replacement controller, V · min and<br />
V · max must be indicated. Controllers which have not been<br />
set can only be accepted as a temporary solution.
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2M<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Areas of Application 2<br />
Description of Function 3<br />
Volume Flow Control 4<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site 4<br />
Volume Flow Ranges Single-duct Units 5<br />
Order Code, Examples, Single-duct Units 6<br />
Dual-duct Unit TVM 7<br />
Wiring Connections 8<br />
Variable Volume Flow Control 9<br />
Constant Volume flow Control 10<br />
Slave Control 11<br />
Function Test, Commissioning 12<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (02/2002) · Leaflet No. E016KM1
VAV-Compact, NMV-D2M<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
1 NMV-D2M<br />
2 Tube connection for transducer<br />
3 Gear release button<br />
4 Connection service unit<br />
5 Connection cable<br />
6 Shaft clamp<br />
7 Direction of rotation display<br />
8 Rotation limiter<br />
Variable Volume Flow Operating Mode<br />
Room temperature controller,<br />
DDC-outstation etc.<br />
Set-<br />
Volume flow<br />
Constant Volume Flow Operating Mode<br />
Volume flow<br />
control setting<br />
Set-<br />
Volume flow<br />
Actual<br />
Volume flow<br />
NMV-D2M<br />
Slave controller,<br />
monitoring, etc.<br />
Actual<br />
Volume flow<br />
NMV-D2M<br />
Area of Application<br />
The VAV Compact NMV-D2M from <strong>Belimo</strong> is a complete<br />
control unit designed for VAV volume flow control units.<br />
The dynamic differential pressure transducer, damper<br />
actuator and electronic controls are combined in one<br />
housing. There are two operating modes available for the<br />
control function. For variable volume flow control, a suitable<br />
room temperature controller (alternatively, an air<br />
quality controller or similar) or a DDC outstation must be<br />
used. The control signal provides the volume set point.<br />
Switches or relays are used for constant volume flow<br />
control with up to 3 set values.<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
4<br />
5<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2M<br />
2<br />
The actual value of the volume flow is output as a standard<br />
linear, electrical signal. The voltage range for the<br />
actual and set values is standardised at 0 to 10 VDC.<br />
Using the ZEV setting unit, the customer can change to<br />
2 to 10 VDC.<br />
The volume flow is microprocessor-controlled on a digital<br />
basis. The VAV Compact has no potentiometer or<br />
switches, because all the parameters, including V · min and<br />
V · max, are stored in memory. Trox supplies the controller<br />
with all the parameters set. The volume flow can be<br />
changed by the customer easily and reliably using an<br />
adjuster (<strong>Belimo</strong> ZEV) and certain parameters can be<br />
read.<br />
Several controllers can be connected to a common room<br />
temperature controller for parallel operation. Supply/<br />
extract air slave circuits can be provided.<br />
Standard filtration in air-conditioning systems allows the<br />
use of the NMV-D2 in the supply air without dust protection<br />
filters. Since a small volume flow is passed through<br />
the transmitter in order to monitor the volume flow, the<br />
following must be noted:<br />
• With heavy dust in the room, suitable extract air<br />
filters must be provided.<br />
• If the air is contaminated with fluff or sticky particles<br />
or contains aggressive media, the NMV-D2M<br />
should not be used.<br />
Variable Volume Flow Operating Mode<br />
The VAV Compact acts as a volume flow controller. The<br />
external room temperature controller determines the control<br />
signal used for volume set point. The actual value of<br />
the volume flow can be monitored as an option. The<br />
room temperature controller must have at least one analogue<br />
output.<br />
Constant Volume Flow Operating Mode<br />
By means of simple switches, the VAV Compact can be<br />
set at the programmed set values or the OPEN or<br />
CLOSED damper position. Relay circuits or a controller<br />
(DDC outstation) enable a changeover to be made. The<br />
controller must have corresponding outputs which switch<br />
accordingly. The actual value of the volume flow can be<br />
monitored.<br />
PP/MP-Bus Function and Integration<br />
in LONWORKS ® -Systems (on Site)<br />
The VAV-Compact NMV-D2M incorporates the <strong>Belimo</strong><br />
MP-Bus system which allowsup to 8 VAV units to be<br />
linked together in a very simple way and in the following<br />
systems:<br />
• LONWORKS ® -Systems in connection with <strong>Belimo</strong> interface<br />
UK24LON<br />
• DDC controllers with integrated MP-Bus interface<br />
For more information please contact <strong>Belimo</strong>!
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2M<br />
Characteristic of the Actual Value Signal<br />
Volume flow<br />
A 0 to 10 VDC (standard) B 2 to 10 VDC<br />
V · actual = V· nom<br />
Characteristic of Volume Flow Variable<br />
Volume flow<br />
‡ nom<br />
(100 %)<br />
‡ min unit<br />
U 5<br />
10<br />
V · actual = V· U5-2 nom<br />
8<br />
A 0 to 10 VDC (standard) B 2 to 10 VDC<br />
V · set = U 3<br />
10 (V· max - V · min) + V · min<br />
Actual value signal U 5<br />
‡ nom<br />
V .<br />
min unit<br />
Control signal U 3<br />
V · set = U 3 - 2<br />
8<br />
Adjustment range<br />
(V · max -V · min)+V · min<br />
3<br />
Description of Function<br />
The volume flow is measured on the dynamic differential<br />
pressure principle. The effective pressure (∆p w) of the differential<br />
pressure sensor in the volume flow terminal unit<br />
enables a partial volume flow passing through the transmitter<br />
to be detected and measured. Two temperaturedependent<br />
resistors are used to measure this partial<br />
volume flow, which is proportional to the total volume<br />
flow, linearised, and temperature compensated. The<br />
volume flow is calculated by the controller's microprocessor.<br />
The characteristic of the effective pressure is calibrated<br />
in the controller, so that linearisation can be executed<br />
by the microprocessor. The actual volume flow can<br />
be monitored as the voltage signal U 5 The measuring<br />
range is set to suit each unit size during factory calibration,<br />
so that the maximum rated volume flow (V · nom) is<br />
always 10 VDC.<br />
The required volume flow is set by the room temperature<br />
controller or by switch contacts. The controller determines<br />
the set volume flow in accordance with the characteristic<br />
shown opposite and compares this with the<br />
actual value. The damper actuator is controlled according<br />
to the deviation. The volume flow values V · min and<br />
V · max which are parameters are factory set can be altered<br />
by the customer using an adjuster (<strong>Belimo</strong> ZEV).<br />
Variable Volume Flow Operating Mode<br />
The VAV Compact controls the set volume flow, between<br />
V · min and V · max, from the control signal according to the<br />
characteristic shown opposite. Override shut off is possible.<br />
Constant Volume Flow Operating Mode<br />
By wiring the control signal input terminal via switch contacts,<br />
constant volume flows V · min and V · max, and override<br />
control can be achieved.<br />
Control Signal Range Limiting<br />
For settings between V · min = 0 % and V · max = 100 %, the<br />
control signal must be limited in the DDC outstation. In<br />
this case, the full published volume range can be used<br />
for future adjustment via the BMS. If the design volume<br />
flow rates are set in the unit, a full voltage signal range of<br />
0-10 VDC or 2-10 VDC can be used. However, these settings<br />
can only be changed by using the <strong>Belimo</strong> ZEV or<br />
MFT-H which involve gaining access to the terminal box.
Pressure Independent Control Characteristic<br />
Pressure differential<br />
V · max Formula<br />
V · min Formula<br />
ZEV Adjuster<br />
Volume flow % of ‡ nom<br />
V · max set value = V· max<br />
V · nom<br />
V · min set value = V· min<br />
V · max<br />
Operating mode selector<br />
knob<br />
V · min adjustment knob<br />
V · max adjustment knob<br />
Reset (Trox values)<br />
. 100 %<br />
. 100 %<br />
Status display (LED)<br />
Set-button<br />
Control circuit state<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2M<br />
4<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances<br />
The volume flow controller works independently of the<br />
duct pressure, which means that pressure fluctuations do<br />
not cause permanent volume flow changes. To prevent<br />
the volume flow control from becoming unstable, a dead<br />
zone is provided within which the damper is not moved.<br />
This dead zone, coupled with the measuring tolerances,<br />
produces a volume flow deviation AV shown opposite.<br />
If the conditions shown in the sales brochure (e.g. minimum<br />
pressure differential, inlet flow conditions, etc.) are<br />
not observed, greater deviations must be expected.<br />
V · max Setting<br />
The V · max value corresponds to the volume flow which is<br />
set with a 10 VDC control signal or V · max overridecontrol.<br />
The setting range for adjustment using the ZEV unit is<br />
from 30 to max 100 %. The percentage figures relate to<br />
V · nom.<br />
V · min Setting<br />
The V · min value corresponds to the volume flow which<br />
V · min override control. V · min may be set between 0 and<br />
100 % of V · max, using the ZEV. The percentage figures<br />
relate to theV · max volume flow setting.<br />
If V · min is set at 0 %, the damper will be moved to the<br />
CLOSED position with a control signal of 0 VDC (alternatively<br />
2 VDC) (leakage depends on the type of unit).<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site<br />
The volume flow set values and the voltage ranges can<br />
be adjusted on site with the aid of the adjuster ZEV. To<br />
achieve this, the ZEV is connected to the controller or<br />
remote position via a cable.<br />
The calculated V · min and V · max values are set on the corresponding<br />
potentiometers. These settings are input to the<br />
controller when the set buttons are pressed.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The Service unit ZEV can’t display the actual mode<br />
but mode changing is possible.<br />
Service Unit MFT-H and PC Software Tool<br />
The <strong>Belimo</strong> Service unit MFT-H and the PC software Tool<br />
offers further functions and possibilities.<br />
For more information please contact <strong>Belimo</strong>!
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2M<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVS<br />
V<br />
100 10 75 30 95 36 270 108 342<br />
125 15 120 45 150 54 432 162 540<br />
160 25 200 75 250 90 720 270 900<br />
200 40 325 120 405 144 1170 432 1458<br />
250 60 490 185 615 216 1764 666 2214<br />
315 105 820 310 1025 378 2952 1116 3690<br />
400 170 1345 505 1680 612 4842 1818 6048<br />
· minunit<br />
V · to<br />
to<br />
from V<br />
min- to<br />
unit<br />
from<br />
· 1)<br />
nom<br />
1) to<br />
V<br />
2)<br />
· V<br />
nom<br />
· V max<br />
· min<br />
V · V max<br />
· min<br />
Size<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVJ/TVT<br />
B x H<br />
mm<br />
V · min-unit 1)<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
V · min V · max V · min V · max<br />
to from<br />
200 x 100 45 170 65 215 162 612 234 774<br />
300 x 100 65 255 95 320 234 918 342 1152<br />
400 x 100 85 340 130 425 306 1224 468 1530<br />
500 x 100 105 430 160 535 378 1548 576 1926<br />
600 x 100 130 520 195 650 468 1872 702 2340<br />
200 x 200 85 330 125 415 306 1188 450 1494<br />
300 x 200 125 495 185 620 450 1782 666 2232<br />
400 x 200 165 660 250 825 594 2376 900 2970<br />
500 x 200 205 830 310 1035 738 2988 1116 3726<br />
600 x 200 250 1000 375 1250 900 3600 1350 4500<br />
700 x 200 290 1160 435 1450 1044 4176 1566 5220<br />
800 x 200 330 1320 495 1650 1188 4752 1782 5940<br />
300 x 300 185 735 275 920 666 2646 990 3312<br />
400 x 300 245 985 370 1230 882 3546 1332 4428<br />
500 x 300 305 1230 460 1535 1098 4428 1656 5526<br />
600 x 300 370 1480 555 1850 1332 5328 1998 6660<br />
700 x 300 430 1720 645 2150 1548 6192 2322 7740<br />
800 x 300 490 1960 735 2450 1764 7056 2646 8820<br />
900 x 300 555 2215 830 2770 1998 7974 2988 9972<br />
1000 x 300 620 2480 930 3100 2232 8928 3348 11160<br />
400 x 400 325 1305 490 1630 1170 4698 1764 5868<br />
500 x 400 410 1630 610 2040 1476 5868 2196 7344<br />
600 x 400 490 1960 735 2450 1764 7056 2646 8820<br />
700 x 400 570 2280 855 2850 2052 8208 3078 10260<br />
800 x 400 650 2600 975 3250 2340 9360 3510 11700<br />
900 x 400 735 2935 1100 3670 2646 10566 3960 13212<br />
1000 x 400 820 3280 1230 4100 2952 11808 4428 14760<br />
500 x 500 510 2030 760 2540 1836 7308 2736 9144<br />
600 x 500 610 2440 915 3050 2196 8784 3294 10980<br />
700 x 500 710 2840 1065 3550 2556 10224 3834 12780<br />
800 x 500 810 3240 1215 4050 2916 11664 4374 14580<br />
900 x 500 915 3655 1370 4570 3294 13158 4932 16452<br />
1000 x 500 1020 4080 1530 5100 3672 14688 5508 18360<br />
600 x 600 730 2920 1095 3650 2628 10512 3942 13140<br />
700 x 600 850 3400 1275 4250 3060 12240 4590 15300<br />
800 x 600 970 3880 1455 4850 3492 13968 5238 17460<br />
900 x 600 1100 4400 1650 5500 3960 15840 5940 19800<br />
1000 x 600 1220 4880 1830 6100 4392 17568 6588 21960<br />
700 x 700 990 3960 1485 4950 3564 14256 5346 17820<br />
800 x 700 1140 4560 1710 5700 4104 16416 6156 20520<br />
900 x 700 1280 5120 1920 6400 4608 18432 6912 23040<br />
1000 x 700 1420 5680 2130 7100 5112 20448 7668 25560<br />
800 x 800 1300 5200 1950 6500 4680 18720 7020 23400<br />
900 x 800 1460 5840 2190 7300 5256 21024 7884 26280<br />
1000 x 800 1620 6480 2430 8100 5832 23328 8748 29160<br />
900 x 900 1640 6560 2460 8200 5904 23616 8856 29520<br />
1000 x 900 1820 7280 2730 9100 6552 26208 9828 32760<br />
1000 x 1000 2020 8080 3030 10100 7272 29088 10908 36360<br />
5<br />
to V · nom<br />
V · min-unit 1)<br />
to from to V · nom<br />
1) V · min = 0 is also possible 2) Only TVR Grey colored sizes not deliverable with NMV-D2M (torques too high)!
Volume Flow Control Tolerances 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
as % of V · nom<br />
1) Percentage figures based on V · actual<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVS TVJ/TVT<br />
100 5 5<br />
80 5 5<br />
60 7 7<br />
40 7 8<br />
20 9 14<br />
10 20 >14<br />
20 >14<br />
2) It is possible to use a fixed value controller as master<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2M<br />
6<br />
Single-Duct Units<br />
Order Code / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / BC0 / E0 - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / BC0 / M0 - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / BC0 / S0 - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / BC0 / F2 - 100 l/s<br />
Operating Mode Voltage Range<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
S Slave<br />
U Changeover<br />
F Constant<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
Mode<br />
E0; E2<br />
M2; M0<br />
S0; S2<br />
U0; U2 2)<br />
F0; F2 2)<br />
Factory Setting<br />
V · min set at required V· min<br />
V · max set at required V· max<br />
V · min set at 0 %<br />
V · max set at volume flow ratio to master<br />
controller<br />
V · min set at required volume flow 1<br />
(lower value)<br />
V · max set at required volume flow 2<br />
(higher value)<br />
V · min set at required volume flow<br />
V · max set at 100 %<br />
V · min<br />
0 = Voltage range 0 to 10 VDC<br />
(standard range)<br />
2 = Voltage range 2 to 10 VDC<br />
V · max
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2M<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVM<br />
Size V · min -<br />
unit<br />
1) Percentage figures based on V · actual<br />
V · min- V<br />
unit<br />
· l/s m<br />
nom<br />
3 /h<br />
125 45 150 162 540<br />
160 75 250 270 900<br />
200 120 405 432 1458<br />
250 185 615 666 2214<br />
Volume Flow Tolerances TVM 1)<br />
V · nom<br />
Volume flow<br />
as % of V<br />
100 5 7<br />
80 5 10<br />
60 5 12<br />
40 7 15<br />
20 9 -<br />
10 20 -<br />
20 -<br />
· ∆V<br />
nom<br />
· in ± %<br />
TVMcold TVMtotal 7<br />
Dual-Duct Unit TVM<br />
Order Code / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
V · warm<br />
V · cold<br />
TVM-R / 160 / BF0 / M0 - 75 - 240 l/s<br />
V · warm = V · cold<br />
TVM-R / 160 / BF0 / F2 - 200 l/s<br />
Operating Mode Voltage Range<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
F Constant<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
Mode<br />
E0<br />
E2<br />
M0<br />
M2<br />
F0<br />
F2<br />
0 = Voltage range 0 to 10 VDC<br />
(standard range)<br />
2 = Voltage range 2 to 10 VDC<br />
V · min set at 0 %<br />
V · max set at required<br />
Volume flow (V · cold )<br />
Factory Setting<br />
Cold duct controller Warm duct controller<br />
V · min set at required<br />
Volume flow V · warm<br />
V · max set at 100 %
Wiring Connections<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The examples illustrated show the most common<br />
arrangements for volume flow control. The <strong>Belimo</strong><br />
specifications must be observed in the overall<br />
control system design, selection of the other control<br />
components and wire sizing.<br />
Service Signal<br />
Room<br />
temperature<br />
controller<br />
NMV-D2M<br />
NMV-D2M<br />
Suitable<br />
enclosure,<br />
terminal block<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2M<br />
8<br />
Nomenclature<br />
�, - Ground, neutral<br />
~, + Supply voltage 24 VAC or 24 VDC<br />
w<br />
z<br />
Input voltage for set volume flow U3 Input operating control<br />
U/MP Actual volume flow U5 and communication signal<br />
Wiring<br />
The 24 VAC/VDC voltage supply must be wired up by the<br />
customer. Safety transformers must be used (EN 60742).<br />
If several volume flow controllers are connected to one<br />
24 V network, it is important to ensure that a common<br />
neutral or ground wire is used and that this is not connected<br />
to other wires.<br />
Commissioning Connections<br />
It is advisable that the signal line for connecting the<br />
adjuster ZEV is linked up in an easily accessible location.<br />
This means that ceiling panels do not need be removed in<br />
order to take measurements. Suitable locations include:<br />
Spare terminals in room temperature controller or wall<br />
mounted enclosure.<br />
It is important to ensure that the ground (and 24 V) is also<br />
available. Therefore, a 3-wire connection is required to<br />
the commissioning connection.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The commissioning connection will also work if the<br />
U5 signal is used for slave controls or monitoring.<br />
However, the U5 signal differs from the actual value<br />
when the ZEV unit is connected.<br />
NOTE<br />
When using MP bus system the NMV-D2M gets the input<br />
signal from DDC or BMS on the MP-connection (U/MP).<br />
An indication of actual volume flow rate with the U5 signal isn’t possible in this configuration. The actual<br />
volume flow rate is assigned by the communication into<br />
the DDC/BMS.<br />
When using MP bus the control units MFT-H or PC-Tool<br />
has to be connected central to the UK24LON and not to<br />
the NMV-D2M directly.
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2M<br />
Variable Volume Flow Operating Mode<br />
with Override Control CLOSED<br />
Supply Voltage 24 VAC,<br />
Input Voltage 0 to 10 or 2 to 10 VDC<br />
24 VAC<br />
Input Voltage 2 to 10 VDC<br />
1) e.g. Diode 1N 4007<br />
RT Controller<br />
1 2 3 5<br />
NMV-D2M<br />
Operating Mode E0, E2, M0, M2<br />
NMV-D2M<br />
Operating Mode E0, E2, M0, M2<br />
24 VAC<br />
(24 VDC)<br />
1)<br />
1 2 3 5<br />
RT Controller<br />
1 2 3 5<br />
NMV-D2M<br />
Operating Mode E2, M2<br />
1 2 3 5<br />
NMV-D2M<br />
Operating Mode E2, M2<br />
1<br />
1<br />
1<br />
Override<br />
Control<br />
CLOSED<br />
Parallel<br />
connection<br />
of other<br />
controllers<br />
1<br />
Override<br />
Control<br />
CLOSED<br />
Parallel<br />
connection<br />
of other<br />
controllers<br />
9<br />
Variable Volume Flow Control<br />
The VAV Compact is connected to the 24 VAC mains. If<br />
the DDC outstation/controller is on the same mains network,<br />
the control signal can be applied through a single<br />
wire. If the mains networks are separate, the control<br />
signal is connected by two wires. The actual value signal<br />
for the volume flow can be used.<br />
It is possible to connect several VAV Compacts in parallel.<br />
Several volume flow controllers (supply or extract air) are<br />
run in parallel by one DDC outstation/controller. If the<br />
volume flow terminal units are of the same size and the<br />
V · min and V · max values are programmed the same, all units<br />
control the same volume flow. If there are different settings,<br />
the units conduct equal percentages. In this way, a<br />
ratio control between the supply and extract air controllers<br />
can be achieved.<br />
A volt free switch contact provided by the customer enables<br />
the variable volume flow control to be overridden<br />
and a CLOSED override control achieved. The control<br />
wire to the room temperature controller should be interrupted.
Constant Volume Flow Control<br />
Supply Voltage 24 VAC<br />
Input Voltage 2 to 10 VDC<br />
24 VAC<br />
24 VAC<br />
1) e.g. Diode 1N 4007<br />
S1<br />
S2<br />
S3<br />
S4<br />
Supply Voltage 24 VAC<br />
Input Voltage 0 to 10 VDC<br />
1)<br />
1 2 3 5<br />
NMV-D2M<br />
Operating Mode U2<br />
S2<br />
S3<br />
S4<br />
1)<br />
1 2 3 5<br />
NMV-D2M<br />
Operating Mode U0<br />
Parallel<br />
connection of<br />
other controllers<br />
possible<br />
Parallel<br />
connection of<br />
other controllers<br />
possible<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2M<br />
10<br />
Changeover Mode<br />
By means of simple switching between the supply voltage<br />
connections and the control input z, override controls<br />
at various volume flow set values or Open/Closed<br />
damper positions are possible in constant volume flow<br />
operating mode. If several functions are combined, the<br />
contacts must be linked in relation to one another, to prevent<br />
a short circuit.<br />
Several volume flow controllers can also be operated by<br />
one switch, if there is a common ground wire and the<br />
control signal is connected in parallel.<br />
Switch Switch Override Effect<br />
position controls<br />
S1 . . . S4 open V . min Constant Volume Flow V . min<br />
S1 closed CLOSED Damper closed<br />
S2 closed V . max Constant Volume Flow V . max<br />
Constant Volume Flow V . ZS<br />
S3 closed V . ZS interim position<br />
V . ZS = (V . max – V . min) · 0.5 + V . min<br />
S4 closed CLOSED Damper closed<br />
• Override Control “Damper OPEN” possible<br />
if required<br />
• Constant Volume Flow with DC-Supply Voltage is<br />
not recommended<br />
• Override controls with diodes not possible with<br />
supply voltage 24 VDC
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2M<br />
Slave Control<br />
24 VAC<br />
(24 VDC)<br />
RT-Controller<br />
Master Controller NMV-D2M<br />
Operating Mode M<br />
Slave Controller NMV-D2M<br />
Operating Mode S<br />
Dual Duct Terminal Unit TVM<br />
24 VAC<br />
(24 VDC)<br />
RT-Controller<br />
Cold Controller NMV-D2M<br />
Warm Controller NMV-D2M<br />
Operating Mode E, M, F<br />
To possible<br />
slave controller<br />
11<br />
Supply/Extract Air Slave Control<br />
If the units are controlled in parallel, there may be an<br />
incorrect difference in volume between the supply and<br />
extract air flows, if the pressure in one duct region is too<br />
low. It is therefore more beneficial to use the actual<br />
volume flow value, usually that of the supply air flow, as<br />
the control signal for the slave volume flow controller. If<br />
the extract air flow is not to be controlled by the DDC<br />
controller, a slave control is also used.<br />
A ratio control can be achieved using the VAV Compact,<br />
i.e. extract and supply air flows are in the same ratio to<br />
one another under all operating conditions.<br />
V · max Supply<br />
V · V<br />
min Supply<br />
· max Extract<br />
V · =<br />
min Extract<br />
The volume flow ratio is set on the slave controller as<br />
follows:<br />
V · max Extract<br />
V · V<br />
·<br />
max set value =<br />
max Supply<br />
. V· nom Supply<br />
V · nom Extract<br />
. 100 %<br />
If the volume flows are the same, the setting will be<br />
100 %. The setting range is up to max. 100 % (up to<br />
120 % via factory software).<br />
Volume Flow Control of TVM Units<br />
Two VAV Compacts are necessary in order to control a<br />
dual duct terminal box type TVM.<br />
The room temperature controller controls the cold duct<br />
volume flow controller. In most cases, the proportion of<br />
warm air is increased in the heating cycle from 0 to the<br />
required V · min. The warm duct controller (V · total is measured)<br />
is therefore set as a constant volume controller and<br />
does not require a control signal.
Function Test<br />
Check wiring<br />
Connect supply voltage<br />
Connect air supply systems<br />
Fault Finding Check<br />
Input control voltage for V · min<br />
Record the actual value signal U 5<br />
Input control voltage for V · max<br />
Record the actual value signal U 5<br />
Supply voltage within <strong>Belimo</strong><br />
specifications?<br />
yes<br />
Actual value signal U5 consistent?<br />
yes<br />
Actuator opens and<br />
closes?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow V · min ?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow V · max ?<br />
yes<br />
Set volume flow signal?<br />
yes<br />
Override controls?<br />
Check transformer,<br />
etc.<br />
Controller faulty<br />
Damper<br />
obstructed?<br />
Duct pressure<br />
sufficient?<br />
Measuring tubes to<br />
the transducer<br />
damaged?<br />
Check room temperature<br />
controller<br />
Check window<br />
switch, relays, etc.<br />
Sample Order Replacement Controller<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> NMV-D2M,<br />
preset for TVR / 125 / E0 - 45 - 100 l/s<br />
voltage range 0 to 10 VDC, replacement for NMV24-D/NMV-D2M<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> VAV-Compact NMV-D2M<br />
12<br />
Commissioning<br />
The functional check prior to commissioning cannot be<br />
carried out without the signal controller (DDC). The DDC<br />
controller is used to set a particular volume flow.<br />
The actual volume flow is calculated from the monitored<br />
actual value signal and compared with the set value.<br />
In many cases, incorrect wiring can be the reason for<br />
malfunction. Therefore a close examination of all connections<br />
should be made. Connections to wires 3 to 5<br />
should be disconnected before the following checks are<br />
made:<br />
If the actuator drive is disengaged and the damper<br />
opened manually, the voltage U 5 must increase. The<br />
volume flow control is checked by setting a control voltage<br />
on wire 3 to which the monitored value must correspond<br />
after a short time, within ± 0.1V.<br />
Actuate the operating control and test the desired functions.<br />
The functional check can be simplified using the adjuster<br />
ZEV or MFT-H. The set volume values V · min and V · max can<br />
be read. Furthermore, the ZEV indicates whether the<br />
monitored value agrees with the set value.<br />
Replacement Controller<br />
When replacing faulty controllers, calibrated controllers<br />
set for the terminal unit type and size must be used.<br />
Uncalibrated controllers can only be used as a temporary<br />
solution. The following must be specified when ordering<br />
a replacement controller:<br />
• Terminal unit type and size and in the case of TVM<br />
units, warm duct or cold duct controller<br />
• Operating mode<br />
• V · min and V · max<br />
• Voltage range<br />
• Delivery date of the faulty controller
<strong>Belimo</strong> Adjuster ZEV<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Areas of Application 2<br />
Description of Function 2<br />
Operation 3<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016MM2
ZEV Adjuster<br />
9<br />
8<br />
� Mode - control knob<br />
� Mode Display LED<br />
� Setting knob<br />
for operating mode<br />
� ‡ max control knob<br />
� Display LED ‡ max<br />
� Set knob for<br />
‡ max setting<br />
� ‡ min control knob 1)<br />
Connection to NVM-D2 / <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
7<br />
1<br />
12<br />
13<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
10 11<br />
1) Setting range 0 to 100 % from February 1997<br />
2) As of approx. January 1998 no longer available<br />
24 VAC NMV-D2, <strong>VRD2</strong><br />
ZEV<br />
6<br />
� Display LED w=x/w�x<br />
� Adapter with cable<br />
� Power cut-off 2)<br />
� Display LED ‡ min<br />
� Set knob for<br />
‡ min setting<br />
� Reset knob for<br />
‡ min /‡ max setting<br />
1 2 5<br />
1 2 5<br />
1 Earth, ground<br />
2 Power supply 24 VAC<br />
5 U/pp, output actual volume flow U 5 and<br />
communication signal<br />
2<br />
Areas of Application<br />
<strong>Belimo</strong> Adjuster ZEV<br />
The <strong>Belimo</strong> ZEV control unit is designed for operating<br />
and servicing the <strong>Belimo</strong> <strong>VRD2</strong> and NVM-D2 electronic<br />
volume flow controllers. On this device the customer's<br />
volume flow control parameters are easily visible and<br />
accessible (the NVM-D2 controller has no potentiometer).<br />
In the function test a light diode (LED) indicates whether<br />
the required volume flow has been reached. The set<br />
limit values, ‡ min and ‡ max, are read on the control knobs<br />
and can be reset if necessary. The operating mode of the<br />
NMV-D2 (VAV Compact) can also be set with the ZEV.<br />
The ZEV is connected to the controller to be tested.<br />
A separate power supply is not necessary.<br />
Description of Function<br />
The control unit communicates by cable U5 with the<br />
controller to be tested. The respective parameters are<br />
located by the control buttons which incorporate light<br />
diodes. New values are set and sent to the controller,<br />
where they are stored in non-volatile memory. The factory<br />
set volume flow parameters ‡ min and ‡ max can be recalled<br />
by the reset button. This function does not apply to the<br />
operating mode.<br />
At times the control unit can become blocked. Pressing<br />
the button will shut off the power supply so that the ZEV<br />
can be initialized again.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
As long as connection 5 is connected to the ZEV, the<br />
actual value output signal U5 will not correspond to<br />
the current value. If slave controllers or display devices<br />
are connected, greater differentials between<br />
supply air and extract air can be set and the correct<br />
values displayed. Disconnect when in doubt.
<strong>Belimo</strong> Adjuster ZEV<br />
Condition: Parameters Located<br />
Display Volume Flow Actual Value<br />
LED lights up: Volume flow set<br />
LED flashes: Volume flow not set<br />
New Parameters<br />
Factory Setting Recall<br />
3<br />
Locating the Parameters<br />
• Applies to <strong>VRD2</strong> and NMV-D2.<br />
• Connect ZEV.<br />
• Turn ‡ min control knob slowly backwards and forwards<br />
over the whole setting range until the appropriate LED<br />
lights up and remains on.<br />
• The value to be read corresponds to the currently<br />
stored value.<br />
• Repeat the procedure for ‡ max and the operating<br />
mode.<br />
If no setting ‡ min and ‡ max can be found and the LED<br />
does not light up, this value may lie outside the range<br />
(older ZEVs). The parameters can be changed and reset<br />
(to the outside value), but not the location. If all 3 LED's<br />
are flashing at irregular intervals a different operating<br />
mode has been programmed. (It is also possible to<br />
change the parameters here).<br />
Function Testing Volume Flow Control<br />
• Applies to <strong>VRD2</strong> and NVM-D2.<br />
• Connect ZEV.<br />
• Green LED flashes constantly (w=x):<br />
The current volume flow corresponds to the rated<br />
value and the damper goes into the required override<br />
position OPEN or SHUT. In this case the control circuit<br />
is functioning correctly. In some circumstances the<br />
damper is wide open and the volume flow is still too<br />
low. This indicates low duct pressure.<br />
• Green LED flashes (wx):<br />
The set volume is not reached yet. In some circumstances<br />
the damper is wide open and the volume flow<br />
is still too low. This indicates low duct pressure.<br />
It is not possible for the LED to show the size of the<br />
volume flow.<br />
Changing the Parameters<br />
• NMV-D2: All parameters.<br />
• <strong>VRD2</strong>: Only operating mode 0/2 to 10 VDC.<br />
• Connect ZEV.<br />
• Set ‡ min control button at the required percentage<br />
value.<br />
• Press appropriate set button.<br />
• Appropriate LED lights up and indicates that the new<br />
programme has been accepted.<br />
• Carry out the procedure for ‡ max and the operating<br />
mode if necessary.<br />
The factory set values for ‡ min and ‡ max are reactivated<br />
by the RESET button. Any changes are lost.<br />
If the control unit becomes blocked – all LED’s behave<br />
illogically – press the power off button (terminal 2) until<br />
the green light goes out.
Staefa PRVU<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Areas of Application 2<br />
Description of Function 2<br />
Volume Flow Control 3<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site 4<br />
Service Unit ZS 1 4<br />
Volume Flow Ranges Single Duct Units 5<br />
Order Code, Order Example, Single Duct Units 6<br />
Volume Flow Ranges<br />
Dual Duct Units TVM 7<br />
Order Code, Order Examples TVM 7<br />
Terminal Identification 8<br />
Supply Air/Extract Air Slave Control 9<br />
Supply Air/Extract Air Slave Control with TVM 9<br />
Function Test, Commissioning 10<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016MF3
PRVU<br />
Characteristic Curve of Actual Value<br />
‡ nom<br />
Volume flow<br />
‡ min pub.<br />
6<br />
1<br />
3<br />
4<br />
� PRVU controller<br />
� LED Function control<br />
� Control value - potentiometer<br />
� Connection terminals<br />
� Tube connections for transducer<br />
� Service unit connection<br />
2<br />
D 1)<br />
‡ CMD<br />
actual = . ‡ Nom<br />
100<br />
0 0 Actual value command<br />
1) Data of actual value command<br />
4<br />
5<br />
Setting range<br />
100 %<br />
2<br />
Areas of Application<br />
Staefa PRVU<br />
The room temperature and volume flow controller Staefa<br />
PRVU is designed for use in volume flow controllers in<br />
VAV systems. The main control parameter, room temperature,<br />
is kept constant with the supply air volume flow<br />
as auxiliary parameter.<br />
The control circuits are digital with a microprocessor. The<br />
controllers can function independently. The Pronto bus<br />
can network the controller to a communication module or<br />
an adapter and so provide a link to a higher level system.<br />
The room temperature is measured by a room control<br />
unit which also allows the room occupant to make any<br />
necessary changes. The controller can function in<br />
various operating modes (comfort, standby), which can<br />
be set locally or via the Pronto bus. There is also a heating<br />
sequence.<br />
All control parameters including ‡ min and ‡ max are stored<br />
in non-volatile memory. The controllers are supplied by<br />
Trox with all parameters set. The service unit enables<br />
customers to change the volume flow easily and reliably.<br />
Supply and extract air slave systems are possible with<br />
further PRVUs.<br />
With normal filters in comfort air conditioning systems<br />
the controller can be used in the supply air without additional<br />
dust prevention measures. As a part of the volume<br />
flow passes through the transducer to detect volume<br />
flow, the following should be noted:<br />
• Always use the correct extract air filter when there<br />
is a heavy accumulation of dust in the rooms.<br />
• The PRVU cannot be used if the air is polluted by<br />
fibres, adhesive matter or aggressive media.<br />
Description of Function<br />
The volume flow is measured on the dynamic differential<br />
pressure principle. The effective pressure (�pw) of the differential<br />
pressure sensor in the volume flow control unit<br />
allows a partial volume flow to be sensed. This volume<br />
flow, which is proportional to the total volume flow, is<br />
measured, temperature compensated and linearised by a<br />
thermal measuring process. The measurement range<br />
(control value) is adjusted at the factory to the size of the<br />
unit, so that 10 VDC corresponds to the unit nominal<br />
volume flow (‡ nom).<br />
The rated volume flow is set by the room temperature<br />
control circuit within the limits of ‡ max and ‡ min. This<br />
volume flow is compared with the actual value. The damper<br />
actuator is controlled according to the volume flow<br />
control deviation. The PRVU controller has a three point<br />
actuator adjusted to the controller.
Staefa PRVU<br />
Duct Pressure Independent Control<br />
Pressure differential<br />
1000<br />
Pa<br />
800<br />
600<br />
400<br />
200<br />
Ratio Control<br />
‡ max parameter = ‡nom<br />
‡ min parameter =<br />
CMD 44 =<br />
If < 0 add 100<br />
‡ min<br />
‡ nom<br />
Constant Differential Control<br />
CMD 44 =<br />
‡ min<br />
‡ S<br />
‡ M<br />
�‡ �‡<br />
‡ S<br />
.<br />
‡ nomS<br />
‡ max<br />
.<br />
.<br />
‡ nomM<br />
‡ nomS<br />
-<br />
‡ M<br />
‡ nomM<br />
100 %<br />
100 %<br />
.<br />
‡ max<br />
20 40 60 80 100<br />
% of ‡ nom<br />
Volume flow<br />
50<br />
. 100<br />
3<br />
Volume Flow Control<br />
The volume flow controller works independently of the<br />
duct pressure, i.e. the fluctuations in pressure do not<br />
cause permanent changes in volume flow.<br />
To prevent the volume flow from becoming unstable a<br />
neutral zone (hysteresis) must be allowed, within which<br />
the damper blade does not move. This dead zone and<br />
the measurement tolerances lead to a volume flow deviation<br />
�‡ as shown in the diagram opposite.<br />
If the conditions mentioned in the leaflets (e.g. lowest<br />
pressure differential, supply air conditions) are not observed,<br />
larger deviations can be expected.<br />
V · max Setting<br />
The ‡ max value corresponds to the volume flow for a<br />
large room load. The values range from 0 to 100 %.<br />
Values over 97 % should not be entered. The percentage<br />
figures relate to ‡ nom.<br />
V · min Setting<br />
The ‡ min value corresponds to the volume flow for the<br />
smallest room load. ‡ min can be entered between 0 and<br />
100 % (max. 97 %). The percentage figures relate to<br />
‡ nom.<br />
It must be noted that, if the parameter is set at ‡ min =<br />
0 %, the damper should not shut tight as happens in<br />
override control. The controller closes the damper until<br />
the actual value is 0 % equals 0 l/s. A leakage flow rate is<br />
possible because of the dimensional tolerances.<br />
Slave Control<br />
PRVU can provide constant differential or ratio<br />
control.<br />
The master controller is set at the appropriate mode<br />
when initialized:<br />
Ratio control: Mode 3<br />
Differential control: Mode 2<br />
The slave controller is always set at Mode 0.
Service Unit ZS 1<br />
Parameters of Volume Flow Control<br />
Command<br />
L S<br />
38<br />
39<br />
40<br />
41<br />
44<br />
58<br />
59<br />
60<br />
61<br />
64<br />
PRVU<br />
ZS1<br />
Parameter<br />
‡ max H<br />
‡ min H<br />
‡ min K<br />
‡ max K<br />
Factor<br />
Control value setting<br />
potentiometer<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The control value setting potentiometer should<br />
not be adjusted.<br />
Description<br />
Max. volume flow, heating (H)<br />
Min volume flow, heating (H)<br />
Min. volume flow, cooling (K)<br />
Max. volume flow, cooling (K)<br />
Differential and ratio<br />
4<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site<br />
Staefa PRVU<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Customers can adjust the volume flow limit values only<br />
with the communication interface. This can be done<br />
locally by the ZS 1 service unit ZS 1 or centrally on the<br />
WSE communications unit at the control terminal.<br />
Setting Guide<br />
• The operation of the roll display service and the communication<br />
unit is basically the same.<br />
• Before each write function select Command 30 and<br />
“ENTER”. This loads the data for the whole group into<br />
the service unit and control unit.<br />
• The new rated parameters are calculated to the formula<br />
on page 3.<br />
• Changing the individual values does not affect the<br />
remaining volume flows.<br />
• It is possible to parameter larger ‡ min values than ‡ max<br />
and vice versa. The operator must ensure that programmes<br />
do not overlap.<br />
• For single duct systems (cold air only) Commands<br />
38 to 40 (58 to 60) are set at the same value.<br />
• The parameter for slave control (constant differential or<br />
ratio) is set on the master controller.
Staefa PRVU<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVZ, TVA, TVR<br />
Size<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
V · min-<br />
V<br />
unit<br />
· 1) V<br />
nom<br />
· 2)<br />
max-<br />
V<br />
unit<br />
· 1)<br />
min- V<br />
unit<br />
· 2)<br />
maxunit<br />
V · nom<br />
3) 100 15 90 95 54 324 342<br />
125 20 145 150 72 522 540<br />
160 35 245 250 126 882 900<br />
200 50 395 405 180 1422 1458<br />
250 80 595 615 288 2142 2214<br />
315 130 995 1025 468 3582 3690<br />
400 215 1630 1680 774 5868 6048<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVJ/TVT<br />
V · min-unit 1) V · min-unit 1)<br />
V · max-unit 2) V · max-unit 2)<br />
l/s m3 B x H<br />
/h<br />
mm<br />
V<br />
200 x 100 50 210 215 180 756 774<br />
300 x 100 75 310 320 270 1116 1152<br />
400 x 100 100 410 425 360 1476 1530<br />
500 x 100 125 520 535 450 1872 1926<br />
600 x 100 145 630 650 522 2268 2340<br />
200 x 200 95 405 415 342 1458 1494<br />
300 x 200 145 605 620 522 2178 2232<br />
400 x 200 195 800 825 702 2880 2970<br />
500 x 200 235 1005 1035 846 3618 3726<br />
600 x 200 305 1215 1250 1098 4374 4500<br />
700 x 200 330 1410 1450 1188 5076 5220<br />
800 x 200 400 1600 1650 1440 5760 5940<br />
300 x 300 220 895 920 792 3222 3312<br />
400 x 300 295 1195 1230 1062 4302 4428<br />
500 x 300 370 1490 1535 1332 5364 5526<br />
600 x 300 475 1795 1850 1710 6462 6660<br />
700 x 300 520 2090 2150 1872 7524 7740<br />
800 x 300 625 2375 2450 2250 8550 8820<br />
900 x 300 665 2690 2770 2394 9684 9972<br />
1000 x 300 780 3010 3100 2808 10836 11160<br />
400 x 400 410 1585 1630 1476 5706 5868<br />
500 x 400 505 1980 2040 1818 7128 7344<br />
600 x 400 635 2380 2450 2286 8568 8820<br />
700 x 400 710 2770 2850 2556 9972 10260<br />
800 x 400 845 3150 3250 3042 11340 11700<br />
900 x 400 915 3560 3670 3294 12816 13212<br />
1000 x 400 1035 3980 4100 3726 14328 14760<br />
500 x 500 615 2470 2540 2214 8892 9144<br />
600 x 500 740 2960 3050 2664 10656 10980<br />
700 x 500 865 3450 3550 3114 12420 12780<br />
800 x 500 990 3930 4050 3564 14148 14580<br />
900 x 500 1110 4440 4570 3996 15984 16452<br />
1000 x 500 1235 4950 5100 4446 17820 18360<br />
600 x 600 910 3550 3650 3276 12780 13140<br />
700 x 600 1060 4130 4250 3816 14868 15300<br />
800 x 600 1210 4710 4850 4356 16956 17460<br />
900 x 600 1360 5340 5500 4896 19224 19800<br />
1000 x 600 1515 5920 6100 5454 21312 21960<br />
700 x 700 1215 4810 4950 4374 17316 17820<br />
800 x 700 1385 5530 5700 4986 19908 20520<br />
900 x 700 1560 6210 6400 5616 22356 23040<br />
1000 x 700 1735 6900 7100 6246 24840 25560<br />
800 x 800 1610 6310 6500 5796 22716 23400<br />
900 x 800 1810 7100 7300 6516 25560 26280<br />
1000 x 800 2010 7875 8100 7236 28350 29160<br />
900 x 900 2065 7975 8200 7434 28710 29520<br />
1000 x 900 2300 8850 9100 8280 31860 32760<br />
1000 x 1000 2575 9800 10100 9270 35280 36360<br />
· nom<br />
V · nom<br />
1) V · min = 0 is also possible 2) Maximum 97 % of V · nom 3) Only TVR<br />
5
Volume Flow Control Deviations 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
in % of V<br />
100 5 5<br />
80 5 5<br />
60 7 7<br />
40 7 8<br />
20 9 14<br />
15 20 >14<br />
20 >14<br />
· nom<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVRK, TVS TVJ<br />
1) Percentages relate to V · actual<br />
6<br />
Single Duct Units<br />
Order Code / Order Example<br />
The constructions available can be found in the current<br />
price list.<br />
‡ min<br />
‡ max<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / SL7 / M - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVA-R / 160 / 00 / SL7 / S - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVR / 160 / 00 / SL7 / F - 200 l/s<br />
TVJ-R / 400 x 107 / 00 / SL7 / E - 200 - 400 l/s<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
mode<br />
E<br />
M<br />
S<br />
F<br />
Addressing<br />
CMD<br />
90<br />
Operating mode<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
S Slave<br />
F Fixed<br />
Factory setting<br />
Mode = 0<br />
CMD 38, 39, 40: Required ‡ min<br />
CMD 41 : Required ‡ max<br />
Mode = 3 (Ratio control, standard)<br />
CMD 38, 39, 40: Required ‡ min<br />
CMD 41 : Required ‡ max<br />
CMD 44 : Ratio to Slave<br />
Mode = 0<br />
CMD 38, 39, 40: 0<br />
CMD 41 : 97<br />
Mode = 0<br />
CMD 38 to 41 : ‡ const<br />
Staefa PRVU<br />
Factory setting<br />
Address as in order range 1 to 60.<br />
Unless specified the item no. of the<br />
order is used as the address.<br />
If more than 60 items, continue with 1.
Staefa PRVU<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVM<br />
Size ‡ minunit<br />
V ‡ Ref-<br />
Warm<br />
· l/s m<br />
nom<br />
3 /h<br />
1)<br />
‡ maxunit<br />
2)<br />
‡minunit<br />
V ‡ Ref-<br />
Warm<br />
· 1)<br />
‡ maxunit<br />
nom<br />
2)<br />
125 45 145 150 185 162 522 540 666<br />
160 75 245 250 305 270 882 900 1098<br />
200 120 395 405 425 432 1422 1458 1530<br />
250 185 595 615 615 666 2142 2214 2214<br />
Volume Flow Deviations TVM 3)<br />
Volume flow<br />
in % of V · nom<br />
TVM cold<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
TVM total<br />
100 5 7<br />
80 5 10<br />
60 5 12<br />
40 7 15<br />
30 8 17<br />
20 9 -<br />
15 20 -<br />
20 -<br />
1) Maximum 97% of ‡ nom<br />
2) The value ‡ ref is only used as reference to calculate the actual<br />
volume flow and if necessary for CMD 44 for supply air and<br />
extract air slave control. It is used in the formula as ‡ nom.<br />
3) Percentages relate to ‡ actual<br />
7<br />
Dual Duct Units TVM<br />
Order Code / Order Examples<br />
The constructions available can be found in the current<br />
price list.<br />
‡ warm<br />
‡ cold<br />
TVM-R / 160 / SM8 / E - 120 - 200 l/s<br />
‡ warm = ‡ cold<br />
TVM-R / 160 / SM8 / F - 150 l/s<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
mode<br />
E<br />
M<br />
F<br />
Adressing<br />
CMD<br />
90<br />
Operating mode<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
F Fixed<br />
Factory setting<br />
Cold Controller Warm Controller<br />
Mode = 0<br />
CMD 38, 39, 40: 0<br />
CMD 41:<br />
Required ‡ cold<br />
Mode = 0 (Master: 3)<br />
CMD 38 to 41:<br />
Required ‡ warm<br />
(Master: CMD 44:<br />
Ratio to Slave)<br />
Factory setting<br />
Address as in order range 1 to 60.<br />
Unless specified the item no. of the<br />
order is used as the address.<br />
If more than 60 items, continue with 1.
Terminal Identification<br />
PRVU<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The following diagrams show the important signals<br />
for volume flow control. The Staefa specifications<br />
must be observed when incorporating them into the<br />
whole control technology concept, selecting the control<br />
components and dimensioning the cable. Further<br />
switching is possible (Apply to Fa. Staefa).<br />
Room Temperature and Volume Flow Control<br />
with Override Control<br />
24 VAC<br />
Room control unit<br />
S1<br />
Operating mode M, E<br />
8<br />
Staefa PRVU<br />
Nomenclature<br />
1 Bus controller (pronto-Bus)<br />
2 Bus controller (pronto-Bus)<br />
3 Screening PBUS (optional)<br />
4 to 9 Connection room control unit<br />
10 Input control signal, Master or energy barrier<br />
12 Earth signal<br />
14 Technical earthing<br />
15, 16 Power supply 24 VAC<br />
17 Control signal 1: open<br />
18 Common for 3 point actuator<br />
19 Control signal: close<br />
25 Earth signal<br />
26 Output control signal to slave<br />
Wiring<br />
The controller and actuator are factory wired together.<br />
The power supply, room control unit and control signal to<br />
the extract air controller and any override switching are<br />
wired by the customer.<br />
Safety transformers must be used (EN 60 742).<br />
If several controllers are connected together by<br />
0-10 VDC signals, short circuits could be caused in the<br />
24 VAC network. It is recommended that a 24 VAC<br />
controller be defined as live and always applied to<br />
terminal 16.<br />
Room Temperature Control<br />
The PRVU includes the room temperature and volume<br />
flow circuit. The room temperature is measured by the<br />
room control unit which also enables the room occupant<br />
to make any adjustments.<br />
The parameters for the effect of room temperature control<br />
on the volume flow circuit are customer set.<br />
Override Control<br />
The customer can install a dead make and break contact<br />
to override the variable volume flow control. Several<br />
units can be controlled by one switch if there is a common<br />
earth line and the control signals are parallel<br />
switched. Switch S1 shuts off the damper completely.<br />
The customer sets the parameters.
Staefa PRVU<br />
Supply Air/Extract Air Slave Control<br />
24 VAC<br />
PRVU<br />
Master<br />
PRVU<br />
Slave<br />
Room<br />
control unit<br />
Supply Air / Extract Air Slave Control with<br />
Dual Duct Unit TVM<br />
24 VAC<br />
Operating mode M<br />
Cold Controller<br />
PRVU<br />
Warm Controller<br />
PRVU<br />
Room control unit<br />
Operating mode<br />
M, E<br />
Operating mode S<br />
Extract Air<br />
Controller<br />
Operating mode S<br />
10<br />
TVM<br />
9<br />
Supply Air / Extract Air Slave Control<br />
In parallel controlled units an unwanted differential between<br />
supply air and extract air can arise if the pressure<br />
in a duct area is too low. Therefore it is preferable to use<br />
the volume flow actual value, mostly that of the supply<br />
air, as reference variable for the second volume flow controller.<br />
The actual value of the supply air volume flow is used as<br />
0 to 100 VDC X V signal to steer the extract air. A constant<br />
or percentage differential is set between the supply air<br />
and extract air. Ratio control or constant differential control<br />
is determined by the mode set on the master controller.<br />
The controller parameters are factory set so that the<br />
required values are achieved. The customer must ensure<br />
that the allocation of supply air and extract air units<br />
remains constant.<br />
Volume Flow Control of TVM Units<br />
The two controllers of the dual duct mixing boxes Type<br />
TVM (cold, warm) are wired by the customer according to<br />
the circuit diagram opposite (also the 24 VAC tie circuit).<br />
The room temperature sensor (room control unit) operates<br />
the cold controller.<br />
In most cases the proportion of warm air is increased<br />
from 0 to maximum to the required ‡ warm. The warm<br />
controller is therefore set as fixed command controller<br />
and requires no control signal (measured ‡ total). See<br />
Leaflet TVM for description of function and control diagram.<br />
Supply Air / Extract Air Slave Control with<br />
Dual Duct Unit TVM<br />
The actual value output signal XV of the warm controller<br />
is programmed to the total volume flow ‡ total.<br />
It can therefore be used in sequence switching as the<br />
control signal for the slave controller (extract air controller).
Function Test<br />
Trouble Shooting<br />
Connect wiring<br />
Switch on power supply<br />
Switch on air conditioning systems<br />
Function test<br />
according to Staefa documentation<br />
Power supply conforms<br />
to Staefa regulations?<br />
yes<br />
Actual value output<br />
signal constent?<br />
yes<br />
Actuator opens and<br />
closes?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow ‡ min ?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow ‡ max ?<br />
yes<br />
Room temperature<br />
Control?<br />
yes<br />
� � � � � �<br />
Override control?<br />
Check Transformer<br />
etc.<br />
Faulty transformer or<br />
controller?<br />
Motor rotation correct?<br />
Damper blocked?<br />
Duct pressure<br />
sufficient?<br />
Tubing to transducer<br />
damaged?<br />
Protective covering<br />
removed?<br />
Check room<br />
temperature sensor<br />
Check window switch,<br />
etc.<br />
Order Example Replacement Controller<br />
�<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
Staefa PRVU,<br />
set for TVR / 125 / M - 140 - 300 m3 /h<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
10<br />
Commissioning<br />
Staefa PRVU<br />
A rapid function test of the volume flow control can be<br />
carried out on systems with communication by rated/<br />
actual value comparison. If there is no communication<br />
facility the volume flow circuit is functioning correctly<br />
when the actuator returns to its previous position once<br />
the damper blade is manually adjusted.<br />
If, for commissioning, the limit volume flows ‡ min and<br />
‡ max, must be proved, these must be set to the Staefa<br />
documentation.<br />
At every operation the theoretical actual value Command<br />
14 (Data to command 14) is read and the volume flow<br />
calculated to the formula on page 3.<br />
In many cases faulty wiring is the cause of malfunction.<br />
Therefore all customer wiring should be disconnected<br />
before the volume flow controllers are thoroughly<br />
checked.<br />
If the motor drive is overridden and the damper opened<br />
manually, the voltage at terminal 26 must first rise in relation<br />
to 25 (X V). The damper is closed again by motor control.<br />
Replacement Controller<br />
Faulty controllers must be replaced with controllers parametered<br />
to the volume flow controller type and size.<br />
Name plate data must be supplied when ordering replacement<br />
controllers.
Staefa Actuator AS1D8<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
AS1D8 2<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016MF2
AS1D8<br />
� Shaft clamp<br />
� Direction of rotation<br />
switch<br />
� Gear release button<br />
� Connecting cable<br />
� Rotation angle limiter<br />
2<br />
Actuator AS1D8<br />
Staefa Actuator AS1D8<br />
Application<br />
Maintenance free air damper actuator for volume control<br />
systems with Staefa volume flow controllers.<br />
Function<br />
The actuator is factory mounted on the damper shaft and<br />
wired. The integrated stroke angle limiter is adjusted.<br />
The drive is overload-protected. When the end stops are<br />
reached the motor stops automatically.<br />
The direction of the rotation is set by a switch (factory<br />
set). For manual adjustment of the damper the drive can<br />
be disconnected by a button.
Siemens Compact Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Static GLB181.1E/3<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Applications 2<br />
Functions 3<br />
Characteristic curves 3<br />
Functions 3<br />
Pressure-independent control characteristics 4<br />
Volume flow control and adjustment 4<br />
Adjuster AST10 4<br />
Volume-flow range for single duct units 5<br />
Order codes for single duct units 6<br />
Volume flow ranges for dual duct units,<br />
Order codes 7<br />
Terminal connections, DIL switch settings 8<br />
Continuous controlling, Override control 9<br />
Examples of application 10<br />
Commissioning 11<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016MS0
Compact Controller GLB181.1E/3<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
7<br />
1 Shaft clamp<br />
2 Rotation angle limiter<br />
3 Position display<br />
4 Gear release button<br />
5 Connecting cable<br />
6 Transducer tubing connector<br />
7 DIL switch (series A)<br />
Socket for AST10 connecting cable (series B)<br />
Operating Modes<br />
The GLB181.1E/3 has two operating modes, “CON” and<br />
“3P” (see circuit diagram below).<br />
Operating Mode “CON”<br />
Room temperature controller<br />
Required volume flow, 0 to 10 VDC<br />
GLB181.1E/3<br />
Siemens Compact Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Static GLB181.1E/3<br />
4<br />
6<br />
5<br />
2<br />
Applications<br />
The Siemens electronic volume flow controller<br />
GLB181.1E/3 is a control unit for VAV volume control<br />
units in VVS systems. The membrane pressure transducer<br />
and control electronics are integrated into one<br />
housing. For variable volume flow control, a suitable<br />
room termperature controller (or air quality controller),<br />
a DDC outstation or a similar device must be used.<br />
A 0 to 10 VDC signal or three-point signal (TEC controller,<br />
DESIGO RXC31.1 etc.) can be used as the voltage range.<br />
To do this, volume flow control is deactivated. Switches<br />
or relays with a maximum of 2 set points are used for<br />
constant volume flow control.<br />
The GLB181.1E/3 is not outfitted with adjustment knobs<br />
for performing V .<br />
min and V .<br />
max settings. All controller parameters<br />
are factory-set by Trox. The customer does not<br />
need to make any adjustments. As soon as the supply<br />
voltage and room temperature controller have been connected,<br />
the terminal unit is ready for use.<br />
Any volume flow changes that may be necessary can<br />
easily be carrried out by the customer with the AST10<br />
adjustment device. For parallel operation, several controllers<br />
can be connected up to one room temperature<br />
controller. Supply/extract air slave control can be<br />
realized.<br />
Static Measuring Principle<br />
The actual value of the volume flow is monitored as a<br />
standard, linear electrical signal and can be switched to<br />
a DDC or used for the display. The voltage range for<br />
the actual and command value is standardized at 0 to<br />
10 VDC. Volume flow is measured with a membrane<br />
pressure transducer. In automatic, recovered zero point<br />
calibration via an integrated air valve, minimum flow<br />
briefly occurs in the measuring line. This flow level is so<br />
low that as a rule the measuring element is not soiled.<br />
However, if the unit is used in unclean air, a plastic or<br />
coated VAV should be used.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
Make certain that in critical situations the VAV<br />
terminal unit and membrane pressure transducer<br />
are tested for the resistance of their materials to<br />
hazardous materials and particle concentrations in<br />
ambient air.<br />
Operating Mode “3P”<br />
Operator terminal with<br />
communication capability, DDC<br />
Actual volume flow 3-point signal 24 VAC<br />
0 to 10 VDC GLB181.1E/3<br />
Root extraction<br />
of transmitter<br />
signal<br />
Actuator
Siemens Compact Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Static GLB181.1E/3<br />
Characteristic Curve of the Actual Value Signal<br />
V · nom<br />
Volume flow<br />
V · min unit<br />
0 Actual value signal UC 10 VDC<br />
Characteristic Curve of the Command Variable<br />
Volume flow<br />
V · nom<br />
V · max<br />
V · min<br />
V · min unit<br />
V · req. = (V· max – V· min ) + V· Y<br />
min<br />
10<br />
0 Command signal Y 10 VDC<br />
3<br />
Functions<br />
The volume flow is measured with a membrane pressure<br />
transducer. The effective pressure of the differential pressure<br />
sensor in the terminal unit allows the detectionThe<br />
effective pressure ∆pw of the differential pressure sensor<br />
in the VAV terminal unit is measured in the membrane<br />
pressure transmitter of the GLB181.1E/3 and linearized.<br />
The volume flow is calculated by a microprocessor in the<br />
controller.<br />
The actual volume flow is available as a linear voltage<br />
signal U. The measurement range (reference value) is set<br />
during factory calibration to suit the unit size in such a<br />
way that 10 VDC always corresponds to the unit nominal<br />
volume flow rate (V .<br />
nom).<br />
The required volume flow is set by the room temperature<br />
controller or by switches. The controller determines the<br />
required volume flow in accordance with the characteristic<br />
curve shown in the illustration and compares this<br />
with the actual value. The external damper actuator is<br />
controlled according to the deviation. The factory-set<br />
volume flow ranges V .<br />
min and V .<br />
max can be altered by the<br />
customer using a Siemens AST10 adjuster, which can<br />
also be used to change the operating mode.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The operating mode must be set for each system<br />
because otherwise the desired function will not be<br />
available!<br />
Operating Mode “CON”<br />
Variable Volume Flow<br />
Using the command variables shown in the illustration<br />
as a basis, the GLB181.1E/3 calculates the volume flow,<br />
which can range from V .<br />
min to V .<br />
max. Override controls<br />
CLOSED or OPEN can be realized.<br />
Constant Volume Flow<br />
To realize override control as well as constant volume<br />
flows V .<br />
min and V .<br />
max, wire the input terminals for the command<br />
signal via relays or contacts.<br />
Command Signal Range Limiting<br />
In the DDC outstation, the command signal must be limited<br />
for settings between V .<br />
min = 0 % and V .<br />
max = 100 %. In<br />
this situation, the full published volume range can be<br />
used for parameterizing. If the desired volume flow rates<br />
are set in the unit, a standard voltage signal range of<br />
0-10 VDC can be used to control all units. However,<br />
these settings can only be changed individually by using<br />
the AST10, which involves gaining access to the terminal<br />
unit.<br />
(Operating Mode “3P”)<br />
In this operating mode, the internal controller electronics<br />
are inactivated. Only the reference value is factory set.<br />
Any parameterized V .<br />
min or V .<br />
max values have no impact on<br />
function.
Duct Pressure-independent<br />
Control Characteristics<br />
Pressure differential<br />
1000<br />
Pa<br />
800<br />
600<br />
400<br />
200<br />
Formula for V . max<br />
Formula for V . min<br />
Adjuster AST10<br />
9<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
% of V<br />
Volume flow<br />
· 20 40 60 80 100<br />
nom<br />
V · V<br />
max setting =<br />
V<br />
·<br />
nom<br />
· max<br />
V · min setting = V· min<br />
V · nom<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
Siemens Compact Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Static GLB181.1E/3<br />
. 100 %<br />
. 100 %<br />
Liquid crystal display<br />
Plus/minus keys<br />
for changing parameters<br />
Cursor key<br />
(to toggle<br />
“Type” and “U”)<br />
Save key<br />
(to send data to the<br />
controller)<br />
Reset key<br />
for factory settings<br />
Rocker switch V . n 1) / V . min<br />
Rocker switch V . max / Y<br />
Not allocated (reserved<br />
for future applications)<br />
Socket for connecting cable<br />
(make certain that plug is<br />
inserted correctly)<br />
4<br />
Volume Flow Control<br />
The volume flow controller works independently of duct<br />
pressure, which means that pressure fluctuations result<br />
in only transient changes in volume flow.<br />
To prevent destabilization of volume flow control, a dead<br />
zone is provided within which the damper does not<br />
move. This dead zone, in conjunction with measuring<br />
tolerances, produces the volume flow deviation ∆V .<br />
illustrated here.<br />
If the conditions mentioned in the unit documentation<br />
are not met (e.g., lowest differential pressure, supply air<br />
conditions), larger deviations are likely to occur.<br />
V . max Setting<br />
The V .<br />
max value is the equivalent of the volume flow that is<br />
set with a 10 VDC command signal or V .<br />
max override control.<br />
The setting range for adjustments with the AST10<br />
adjuster is from 20 to 120 %. The percentage figures are<br />
based on V .<br />
nom.<br />
V . min Setting<br />
The V .<br />
min value is the equivalent of the volume flow that is<br />
set with a 0 VDC command signal or V .<br />
min override control.<br />
V .<br />
min may be set between –20 and 100 % of V .<br />
nom<br />
using the AST10.<br />
If V .<br />
min is set between –20 bis 0 %, the damper will be<br />
closed and leakproof with a command signal of 0 VDC.<br />
In case of value deviation, shut-off can be realized with<br />
input Y2 (see p. 9).<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site<br />
The volume flow threshold ranges can be adjusted on<br />
site using adjuster AST10. To do this, connect the AST10<br />
to the controller (see AST10 product information). The<br />
calibrated V .<br />
min or V .<br />
max values can be set using the keys<br />
by the same names. The controller adopts these settings<br />
when the Set key is pressed.<br />
In 3P operating mode, the volume flow ranges can be<br />
changed only on operator terminals with communication<br />
capabilities (e.g., TEC).<br />
1) V .<br />
n equals V .<br />
nom
Siemens Compact Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Static GLB181.1E/3<br />
Volume Flow Ranges for TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVS, TVRK<br />
Size<br />
V · min-unit<br />
V · min-unit<br />
from to V from<br />
· nom<br />
to V · l/s m<br />
unit<br />
3 /h<br />
V · max<br />
V · max<br />
1002) 10 20 95 36 72 342<br />
125 15 30 150 54 108 540<br />
160 25 50 250 90 180 900<br />
200 40 80 405 144 288 1458<br />
250 60 125 615 216 450 2214<br />
315 105 205 1025 378 738 3690<br />
400 170 335 1680 612 1206 6048<br />
Volume Flow Ranges for TVJ/TVT<br />
B x H<br />
mm<br />
V · min<br />
l/s m3 /h<br />
V · V min<br />
· max<br />
V · min-unit 1) V · min-unit 1)<br />
from to V from<br />
· nom<br />
200 x 100 45 45 215 162 162 774<br />
300 x 100 65 65 320 234 234 1152<br />
400 x 100 85 85 425 306 306 1530<br />
500 x 100 110 105 535 396 378 1926<br />
600 x 100 130 130 650 468 468 2340<br />
200 x 200 85 85 415 306 306 1494<br />
300 x 200 125 125 620 450 450 2232<br />
400 x 200 165 165 825 594 594 2970<br />
500 x 200 205 205 1035 738 738 3726<br />
600 x 200 250 250 1250 900 900 4500<br />
700 x 200 290 290 1450 1044 1044 5220<br />
800 x 200 330 330 1650 1188 1188 5940<br />
300 x 300 185 185 920 666 666 3312<br />
400 x 300 245 245 1230 882 882 4428<br />
500 x 300 305 305 1535 1098 1098 5526<br />
600 x 300 370 370 1850 1332 1332 6660<br />
700 x 300 430 430 2150 1548 1548 7740<br />
800 x 300 490 490 2450 1764 1764 8820<br />
900 x 300 555 555 2770 1998 1998 9972<br />
1000 x 300 620 620 3100 2232 2232 11160<br />
400 x 400 325 325 1630 1170 1170 5868<br />
500 x 400 410 410 2040 1476 1476 7344<br />
600 x 400 490 490 2450 1764 1764 8820<br />
700 x 400 570 570 2850 2052 2052 10260<br />
800 x 400 650 650 3250 2340 2340 11700<br />
900 x 400 735 735 3670 2646 2646 13212<br />
1000 x 400 820 820 4100 2952 2952 14760<br />
500 x 500 510 510 2540 1836 1836 9144<br />
600 x 500 610 610 3050 2196 2196 10980<br />
700 x 500 710 710 3550 2556 2556 12780<br />
800 x 500 810 810 4050 2916 2916 14580<br />
900 x 500 915 915 4570 3294 3294 16452<br />
1000 x 500 1020 1020 5100 3672 3672 18360<br />
600 x 600 730 730 3650 2628 2628 13140<br />
700 x 600 850 850 4250 3060 3060 15300<br />
800 x 600 970 970 4850 3492 3492 17460<br />
900 x 600 1100 1100 5500 3960 3960 19800<br />
1000 x 600 1220 1220 6100 4392 4392 21960<br />
700 x 700 990 990 4950 3564 3564 17820<br />
800 x 700 1140 1140 5700 4104 4104 20520<br />
900 x 700 1280 1280 6400 4608 4608 23040<br />
1000 x 700 1420 1420 7100 5112 5112 25560<br />
800 x 800 1300 1300 6500 4680 4680 23400<br />
900 x 800 1460 1460 7300 5256 5256 26280<br />
1000 x 800 1620 1620 8100 5832 5832 29160<br />
900 x 900 1640 1640 8200 5904 5904 29520<br />
1000 x 900 1820 1820 9100 6552 6552 32760<br />
1000 x 1000 2020 2020 10100 7272 7272 36360<br />
5<br />
V · max<br />
to V · nom<br />
1) V · min = 0 can also be realized 2) TVR only Values highlighted in gray not allowable for TVT with GLB181.1E/3 due to high torque!
Volume Flow Control Tolerances 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
as % of V<br />
100 5 5<br />
80 5 5<br />
60 7 7<br />
40 7 8<br />
20 9 14<br />
15 20 >14<br />
20 >14<br />
· nom<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVS, TVRK TVJ/TVT<br />
1) Percentage figures based on V · actual<br />
2) A constant value controller can be used as a master<br />
3) Indicate configurations for master and slave devices<br />
when ordering<br />
Siemens Compact Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Static GLB181.1E/3<br />
6<br />
Single Duct Units<br />
Order Code / Ordering Example<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVZ / 160 / 00 / LN0 / E - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ / 160 / 00 / LN0 / M - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ / 160 / 00 / LN0 / S - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ / 160 / 00 / LN0 / F - 100 l/s<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
mode<br />
E<br />
M<br />
S<br />
U<br />
F 2)<br />
2) 3)<br />
X V · nom set<br />
Factory settings<br />
V · min at required V · min<br />
V · max at required V · max<br />
Operating mode<br />
V · min at 0 %<br />
V · max at volume flow ratio to master<br />
controller<br />
V · min at required volume flow 1<br />
(smaller value)<br />
V · max at required volume flow 2<br />
(larger value)<br />
V · min<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
S Slave<br />
F Constant value<br />
X 3-point<br />
V · min at required volume flow<br />
V · max at 100 %<br />
V · max<br />
3)<br />
3)
Siemens Compact Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Static GLB181.1E/3<br />
Volume Flow Ranges for TVM<br />
Size<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances TVM 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
as % of V · nom<br />
V · min-unit<br />
1) Percentage figures based on ‡ actual<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
V · nom<br />
TVM cold<br />
V · min-unit<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
100 5 7<br />
80 5 10<br />
60 5 12<br />
40 7 15<br />
20 9 -<br />
10 20 -<br />
20 -<br />
V · nom<br />
125 45 150 162 540<br />
160 75 250 270 900<br />
200 120 405 432 1458<br />
250 185 615 666 2214<br />
TVM total<br />
7<br />
Two Duct Combined Unit TVM<br />
Order Code / Ordering Example<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVM / 160 / LY0 / M - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVM / 160 / LY0 / F - 400 l/s<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
mode<br />
E<br />
M<br />
‡ min at – 5 %<br />
‡ max at required<br />
volume flow (‡ cold )<br />
Factory settings<br />
Cold duct controller Warm duct controller<br />
F ‡ min at – 5 %<br />
‡ max at required<br />
Constant volume<br />
flow<br />
Operating mode<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
F Festwert<br />
X 3-point<br />
‡ min at required<br />
volume flow ‡ warm<br />
‡ max at 100 %<br />
X ‡ nom set ‡ nom set<br />
.<br />
Vwarm ‡ min at required<br />
Constant volume<br />
flow<br />
‡ max at 100 %<br />
.<br />
Vcold . .<br />
Vwarm = Vcold
Terminal Connections<br />
DIL Switch Settings, GLB181.1E (series A)<br />
DIL switch Function Remark<br />
3 (S3)<br />
1 and 2 (S1, S2) Not allocated<br />
Service Signal<br />
GLB181.1E/3 series A<br />
GLB181.1E/3 series B<br />
24 VAC<br />
Motor rotational<br />
direction<br />
Room<br />
temperature<br />
controller<br />
GLB181.1E/3 series A<br />
24 VAC<br />
Room<br />
temperature<br />
controller<br />
GLB181.1E/3 series B<br />
Siemens Compact Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Static GLB181.1E/3<br />
Factory setting:<br />
DO NOT<br />
CHANGE!<br />
Switch cabinet<br />
or wall mounted<br />
enclosure<br />
Switch cabinet<br />
or wall mounted<br />
enclosure<br />
8<br />
Nomenclature<br />
Key to wire Bedeutung<br />
wires Code colors<br />
G red Phase AC 24 V<br />
G0 black Ground AC 24 V<br />
Y1 purple Position signal “open” (3P) or<br />
override control (CON)<br />
Y2 orange Position signal “close” (3P) or<br />
override control (CON)<br />
Y (Series A) gray Volume flow position signal<br />
0 to 10 VDC and communication<br />
signal<br />
YC (Series B) gray Volume flow position signal<br />
0 to 10 VDC and communication<br />
signal<br />
UC (Series A) pink Actual value output signal<br />
0 to 10 VDC<br />
U (Series B) pink Actual value output signal<br />
0 to 10 VDC<br />
U (Series A) pink Communication signal, Series A<br />
Wiring<br />
Wiring for the 24 VAC voltage supply must be performed<br />
by the customer. Safety transformers are to be used<br />
(EN 60742).<br />
If several controllers are connected to one 24 VAC network,<br />
it is important to ensure that a common neutral or<br />
ground wire is used.<br />
Service Connection<br />
It is recommended that the signal line for connecting the<br />
AST10 adjuster be linked up in an easily accessible<br />
location. This avoids having to remove ceiling panels<br />
when service is performed. Suitable locations include:<br />
spare terminals in room temperature controllers, or wall<br />
mounted enclosures.<br />
It is important to ensure that G and G0 are available.<br />
Therefore, a 4-wire connection is required to the commissioning<br />
point connection.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
Series A and B are connected differently. Follow the<br />
relevant recommendations in the documentation for<br />
adjuster AST10.
Siemens Compact Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Static GLB181.1E/3<br />
Continuous Controlling between V . min and V . max<br />
Operating Mode “CON”<br />
24 VAC<br />
Command<br />
signal<br />
0 to 10 VDC<br />
G G0 Y1 Y2 YC Y UC U<br />
GLB181.1E/3 series B<br />
Actual value<br />
of output signal<br />
0 to 10 VDC<br />
Controlling with an External Digital Operator Terminal,<br />
Room Temperature Volume Flow Cascade<br />
Operating Mode “3P”<br />
24 VAC<br />
G<br />
G0<br />
Override Controls<br />
Digital Digitaleroperator Einzelraumregler terminal<br />
G G0<br />
GLB181.1E/3 series B<br />
24 VAC<br />
S1 S2<br />
Y1 Y2 U<br />
G G0 Y1 Y2 YC U<br />
GLB181.1E/3 series B<br />
9<br />
Variable Volume Flow Controlling<br />
The GLB 181.1E/3 is connected to the 24 VAC grid. If the<br />
DDC outstation/controller is in the same grid, the command<br />
signal can be applied through a single wire. If the<br />
grids are separate, the command signal is connected by<br />
two wires. The actual value signal for the volume flow<br />
can be used.<br />
Several GLB181.1E/3 units can be connected in parallel.<br />
Several volume flow controllers (supply or extract air) are<br />
operated in parallel by one room temperature controller.<br />
If the terminal units are the same size and V .<br />
min and V .<br />
max<br />
parameters are set at the same values, all the units control<br />
the same volume flow. If the settings differ, the units<br />
control an equal proportion of flow. This allows ratio<br />
control to be achieved between the supply and extract<br />
air controllers.<br />
The variable volume flow control can be overridden<br />
for shut-off and startup using zero-potential switches<br />
(supplied by customer).<br />
Function<br />
S1<br />
Switch<br />
S2<br />
(window<br />
switch)<br />
Cont. controlling open open<br />
Shut-off open closed<br />
Fully open closed open<br />
Controlling V . min open open<br />
Controlling V . max closed closed<br />
Shut-off open closed<br />
Fully open closed open<br />
Type<br />
of controlling<br />
VVS,<br />
supply or<br />
extract air<br />
KVS,<br />
supply or<br />
extract air
Slave Control<br />
24 VAC<br />
G<br />
G G0 Y1 Y2<br />
Raumtem-<br />
Room<br />
temperature<br />
peratur-Regler<br />
controller<br />
Two Duct Combined Unit TVM<br />
G<br />
G0<br />
G0<br />
Y1 Y2 YC U<br />
Outstation/Controller<br />
GLB181.1E/3 series B<br />
Outstation/Controller<br />
GLB181.1E/3 series B<br />
24 VAC<br />
G<br />
Y<br />
YC U<br />
Raumtem- Room<br />
temperature<br />
peratur-Regler<br />
controller<br />
G G0 Y1 Y2 YC U<br />
G<br />
G0<br />
G0<br />
Y1 Y2 YC U<br />
Cold Duct Controller<br />
GLB181.1E/3 series B<br />
Warm Duct Controller<br />
GLB181.1E/3 series B<br />
Siemens Compact Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Static GLB181.1E/3<br />
Y<br />
possibly to slave controller<br />
10<br />
Supply or Extract Air Slave Control<br />
In the case of parallel control of the units, an unfavorable<br />
difference between supply and extract air can occur if<br />
the pressure in one duct is too low. Therefore, the more<br />
favorable actual volume flow value (usually of the supply<br />
air) should be used as the command variable for the<br />
second volume flow controller. If the extract air flow is<br />
not to be controlled by the DDC controller, a slave control<br />
is also used.<br />
Ratio control can be achieved using the GLB181.1E/3 i.e.<br />
the reatio of extract air to supply air must be the same<br />
ratio under all operating conditions.<br />
‡ max M<br />
‡ min M<br />
‡ max S<br />
‡ min S<br />
The volume flow ratio is set on the slave controller as<br />
follows:<br />
‡ max setting =<br />
If the volume flows are the same, the setting will be<br />
100 %. The maximum setting is 120 %.<br />
=<br />
‡ max S<br />
‡ max M<br />
Volume Flow Control of TVM Units<br />
The two controllers fitted to the dual duct unit TVM (cold<br />
duct, warm duct) are to be wired by the customer as illustrated<br />
in the circuit diagram on this page (including the<br />
24 VAC/VDC cross-connection).<br />
The room temperature controller provides the cold duct<br />
controller with its set point signal.<br />
In most instances, the proportion of warm air is increased<br />
from 0 to the required V .<br />
warm as a maximum set point.<br />
The warm duct controller (V .<br />
total is measured) is therefore<br />
set as a constant value controller and does not require a<br />
control signal.<br />
For more information and a control diagram, refer to the<br />
TVM product documentation.<br />
·<br />
‡ nom M<br />
‡ nom S<br />
· 100 %
Siemens Compact Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Static GLB181.1E/3<br />
Commissioning Commissioning<br />
Check wiring<br />
Activate power supply<br />
Switch on air conditioning system<br />
Record actual value signal U for override<br />
control V . min . Record the actual value signal U<br />
Record actual value signal U for override<br />
control V . max . Record the actual value signal U<br />
Fault Diagnosis<br />
Supply voltage in conformance<br />
with Siemens specifications?<br />
yes<br />
Signal U consistent?<br />
yes<br />
Actuator opens<br />
and closes?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow V . min?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow V . max?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow<br />
command signal?<br />
yes<br />
Override controls?<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
Check transformer<br />
etc.<br />
Controller faulty<br />
Damper<br />
obstructed?<br />
Duct pressure<br />
sufficient?<br />
Measurement<br />
tubing to the<br />
transducer<br />
damaged?<br />
Check room temperature<br />
controller<br />
Check window<br />
switch, relays etc.<br />
Ordering Example for a Replacement Controller<br />
Siemens GLB181.1E/3,<br />
calibrated for TVR / 125 / E0 - 45 - 100 l/s<br />
11<br />
A function test for commissioning can be carried out<br />
using adjuster AST10 or the DDC outstation/controller.<br />
A defined volume flow is set for both of these units.<br />
The actual volume flow is calculated on the basis of the<br />
monitored actual value signal and is compared with the<br />
set value.<br />
In many instances, the faults can result from incorrect<br />
wiring. Therefore, when checking an individual volume<br />
flow controller, first disconnect all lines except for G and<br />
G0.<br />
The power supply is then switched off and a zero point<br />
comparison is performed automatically. The actual output<br />
signal is then set to zero for about 2 minutes.<br />
If the actuator drive is disengaged and the damper is<br />
opened manually, the voltage U will increase. Then briefly<br />
disconnect the supply voltage so that the actuator can<br />
be resynchronized.<br />
Volume flow control is checked by setting a command<br />
signal to which the monitored value must correspond<br />
after a short time.Set points are defined by a linear voltage<br />
signal, a switch or adjuster AST10.<br />
Apply the override control and test the desired functions.<br />
The function test can be simplified using the AST10<br />
adjuster. The function test can be simplified using the<br />
AST10 adjuster. The set volume values V .<br />
min and V .<br />
max<br />
can be read. The AST10 can also simulate a command<br />
signal. Operating mode and direction of flow in the<br />
actuator are displayed. The Trox factory settings can<br />
be restored with the “Factory settings” key.<br />
Replacement Controllers<br />
When replacing faulty controllers, controllers calibrated<br />
to the terminal unit type and size must be used. Noncalibrated<br />
controllers may only be used as a stopgap<br />
solution.<br />
The following must be specified when ordering a replacement<br />
controller:<br />
• Unit type and size; for TVM units: whether the unit<br />
is a cold or warm duct controller.<br />
• Operating mode<br />
• V .<br />
min and V .<br />
max
Siemens Adjuster AST10<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Application 2<br />
Function 2<br />
Information regarding operation and use 3<br />
Table of parameters 3<br />
Operation the unit 3<br />
Mounting 4<br />
Connection to GLB... 4<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016MS1
AST10<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
1 Liquid crystal<br />
display<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
9<br />
Plus/minus key to change parameters<br />
Cursor key (toggles “Type”, “U” and “DIR”)<br />
“Save” key (to send data to the controller)<br />
“Reset” key to restore factory settings<br />
Rocker switch V .<br />
n / V .<br />
min<br />
Rocker switch V .<br />
max / Y<br />
Not allocated (reserved for future application)<br />
Connecting cable<br />
2<br />
Siemens Adjuster AST10<br />
Application<br />
The adjuster AST10 is used to display and set parameters<br />
for Siemens compact controllers GLB181.1E/3<br />
and GDB 181.1E/TR. As the compact controllers are<br />
not outfitted with a trim potentiometer, the AST10 is used<br />
to render the parameters accessible and to visualize<br />
them.<br />
Functions<br />
The AST10 is connected to the GLB181.E/3 using one of<br />
the included connecting cables (GLB... A with clipped<br />
connection, GLB... B with plug-in or clipped connection).<br />
Power is supplied to the AST10 via the connecting cable.<br />
Values are shown on a liquid crystal display (LCD). The<br />
AST10 is operated with four keys, two of which are dual<br />
function rocker switches.<br />
“Srch” is displayed when communication is interrupted<br />
and during the startup process while the unit carries out<br />
a search to determine which type of device is attached.<br />
Values that are altered will blink in the display. After<br />
changing a parameter, send the new value to the connected<br />
unit by pressing the “Set” key. The value will<br />
then stop blinking.<br />
The Trox factory settings for the GLB181.1E/3 can be<br />
restored by pressing the “Factory settings” key.<br />
Any communication problems with the connected device<br />
are signaled by the message “Err” in the LCD.
Siemens Adjuster AST10<br />
Table of Parameters<br />
Symbol<br />
V<br />
Key Meaning Application<br />
. n V . V<br />
n Display of Vnom volume flow Factory setting,<br />
read only!<br />
. min [%] V . V<br />
min Setting or display of minimum volume flow – 20 to 100 % in 1 percent increments<br />
. max [%] V . max Setting or display of maximum volume flow 20 to 120 % in 1 percent increments<br />
YC [V] Y Setting or display of required volume flow 0 to 11 V in 0.05 V increments<br />
DIR Setting or display of direction of rotation of motor Factory setting, DO NOT CHANGE!<br />
Factory setting,<br />
only change if absolutely necessary!<br />
TYP Setting or display of function type con = controlling operation VVS or KVS;<br />
“3P” = 3-point motor operation + sensor function<br />
(no internal controlling function)<br />
U [V] Display of actual volume flow 0 to 12.8 V in 0.05 V increments<br />
Adjustment, Display and Connecting Elements<br />
9<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Information Regarding Operation and Use<br />
When an AST10 is connected to a type A or B GLB, the<br />
parameters can be displayed and changed during operation.<br />
With type A GLB, the connecting cable with an<br />
unused wire end is used, and with type B, the wire with<br />
the plug-in connection is used.<br />
When the AST10 is connected to a type B GLB via the<br />
connecting cable with an unused wire, care must be<br />
taken to ensure that the communication signal is transmitted<br />
over the same wire as the 0 to 10 VDC command<br />
signal. Therefore, when the AST10 is connected, the<br />
command signal must be disconnected! If a command<br />
signal is to be transmitted nonetheless, this can be done<br />
by setting the required volume flow via the “Y” key.<br />
6a<br />
7a<br />
3<br />
Operation<br />
• Connect AST10 to GLB using compatible connecting<br />
cable (9); wait until message appears on the display.<br />
• Changing V .<br />
min:<br />
Press key 6a “V .<br />
min”, the required V .<br />
min temperature will<br />
be displayed as a percentage of V .<br />
nom (V .<br />
n).<br />
Change the displayed percentage value with the plus<br />
or minus key 2. Then press “Set” key 4. The new value<br />
will be sent to the controller.<br />
• Changing V .<br />
max:<br />
The required V .<br />
max temperature is displayed as a<br />
percentage of Vnom. To change V .<br />
max, press the “V .<br />
max”<br />
key 7 and follow the procedure for V .<br />
min.<br />
• To control V .<br />
max, a 10 VDC command signal (Y) must<br />
be transmitted to GLB. This is done with the “Y” key<br />
7a on the AST10. Enter the desired command signal<br />
and then confirm with the “Set” key.<br />
• After entering each parameter (value blinks), send the<br />
value to the controller via the “Set” key 4.<br />
• To restore the Trox factory settings, press the “Factory<br />
settings” key 5.<br />
Display of the Actual Value of the Output Signal<br />
U or UC<br />
To display the actual value of the output signal in volts,<br />
press key 3 “” This applies to all operating modes.<br />
Display of V . nom (V . n)<br />
To display the factory reference values (variables for<br />
V .<br />
nom), press key 6a (V .<br />
n).<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
Changes made in the operating mode of the controller<br />
(from “con” to “3Poder” or vice versa) only<br />
take effect after the device has been reset (briefly<br />
cut off the supply voltage to the controller).
AST10 Connection to GLB..., Series A<br />
in the control cabinet<br />
Connecting cable<br />
with unused wire ends<br />
Strain Relief Clamp on the Connecting Cable<br />
AST10<br />
GLB..., Series A<br />
AST10 Connection to GLB..., Series B<br />
in the control cabinet<br />
Connecting cable<br />
Connecting cable<br />
with unused wire ends<br />
GLB181.1E/3<br />
Strain relief clamp<br />
4<br />
Siemens Adjuster AST10<br />
Connection to GLB...<br />
The AST10 is connected to GLB… as illustrated in the<br />
circuit diagrams on this page.<br />
With GLB Series A, the included connecting cable with<br />
an unused wire end is used; then connect YC on the<br />
AST10 with UC on GLB… Series A.<br />
For the connection with GLB… Series B, use the<br />
connecting cable with the ready-made plug.<br />
The connecting cable with an unused wire end can also<br />
be used for Series B if the ceiling panels are closed but<br />
changes still need to be undertaken. In this case, it’s<br />
advisable to establish a connection from the junction box<br />
(YC must be available for this).<br />
However, for the duration of the communication, the<br />
line to clamp YC must be disconnected!<br />
AST10 Connection to GLB..., Series B<br />
directly to the unit<br />
GLB..., Series B GLB..., Series B<br />
Connecting cable<br />
with two-sided<br />
plug-in connection<br />
Mounting Advisory<br />
When using the connecting cable with a plug-in connection<br />
(with GLB… Type B) the strain relief clamp attached<br />
to the connecting cable is to be used as illustrated here.
Siemens Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Modular ASV181.1E/3<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Application 2<br />
Functions 3<br />
Characteristic curves 3<br />
Functions 3<br />
Pressure-independent control characteristics 4<br />
Volume flow control and adjustment 4<br />
Adjuster AST10 4<br />
Volume-flow range for single duct units 5<br />
Order codes for single duct units 6<br />
Volume flow ranges for dual duct units,<br />
Order codes 7<br />
Terminal connections 8<br />
Continuous controlling, override control 9<br />
Examples of application 10<br />
Commissioning 11<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016EM5
Compact Controller ASV181.1E/3<br />
�<br />
�<br />
� �<br />
� Socket for AST10 connecting cable<br />
� Transducer tubing connector<br />
� Connecting cable to operator terminal or to DDC<br />
� Connecting cable for actuator<br />
� Mounting lug<br />
Operating Modes<br />
The ASV181.1E/3 has two operating modes, “CON” and<br />
“3P” (see circuit diagram below).<br />
Siemens Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Modular ASV181.1E/3<br />
2<br />
Application<br />
Operating Mode “CON” Operating Mode “3P”<br />
Room temperature controller<br />
�<br />
required volume flow, 0 to 10 VDC<br />
The Siemens electronic volume flow controller<br />
ASV181.1E/3 is a control unit for VAV terminal units. The<br />
membrane pressure transducer and control electronics<br />
are integrated into one housing. A separate actuator is<br />
connected for damper adjustment. These controllers are<br />
mainly used in VAV terminal units with specialized functions<br />
such as spring return, torque > 10 Nm or adjustable<br />
switch functions on the actuator.<br />
For variable volume flow control, a suitable room temperature<br />
controller (or air quality controller), a DDC outstation<br />
or a similar device must be used. A 0 to 10 VDC<br />
signal or three-point signal (TEC controller, DESIGO<br />
RXC31.1 etc.) can be used as the voltage range. To do<br />
this, the volume flow controller ASV181.1E/3 is deactivated.<br />
Switches or relays with a maximum of 2 set points<br />
are used for constant volume flow control.<br />
The ASV181.1E/3 is not outfitted with adjustment knobs<br />
V · min and V · max. All controller parameters factory-set by<br />
Trox. The customer does not need to make any adjustments.<br />
As soon as the supply voltage and room temperature<br />
controller have been connected, the terminal unit is<br />
ready for use.<br />
Any volume flow changes to the AST10 that may be<br />
necessary can easily be carried out by the customer. For<br />
parallel operation, several controllers can be connected<br />
up to one room temperature controller. Supply or extract<br />
air slave control can be realized.<br />
Static Measuring<br />
The actual value of the volume flow is monitored as a<br />
standard, linear electrical signal and can be switched to a<br />
DDC or used for the display. The voltage range for the<br />
actual and command value is standardized at 0 to 10 VDC.<br />
Volume flow is measured with a membrane pressure<br />
transducer. In automatic, recovered zero point calibration<br />
via an integrated air valve, minimum flow briefly occurs in<br />
the measuring line. This flow level is so low that as a rule<br />
the measuring element is not soiled. However, if the unit<br />
is used in unclean air, a VAV a plastic or coated terminal<br />
unit should be used.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
Make certain that in critical situations the VAV terminal<br />
unit and membrane pressure transducer are tested<br />
for the resistance of their materials to hazardous<br />
materials and particle concentrations in ambient air.<br />
actual volume flow<br />
0 to 10 VDC<br />
ASV181.1E/3 Actuator ASV181.1E/3<br />
Operator terminal with<br />
communication capability, DDC<br />
3-point signal 24 VAC<br />
Actuator
Siemens Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Modular ASV181.1E/3<br />
Characteristic Curve of the Actual Value Signal<br />
Volume flow<br />
V · min unit<br />
· ·<br />
Vactual = V<br />
U<br />
nom<br />
10<br />
Characteristic Curve of the Command Variable<br />
Volume flow<br />
V · nom<br />
V · nom<br />
V · max<br />
V · min<br />
V · min unit<br />
0 Actual value signal UC 10 VDC<br />
Vreq = Y ·<br />
10<br />
(V<br />
· ·<br />
max -Vmin) + V· min<br />
0 Actual command signal Y 10 VDC<br />
3<br />
Functions<br />
The volume flow is measured with a membrane pressure<br />
transducer. The effective pressure ∆pw of the differential<br />
pressure sensor in the VAV terminal unit is measured in<br />
the membrane pressure transducer of the ASV181.1E/3<br />
and linearized. The volume flow is calculated by a microprocessor<br />
in the controller.<br />
The actual volume flow is available as a linear voltage<br />
signal U. The measurement range (reference value) is set<br />
during factory calibration to suit the unit size in such a<br />
way that 10 VDC always corresponds to the unit nominal<br />
volume flow rate (V · nom).<br />
The required volume flow is set by the room temperature<br />
controller or by switches. The controller determines the<br />
required volume flow in accordance with the characteristic<br />
curve shown in the illustration and compares this<br />
with the actual value. The external damper actuator is<br />
controlled according to the volume flow tolerances. The<br />
factory-set volume flow ranges V · min and V · max can be<br />
altered by the customer using a Siemens AST10 adjuster,<br />
which can also be used to change the operating mode.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The operating mode must be set for each system<br />
because otherwise the desired function will not be<br />
available!<br />
Operating Mode “CON”<br />
Variable volume flow<br />
Using the command variables shown in the illustration<br />
as a basis, the ASV181.1E/3 calculates the volume flow,<br />
which can range from V · min to V · max. Override controls<br />
CLOSED or OPEN can be realized.<br />
Constant volume flow<br />
To realize override control as well as constant volume<br />
flows V · min and V · max, wire the input terminals for the command<br />
signal via relays or contacts.<br />
Command signal range limiting<br />
In the DDC outstation, the command variable must be<br />
limited for settings between V · min = 0 % and V · max =<br />
100 %. In this situation, the full published volume range<br />
can be used for future adjustment via the BMS. If the<br />
design volume flow rates are set in the unit, a full voltage<br />
signal range of 0-10 or 2-10 VDC can be used. However,<br />
these settings can only be changed by using the AST10,<br />
which involves gaining access to the terminal unit.<br />
(Operating Mode “3P”)<br />
In this operating mode, the internal controller electronics<br />
are inactivated. Only the reference value is factory set.<br />
Any calibrated V · min and V · max values have no impact on<br />
function.
Duct Pressure-Independent Control Characteristics<br />
Pressure differential<br />
1000<br />
Pa<br />
800<br />
600<br />
400<br />
200<br />
Formula for V · max<br />
Formula for V · min<br />
Adjuster AST10<br />
Volume flow<br />
in % of V · 20 40 60 80 100<br />
nom<br />
Vmax setting = V ·<br />
.<br />
max .<br />
·<br />
Vnom Vmin setting = V ·<br />
.<br />
min<br />
·<br />
V nom<br />
9 1<br />
2<br />
1<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
6<br />
7<br />
8<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
5<br />
100 %<br />
. 100 %<br />
Liquid crystal display<br />
Plus/minus keys<br />
for changing parameters<br />
Cursor key<br />
(to toggle<br />
“Type” and “U”)<br />
Save key<br />
(to send data to the<br />
controller)<br />
Reset key<br />
for factory settings<br />
Rocker switch V · n 1) / V · min<br />
Rocker switch V · 6<br />
7<br />
max / Y<br />
8 Not allocated (reserved<br />
for future application)<br />
9<br />
Socket for connecting cable<br />
(make certain that plug is<br />
inserted correctly)<br />
Siemens Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Modular ASV181.1E/3<br />
4<br />
Volume Flow Control<br />
The volume flow controller works independently of duct<br />
pressure, which means that pressure fluctuations result<br />
in only transient changes in volume flow.<br />
To prevent destabilization of volume flow control, a dead<br />
zone is provided within which the damper does not<br />
move. This dead zone, in conjunction with measuring<br />
tolerances, produces the volume flow deviation illustrated<br />
here.<br />
If the conditions mentioned in the product documentation<br />
are not met (e.g., lowest differential pressure, supply<br />
air conditions), larger deviations are likely to occur.<br />
V · max Setting<br />
The V · max value is the equivalent of the volume flow that is<br />
set with a 10 VDC command signal or V · max override control.<br />
The setting range for adjustments with the AST10<br />
adjuster is from 20 to 120 %. The percentage figures are<br />
based on V · nom.<br />
V · min Setting<br />
The V · min value is the equivalent of the volume flow that<br />
is set with a 0 VDC command signal or V · min override<br />
control. V · min may be set between –20 and 100 % of V · nom<br />
using the AST10.<br />
If V · min is set between –20 and 0 %, a command signal of<br />
0 VDC will close the damper, creating a leakproof seal. In<br />
case of value deviation, shut-off can be realized with<br />
input Y2 (see p. 9).<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site<br />
The volume flow ranges can be adjusted on site using<br />
adjuster AST10. To do this, connect the AST10 to the<br />
controller (see AST10 product information). The calibrated<br />
V · min or V · max values can be set using the keys by<br />
the same names. The controller adopts these settings<br />
when the “Set” key is pressed.<br />
In 3P operating mode, the volume flow ranges can be<br />
changed only on operator terminals with communication<br />
capabilities (e.g., TEC).<br />
1) V · n equals V · nom
Siemens Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Modular ASV181.1E/3<br />
Volume Flow Ranges for TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVS, TVRK<br />
V<br />
100 10 20 95 36 72 342<br />
125 15 30 150 54 108 540<br />
160 25 50 250 90 180 900<br />
200 40 80 405 144 288 1458<br />
250 60 125 615 216 450 2214<br />
315 105 205 1025 378 738 3690<br />
400 170 335 1680 612 1206 6048<br />
· min<br />
unit<br />
V · to V<br />
min<br />
unit<br />
· nom<br />
to V · l/s<br />
from<br />
m<br />
from nom<br />
3 V<br />
/h<br />
2)<br />
· max<br />
V · max<br />
Size<br />
Volume Flow Ranges for TVJ/TVT<br />
B x H<br />
mm<br />
V · min<br />
l/s m3 /h<br />
V · V min<br />
· max<br />
V · min unit 1) V · min unit 1)<br />
from to V from<br />
· nom<br />
200 x 100 45 45 215 162 162 774<br />
300 x 100 65 65 320 234 234 1152<br />
400 x 100 85 85 425 306 306 1530<br />
500 x 100 105 110 535 378 396 1926<br />
600 x 100 130 130 650 468 468 2340<br />
200 x 200 85 85 415 306 306 1494<br />
300 x 200 125 125 620 450 450 2232<br />
400 x 200 165 165 825 594 594 2970<br />
500 x 200 205 205 1035 738 738 3726<br />
600 x 200 250 250 1250 900 900 4500<br />
700 x 200 290 290 1450 1044 1044 5220<br />
800 x 200 330 330 1650 1188 1188 5940<br />
300 x 300 185 185 920 666 666 3312<br />
400 x 300 245 245 1230 882 882 4428<br />
500 x 300 305 305 1535 1098 1098 5526<br />
600 x 300 370 370 1850 1332 1332 6660<br />
700 x 300 430 430 2150 1548 1548 7740<br />
800 x 300 490 490 2450 1764 1764 8820<br />
900 x 300 555 555 2770 1998 1998 9972<br />
1000 x 300 620 620 3100 2232 2232 11160<br />
400 x 400 325 325 1630 1170 1170 5868<br />
500 x 400 410 410 2040 1476 1476 7344<br />
600 x 400 490 490 2450 1764 1764 8820<br />
700 x 400 570 570 2850 2052 2052 10260<br />
800 x 400 650 650 3250 2340 2340 11700<br />
900 x 400 735 735 3670 2646 2646 13212<br />
1000 x 400 820 820 4100 2952 2952 14760<br />
500 x 500 510 510 2540 1836 1836 9144<br />
600 x 500 610 610 3050 2196 2196 10980<br />
700 x 500 710 710 3550 2556 2556 12780<br />
800 x 500 810 810 4050 2916 2916 14580<br />
900 x 500 915 915 4570 3294 3294 16452<br />
1000 x 500 1020 1020 5100 3672 3672 18360<br />
600 x 600 730 730 3650 2628 2628 13140<br />
700 x 600 850 850 4250 3060 3060 15300<br />
800 x 600 970 970 4850 3492 3492 17460<br />
900 x 600 1100 1100 5500 3960 3960 19800<br />
1000 x 600 1220 1220 6100 4392 4392 21960<br />
700 x 700 990 990 4950 3564 3564 17820<br />
800 x 700 1140 1140 5700 4104 4104 20520<br />
900 x 700 1280 1280 6400 4608 4608 23040<br />
1000 x 700 1420 1420 7100 5112 5112 25560<br />
800 x 800 1300 1300 6500 4680 4680 23400<br />
900 x 800 1460 1460 7300 5256 5256 26280<br />
1000 x 800 1620 1620 8100 5832 5832 29160<br />
900 x 900 1640 1640 8200 5904 5904 29520<br />
1000 x 900 1820 1820 9100 6552 6552 32760<br />
1000 x 1000 2020 2020 10100 7272 7272 36360<br />
1) V · min = 0 can also be realized 2) TVR only<br />
5<br />
V · max<br />
to V · nom
Volume Flow Control Tolerances 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
as % of V<br />
100 5 5<br />
80 5 5<br />
60 7 7<br />
40 7 8<br />
20 9 14<br />
10 20 >14<br />
20 >14<br />
· nom<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVS, TVRK TVJ/TVT<br />
1) Percentage figures based on V · actual<br />
2) A constant value controller can be used as a master<br />
3) Indicate configurations for master and slave devices when ordering<br />
Siemens Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Modular ASV181.1E/3<br />
6<br />
Single Duct Unit<br />
Order Code / Ordering Example<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVZ / 160 / 00 / LP3 / E - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ / 160 / 00 / LP3 / M - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ / 160 / 00 / LP3 / S - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ / 160 / 00 / LP3 / F - 100 l/s<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating mode<br />
E<br />
M<br />
S<br />
U<br />
F 2)<br />
X<br />
2) 3)<br />
Operating mode<br />
Factory settings<br />
V · min at required V · min<br />
V · max at required V · max<br />
V · min<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
S Slave<br />
F Constant value<br />
X 3-point<br />
V · min at 0 %<br />
V · max at volume flow ratio to master<br />
controller<br />
V · min at required volume flow 1<br />
(smaller value)<br />
V · max at required volume flow 2<br />
(larger value)<br />
V · min at required volume flow<br />
V · max at 100 %<br />
V · nom set<br />
V · max<br />
3)<br />
3)
Siemens Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Modular ASV181.1E/3<br />
Volume Flow Ranges for TVM<br />
Size<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances for TVM 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
as % of V · nom<br />
V · min unit<br />
1) Percentage figures based on ‡ actual<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
V · nom<br />
TVM cold<br />
V · min unit<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
100 5 7<br />
80 5 10<br />
60 5 12<br />
40 7 15<br />
20 9 -<br />
10 20 -<br />
20 -<br />
V · nom<br />
125 45 150 162 540<br />
160 75 250 270 900<br />
200 120 405 432 1458<br />
250 185 615 666 2214<br />
TVM total<br />
7<br />
Two Duct Combined Unit TVM<br />
Order Code / Ordering Example<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVM / 160 / LP5 / M - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVM / 160 / LP5 / F - 400 l/s<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
mode<br />
E<br />
M<br />
X<br />
F<br />
‡ min at –5 %<br />
‡ max at required<br />
volume flow (‡ cold)<br />
‡ nom set<br />
‡ min at –5 %<br />
‡ max at required<br />
Constant volume<br />
flow<br />
Operating mode<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
F Constant value<br />
X 3-point<br />
Factory settings<br />
Cold duct controller Warm duct controller<br />
‡ min at required<br />
volume flow ‡ warm<br />
‡ max at 100 %<br />
‡ nom set<br />
.<br />
Vwarm ‡ min at required<br />
Constant volume<br />
flow<br />
‡ max at 100 %<br />
.<br />
Vcold . .<br />
Vwarm = Vcold
Terminal Connections<br />
G G0 Y1 Y2 YC U<br />
ASV181.1E/3<br />
Service Signal ASV181.1E/3<br />
24 V<br />
G G0<br />
ASV181.1E/3<br />
˜ y<br />
Room<br />
temperature<br />
controller<br />
YC<br />
Switch cabinet<br />
or wall mounted<br />
enclosure<br />
Siemens Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Modular ASV181.1E/3<br />
8<br />
Nomenclature<br />
Key to Wire colors Bedeutung<br />
wires Code<br />
G red Phase AC 24 V<br />
G0 black Ground AC 24 V<br />
Y1 purple Position signal “open” (3P)<br />
or override control (CON)<br />
Y2 orange Position signal “open” (3P)<br />
or override control (CON)<br />
YC gray Volume flow position signal<br />
0-10 VDC and<br />
communication signal<br />
U pink Actual value of output signal<br />
0-10 VDC<br />
Wiring<br />
Wiring for the 24 VAC voltage supply must be performed<br />
by the customer. Safety transformers are to be used<br />
(EN 60742).<br />
If several controllers are connected to one 24 VAC grid,<br />
it is important to ensure that a common neutral or ground<br />
wire is used.<br />
Service Connection<br />
It is advisable that the signal line for connecting the<br />
AST10 adjuster be linked up in an easily accessible<br />
location. This avoids having to remove ceiling panels<br />
when service is performed. Suitable locations include:<br />
spare terminals in room temperature controllers, or wall<br />
mounted enclosures.<br />
It is important to ensure that G and G0 are available.<br />
Therefore, a 4-wire connection is required to the commissioning<br />
point connection.
Siemens Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Modular ASV181.1E/3<br />
Continuous Controlling between V · min and V · max<br />
Operating Mode “CON”<br />
24 V<br />
Override Controls<br />
Command<br />
signal<br />
0 to 10 VDC<br />
G G0 Y1 Y2 YC U<br />
ASV181.1E/3<br />
G<br />
G0<br />
G G0<br />
S1 S2<br />
Y1 Y2 U<br />
G G0 Y1 Y2 YC U<br />
Actual value<br />
of output signal<br />
0 to 10 VDC<br />
Controlling with an External Digital Operator Terminal<br />
Room Temperature Volume Flow Cascade<br />
Operating Mode “3P”<br />
24 V<br />
ASV181.1E/3<br />
24 V<br />
ASV181.1E/3<br />
Digital operator terminal<br />
9<br />
Variable Volume Flow Controlling<br />
The ASV181.1E/3 is connected to the 24 VAC grid. If the<br />
DDC outstation/controller is in the same grid, the command<br />
signal can be applied via a single wire. If the grids<br />
are separate, the command signal is connected by two<br />
wires. The actual value signal for the volume flow can be<br />
used.<br />
Several ASV181.1E/3 units can be connected in parallel.<br />
Several volume flow controllers (supply or extract air) are<br />
operated in parallel by one room temperature controller.<br />
If the terminal units are the same size and V · min and V · max<br />
parameters are set at the same values, all the units control<br />
the same volume flow. If the settings differ, the units<br />
control an equal proportion of flow. This allows ratio control<br />
to be achieved between the supply and extract air<br />
controllers.<br />
The variable volume flow control can be overridden for<br />
shut-off and startup using zero-potential switches<br />
(supplied by customer).<br />
Continuous<br />
Controlling<br />
open open<br />
Shut-off open closed<br />
Fully open<br />
Controlling V<br />
closed open<br />
. min<br />
Controlling V<br />
open open<br />
. Function S1<br />
Switch<br />
S2<br />
(window<br />
switch)<br />
max closed closed<br />
Shut-off open closed<br />
Fully open closed open<br />
Type<br />
of controlling<br />
VVS,<br />
supply<br />
or extract air<br />
KVS,<br />
supply<br />
or extract air
Slave Control<br />
G G0<br />
Y1 Y2 YC U<br />
DDC outstation/controller<br />
ASV181.1E/3<br />
G G0 Y1 Y2<br />
G<br />
24 V<br />
Room<br />
temperature<br />
controller<br />
G G0 Y<br />
YC U<br />
Slave controller ASV181.1E/3<br />
Two Duct Combined Unit TVM<br />
24 V<br />
Room temperature<br />
controller<br />
G G0 Y1 Y2 YC U<br />
G<br />
G0<br />
G0<br />
Y1 Y2 YC U<br />
Cold duct controller ASV181.1E/3<br />
Warm duct controller ASV181.1E/3<br />
Y<br />
possibly to<br />
slave controller<br />
Siemens Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Modular ASV181.1E/3<br />
10<br />
Supply or Extract Air Slave Control (Master/Slave)<br />
In the case of parallel control of the units, an unfavorable<br />
difference between supply and extract air can occur if<br />
the pressure in one duct is too low. Therefore, the actual<br />
volume flow value (usually the value of the supply air)<br />
should be used as the command variable for the volume<br />
flow controller of the slave. If the extract air flow is not to<br />
be controlled by the DDC controller, a slave control is<br />
also used.<br />
Ratio control can be achieved using the ASV181.1E/3<br />
i.e. the ratio of extract air to supply air must be the same<br />
under all operating conditions.<br />
The volume flow ratio is set on the slave controller as<br />
follows:<br />
V · max setting =<br />
V · max M<br />
V · min M<br />
V · max S<br />
V · min S<br />
If the volume flows are the same, the setting will be<br />
100 %. The maximum setting is 120 %.<br />
=<br />
V · max S<br />
V · max M<br />
Volume Flow Controller of TVM Units<br />
The two controllers fitted to the dual duct unit TVM (cold<br />
duct, warm duct) are to be wired by the customer as<br />
illustrated in the circuit diagram on this page (including<br />
the 24 VAC cross-connection).<br />
The room temperature controller provides the cold duct<br />
controller with its set point signal.<br />
In most instances, the proportion of warm air is increased<br />
from 0 to the required V · warm as a maximum set point.<br />
The warm duct controller (V · total is measured) is therefore<br />
set as a constant value controller and does not require a<br />
control signal.<br />
For more information, refer to the TVM product documentation.<br />
·<br />
V · nom M<br />
V · nom S<br />
· 100 %
Siemens Volume Flow Controller<br />
VAV Modular ASV181.1E/3<br />
Commissioning<br />
Fault Diagnosis<br />
Check wiring<br />
Activate power supply<br />
Switch on air conditioning system<br />
Record actual value signal U for override control V · min<br />
Record the actual value signal U<br />
Record actual value signal U for override control V · max<br />
Record the actual value signal U<br />
Supply voltage in conformance<br />
with Siemens specifications?<br />
yes<br />
Check transformer<br />
etc.<br />
Signal U consistent? Controller faulty<br />
yes<br />
Actuator opens<br />
and closes?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow V · min?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow V · max ?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow<br />
command signal?<br />
yes<br />
Override controls?<br />
Damper<br />
obstructed?<br />
Duct pressure<br />
sufficient?<br />
Measurement<br />
tubing to the<br />
transducer<br />
damaged?<br />
Check room temperature<br />
controller<br />
Check window<br />
switch, relays etc.<br />
Ordering Example for a Replacement Controller<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
Siemens ASV181.1E/3,<br />
vorjustiert für TVR / 125 / E0 - 45 - 100 l/s<br />
11<br />
Commissioning<br />
A function test for commissioning can be carried out<br />
using adjuster AST10 or the DDC outstation/controller.<br />
A defined volume flow is set for both of these units.<br />
The actual volume flow is calculated on the basis of the<br />
monitored actual value signal and is compared with the<br />
set value.<br />
In many instances the faults can result from incorrect<br />
wiring. Therefore, when checking an individual volume<br />
flow controller, first disconnect all lines except for<br />
G and G0.<br />
The power supply is then switched off and a zero point<br />
comparison is performed automatically. The actual output<br />
signal is then set to zero for about 2 minutes.<br />
If the actuator drive is disengaged and the damper is<br />
opened manually, the voltage will increase. Then briefly<br />
disconnect the supply voltage so that the actuator can<br />
be resynchronized.<br />
Volume flow control is checked by setting a command<br />
signal to which the monitored value must correspond<br />
after a short time. Set points are defined by a linear voltage<br />
signal, a switch or by adjuster AST10.<br />
Apply the override control and test the desired functions.<br />
The function test can be simplified using the AST10 adjuster.<br />
The set volume values V · min and V · max can be read.<br />
The AST10 can also simulate a command signal. Operating<br />
mode and direction of flow in the actuator are<br />
displayed. The Trox factory settings can be restored with<br />
the “Factory settings” key.<br />
Replacement Controllers<br />
When replacing faulty controllers, controllers calibrated<br />
to the terminal unit type and size must be used. Noncalibrated<br />
controllers may only be used as a stopgap<br />
solution.<br />
The following must be specified when ordering a replacement<br />
controller:<br />
• Unit type and size; for TVM units: whether the unit is a<br />
cold or warm duct controller<br />
• Operating mode<br />
• V · min and V · max
Siemens Actuator<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
GLB131.1E 2<br />
GBB131.1E 2<br />
GEB131.1E 3<br />
GIB131.1E 3<br />
GMA131.1E 4<br />
GCA131.1E 4<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016EM6
GLB131.1E<br />
�<br />
�<br />
� Shaft clamp<br />
� Gear release button<br />
� Duct position display<br />
GBB131.1E<br />
�<br />
� Shaft clamp<br />
� Gear release button<br />
�<br />
� Connecting cable<br />
� Rotation angle limiter<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
� Duct position display<br />
� Connecting cable<br />
2<br />
Actuator GLB131.1E<br />
Siemens Actuator<br />
Application<br />
Maintenance free damper actuator; with 10 Nm torque;<br />
for three-point control of VAV terminal units outfitted<br />
with Siemens-Landis & Staefa volume flow controllers<br />
ASV181.1E/3.<br />
For technical data, see the applicable Siemens product<br />
documentation.<br />
Function<br />
The actuator is factory mounted, fixed to the damper<br />
shaft, and factory-wired to the volume flow controller.<br />
The integral rotation angle limiter is set, and the actuator<br />
is overload protected. When the end stops are reached,<br />
the actuator stops automatically. No limit switches are<br />
required.<br />
For manual adjustment, the gears can be disengaged via<br />
a button.<br />
Actuator GBB131.1E<br />
Application<br />
Maintenance free damper actuator with 20 Nm torque;<br />
for three-point control of VAV terminal units outfitted with<br />
Siemens-Landis & Staefa volume flow controllers<br />
ASV181.1E/3.<br />
For technical data, see the applicable Siemens product<br />
documentation.<br />
Function<br />
The actuator is factory mounted, fixed to the damper<br />
shaft, and factory-wired to the volume flow controller.<br />
The integral rotation angle limiter is set, and the actuator<br />
is overload protected. When the end stops are reached,<br />
the actuator stops automatically. No limit switches are<br />
required.<br />
For manual adjustment, the gears can be disengaged via<br />
a button.
Siemens Actuator<br />
GEB131.1E<br />
GIB131.1E<br />
� �<br />
� Shaft clamp<br />
� Gear release button<br />
�<br />
� Shaft clamp<br />
� Gear release button<br />
�<br />
�<br />
� Duct position display<br />
� Connecting cable<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
� Duct position display<br />
� Connecting cable<br />
3<br />
Actuator GEB131.1E<br />
Application<br />
Maintenance free damper actuator with 15 Nm torque;<br />
for three-point control of VAV terminal units outfitted with<br />
Siemens-Landis & Staefa volume flow controllers<br />
ASV181.1E/3.<br />
For technical data, see the applicable Siemens product<br />
documentation.<br />
Function<br />
The actuator is factory-mounted on the damper shaft<br />
and factory-wired to the volume flow controller. The<br />
integrated rotation angle limiter is calibrated, and the<br />
actuator is overload protected. When the end stops are<br />
reached, the motor automatically comes to a standstill.<br />
No limit switches are needed.<br />
For manual adjustment, the gears can be disengaged via<br />
a button.<br />
Actuator GIB131.1E<br />
Application<br />
Maintenance free damper actuator with 35 Nm torque;<br />
for three-point control of VAV terminal units outfitted with<br />
Siemens-Landis & Staefa volume flow controllers<br />
ASV181.1E/3.<br />
For technical data, see the applicable Siemens product<br />
documentation.<br />
Function<br />
The actuator is factory mounted on the damper shaft<br />
and factory-wired to the volume flow controller. The<br />
integrated rotation angle limiter is calibrated, and the<br />
actuator is overload protected. When the end stops are<br />
reached, the motor automatically comes to a standstill.<br />
No limit switches are needed.<br />
For manual adjustment, the gears can be disengaged via<br />
a button.
GMA131.1E<br />
�<br />
� Shaft clamp<br />
� Hand adjustment<br />
� Gear arrestor<br />
GCA131.1E<br />
�<br />
� Shaft clamp<br />
� Hand adjustment<br />
� Gear arrestor<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
� Duct position display<br />
� Connecting cable<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
� Duct position display<br />
� Connecting cable<br />
4<br />
Actuator GMA131.1E<br />
Siemens Actuator<br />
Application<br />
Maintenance free actuator with 7 Nm torque and spring<br />
return; for three-point control of VAV terminal units outfitted<br />
with Siemens-Landis & Staefa volume flow controllers<br />
ASV181.1E/3.<br />
The actuator is used in the event of a power failure when,<br />
for safety reasons, either an open or a closed damper<br />
position is required.<br />
For technical data, see the applicable Siemens product<br />
documentation.<br />
Function<br />
The actuator is factory mounted on the damper shaft and<br />
factory-wired to the volume flow controller. The integrated<br />
rotation angle limiter is calibrated, and the actuator<br />
is overload protected. When the end stops are reached,<br />
the motor automatically comes to a standstill. No limit<br />
switches are needed.<br />
A hexagonal wrench can be used to perform manual<br />
adjustments on the actuator, which can be secured with<br />
a screwdriver.<br />
Actuator GCA131.1E<br />
Application<br />
Maintenance free damper actuator with 16 Nm torque<br />
and spring return; for volume flow controllers outfitted<br />
with Siemens-Landis & Staefa actuators ASV181.1E/3.<br />
The actuator is used in the event of a power failure when,<br />
for safety reasons, either an open or a closed damper<br />
position is required.<br />
For technical data, see the applicable Siemens product<br />
documentation.<br />
Function<br />
The actuator is factory mounted on the damper shaft and<br />
factory-wired to the volume flow controller. The integrated<br />
rotation angle limiter is calibrated and the actuator<br />
is overload protected. When the end stops are reached,<br />
the motor automatically comes to a standstill. No limit<br />
switches are needed.<br />
For manual adjustment, the gears can be disengaged via<br />
a hexagonal wrench.
Honeywell<br />
Compact Volume Flow Controller W7751H2009<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Application 2<br />
Functions 3<br />
On-site changes in volume flow 3<br />
Volume flow ranges for single duct units 4<br />
Order codes for single duct units 5<br />
Volume flow ranges for dual duct units,<br />
Order codes 6<br />
Terminal connections 7<br />
Commissioning 8<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016MS2
Compact Controller W7751H2009<br />
1<br />
2<br />
5<br />
6<br />
1 Shaft clamp<br />
2 Rotation angle limiter<br />
3 Position display<br />
4 Gear release button<br />
5 Transducer tubing connector<br />
6 Service pin 1)<br />
1) Hole in circuit board; operate switch<br />
with non-metallic pin only.<br />
Honeywell<br />
Compact Volume Flow Controller W7751H2009<br />
3<br />
4<br />
2<br />
Application<br />
The Honeywell electronic volume flow controller<br />
W7751H2009 is a complete control unit for volume flow<br />
control in VAV systems. The dynamic differential pressure<br />
transducers, actuators and electronic controls are integrated<br />
into one housing. A LON bus interface makes the<br />
unit suitable for systems using LON bus technology. For<br />
technical data regarding LON interfaces, consult the<br />
applicable Honeywell product documentation.<br />
The W7751H2009 is not outfitted with adjustment knobs<br />
for V .<br />
min and V .<br />
max settings. The controllers are factorycalibrated<br />
by Trox to the required volume flow using an<br />
OEM tool. All remaining function parameters are set on<br />
site by Honeywell technicians.<br />
An operator terminal (T7560/T7460; on customer’s premises;<br />
see Honeywell product documentation) is used to<br />
control room temperature and volume flow.<br />
Standard filtration in air conditioning systems allows use<br />
of the W7751H2009 without dust protection filters.<br />
Commissioning<br />
The controllers are integrated into the LON network via<br />
the system integrator (binding). These services are to be<br />
provided by the system builder or the controller vendor,<br />
and are to be integrated into the planning and bid submission<br />
phases.<br />
Any additional changes in volume flow can be carried<br />
out on site via the LON bus. Supply or extract air slave<br />
control can also be realized (contact Honeywell).
Honeywell<br />
Compact Volume Flow Controller W7751H2009<br />
Functions<br />
The volume flow is measured according to the dynamic<br />
differential pressure principle. The effective pressure of<br />
the differential pressure sensor in the terminal unit allows<br />
the detection of a partial volume flow passing through<br />
the transducer. This partial volume flow, which is proportional<br />
to the total volume flow, is measured and temperature-compensated<br />
using two temperature-dependent<br />
resistors. The volume flow is calculated by a microprocessor<br />
in the controller. The characteristic curve of the<br />
effective pressure is reflected in the controller so that the<br />
linearization can be carried out by the computer. As a<br />
result, the linearized volume flow is presented as a value<br />
in physical units.<br />
The required volume flow is calculated by the room temperature<br />
control circuit between the limit values V .<br />
min and<br />
V .<br />
max. Special operating conditions (presence detectors<br />
and window switches) can be taken into account.<br />
The computed volume flow is compared with the actual<br />
volume flow. The damper actuator is controlled in accordance<br />
with the volume flow tolerances. The parameters<br />
relevant to volume flow control are factory-programmed.<br />
After the customer has set the address, the<br />
controllers are ready for use.<br />
3<br />
Volume Flow Ranges<br />
The unit nominal flow rate V .<br />
nom is stored as a parameter.<br />
This value must not be exceeded or changed. The range<br />
for minimum and maximum design volume flow can be<br />
changed, but the limits given in the tables must be<br />
observed. For constant volume flow control, both parameters<br />
can be set to the same value.<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site<br />
The volume flow ranges can be adjusted on site using<br />
suitable programming aids (software, central control<br />
unit). The controllers must be wired to the LON network<br />
and the supply voltage must be present. For detailed<br />
information regarding changing of parameters, consult<br />
the relevant Honeywell product documentation.<br />
Adjustment Guidelines<br />
• V .<br />
min values that fall below the minimum values given<br />
in the table should not be entered, as this could destabilize<br />
volume flow control.<br />
• V .<br />
min- and V .<br />
max values must not be confused when they<br />
are entered.<br />
• No other parameters for volume flow control such as<br />
actuator running times, unit nominal flows etc. may be<br />
changed.
Volume Flow Ranges TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVS, TVRK<br />
Nominal<br />
size<br />
V · min<br />
V<br />
unit<br />
· to<br />
from to min<br />
V from to<br />
unit<br />
· l/s m<br />
nom<br />
3 /h<br />
V<br />
1) 1)<br />
· V max<br />
· min<br />
V · min<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVJ/TVT<br />
B x H<br />
mm<br />
V · min unit 1)<br />
V · max<br />
to<br />
V · nom<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
from to<br />
200 x 100 45 170 65 215 162 612 234 774<br />
300 x 100 65 255 95 320 234 918 342 1152<br />
400 x 100 85 340 130 425 306 1224 468 1530<br />
500 x 100 105 430 160 535 378 1548 576 1926<br />
600 x 100 130 520 195 650 468 1872 702 2340<br />
200 x 200 85 330 125 415 306 1188 450 1494<br />
300 x 200 125 495 185 620 450 1782 666 2232<br />
400 x 200 165 660 250 825 594 2376 900 2970<br />
500 x 200 205 830 310 1035 738 2988 1116 3726<br />
600 x 200 250 1000 375 1250 900 3600 1350 4500<br />
700 x 200 290 1160 435 1450 1044 4176 1566 5220<br />
800 x 200 330 1320 495 1650 1188 4752 1782 5940<br />
300 x 300 185 735 275 920 666 2646 990 3312<br />
400 x 300 245 985 370 1230 882 3546 1332 4428<br />
500 x 300 305 1230 460 1535 1098 4428 1656 5526<br />
600 x 300 370 1480 555 1850 1332 5328 1998 6660<br />
700 x 300 430 1720 645 2150 1548 6192 2322 7740<br />
800 x 300 490 1960 735 2450 1764 7056 2646 8820<br />
900 x 300 555 2215 830 2770 1998 7974 2988 9972<br />
1000 x 300 620 2480 930 3100 2232 8928 3348 11160<br />
400 x 400 325 1305 490 1630 1170 4698 1764 5868<br />
500 x 400 410 1630 610 2040 1476 5868 2196 7344<br />
600 x 400 490 1960 735 2450 1764 7056 2646 8820<br />
700 x 400 570 2280 855 2850 2052 8208 3078 10260<br />
800 x 400 650 2600 975 3250 2340 9360 3510 11700<br />
900 x 400 735 2935 1100 3670 2646 10566 3960 13212<br />
1000 x 400 820 3280 1230 4100 2952 11808 4428 14760<br />
500 x 500 510 2030 760 2540 1836 7308 2736 9144<br />
600 x 500 610 2440 915 3050 2196 8784 3294 10980<br />
700 x 500 710 2840 1065 3550 2556 10224 3834 12780<br />
800 x 500 810 3240 1215 4050 2916 11664 4374 14580<br />
900 x 500 915 3655 1370 4570 3294 13158 4932 16452<br />
1000 x 500 1020 4080 1530 5100 3672 14688 5508 18360<br />
600 x 600 730 2920 1095 3650 2628 10512 3942 13140<br />
700 x 600 850 3400 1275 4250 3060 12240 4590 15300<br />
800 x 600 970 3880 1455 4850 3492 13968 5238 17460<br />
900 x 600 1100 4400 1650 5500 3960 15840 5940 19800<br />
1000 x 600 1220 4880 1830 6100 4392 17568 6588 21960<br />
700 x 700 990 3960 1485 4950 3564 14256 5346 17820<br />
800 x 700 1140 4560 1710 5700 4104 16416 6156 20520<br />
900 x 700 1280 5120 1920 6400 4608 18432 6912 23040<br />
1000 x 700 1420 5680 2130 7100 5112 20448 7668 25560<br />
800 x 800 1300 5200 1950 6500 4680 18720 7020 23400<br />
900 x 800 1460 5840 2190 7300 5256 21024 7884 26280<br />
1000 x 800 1620 6480 2430 8100 5832 23328 8748 29160<br />
900 x 900 1640 6560 2460 8200 5904 23616 8856 29520<br />
1000 x 900 1820 7280 2730 9100 6552 26208 9828 32760<br />
1000 x 1000 2020 8080 3030 10100 7272 29088 10908 36360<br />
1) V · min = 0 can also be realized 2) TVR only<br />
Honeywell<br />
Compact Volume Flow Controller W7751H2009<br />
1002) 10 75 30 95 36 270 108 342<br />
125 15 120 45 150 54 432 162 540<br />
160 25 200 75 250 90 720 270 900<br />
200 40 325 120 405 144 1170 432 1458<br />
250 60 490 185 615 216 1764 666 2214<br />
315 105 820 310 1025 378 2952 1116 3690<br />
400 170 1345 505 1680 612 4842 1818 6048<br />
V · min V · max V · min V · max<br />
4<br />
to V · nom<br />
V · min unit 1)<br />
from to to V · nom
Honeywell<br />
Compact Volume Flow Controller W7751H2009<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
as % of V · nom<br />
100 5 5<br />
80 5 5<br />
60 7 7<br />
40 7 8<br />
20 9 14<br />
10 20 >14<br />
20 >14<br />
1) Percentage figures based on V · actual<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVS, TVRK TVJ/TVT<br />
2) A constant value controller can be used as a master<br />
5<br />
Single Duct Unit<br />
Order Codes / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / HM0 / E - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / HM0 / M - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / HM0 / S - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / HM0 / F - 100 l/s<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating mode<br />
E<br />
M<br />
S<br />
F 2)<br />
Operating mode<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
S Slave<br />
F Constant<br />
Factory setting<br />
V · min at required V · min<br />
V · max at required V · max<br />
V · min<br />
V · max<br />
V · min at 0 %<br />
V · max at V · max, equivalent of volume<br />
flow ratio to master controller<br />
V · min at required volume flow<br />
V · max at 100 %
Volume Flow Ranges TVM<br />
Nominal<br />
size V · min unit V · V min unit<br />
· l/s m<br />
nom<br />
3 /h<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances TVM 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
as % of V · Nenn<br />
1) Percentage figures based on ‡ actual<br />
Honeywell<br />
Compact Volume Flow Controller W7751H2009<br />
TVM cold<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
100 5 7<br />
80 5 10<br />
60 5 12<br />
40 7 15<br />
20 9 -<br />
10 20 -<br />
20 -<br />
V · nom<br />
125 45 150 162 540<br />
160 75 250 270 900<br />
200 120 405 432 1458<br />
250 185 615 666 2214<br />
TVM total<br />
6<br />
Dual Duct Unit TVM<br />
Order Codes / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVM-R / 160 / HQ0 / M - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVM-R / 160 / HQ0 / F - 400 l/s<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
mode<br />
E<br />
E<br />
M<br />
F<br />
‡ min at 0 %<br />
‡ max at required<br />
volume flow (‡ cold )<br />
Operating mode<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
F Constant value<br />
Factory setting<br />
.<br />
Vwarm Cold duct controller Warm duct controller<br />
‡ min adjustment at<br />
required volume flow<br />
‡ warm<br />
‡ max at 100 %<br />
.<br />
Vcold . .<br />
Vwarm = Vcold
Honeywell<br />
Compact Volume Flow Controller W7751H2009<br />
Terminal Connections<br />
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12<br />
W7751H2009<br />
LED Status Information<br />
LED status Controller status<br />
Off No supply voltage<br />
On<br />
Not in working order<br />
or not configured<br />
Slow<br />
Blinking<br />
Running, normal communication<br />
Fast Alarm ready<br />
Blinking or in manual test mode<br />
7<br />
Nomenclature<br />
1, 2 Supply voltage (24 V)<br />
3 Technical earthing<br />
Connection for Wall Module T7560/T7460<br />
4 Command signal input<br />
5 Ground, neutral, non-earthed<br />
6 Temperature signal input, sensor<br />
7 Bypass switch input<br />
8 LED<br />
Triac Output for Valve Actuator,<br />
Fan or Reheat Coils<br />
9 Position signal OPEN<br />
10 Position signal CLOSED<br />
11, 12 LON bus<br />
Wiring<br />
Wiring for the 24 VAC supply voltage must be performed<br />
by the customer. Safety transformers are to be used<br />
(EN 60742).<br />
If several controllers are connected to one 24 VAC grid,<br />
it is important to ensure that a common neutral or ground<br />
wire is used.<br />
The earth terminals (terminal 3) of each controller in the<br />
system must be connected to a high-value earth junction<br />
box. Lines should be as short as possible and wires<br />
should be at least 1-2 mm wide.
Honeywell<br />
Compact Volume Flow Controller W7751H2009<br />
Commissioning Commissioning<br />
Check wiring<br />
Switch on supply voltage<br />
Switch on control and air conditioning systems<br />
As a rule, commissioning of control systems<br />
is carried out by Honeywell technicians.<br />
For information regarding commissioning<br />
(LON networks, communication, binding,<br />
software etc.), consult the releavant Honeywell<br />
product documentation.<br />
8<br />
A function test cannot be carried out without the other<br />
components being connected and without functioning<br />
communication.<br />
In many cases, incorrect wiring can give rise to system<br />
malfunctions. Therefore, a careful check should be<br />
carried out to ensure that all connections are correct.<br />
If the actuator drive is disengaged and the damper is<br />
opened manually, the voltage will increase. This can be<br />
confirmed with the aid of a connected laptop computer<br />
or in the central control unit. After manual adjustment,<br />
the actuator must be moved back to its original position.<br />
Volume flow control is checked by comparing preset<br />
values in the software with the actual values displayed.<br />
Ordering Example for a Replacement Controller Replacement Controllers<br />
Faulty controllers must be replaced by units that are calibrated<br />
to the type and size of terminal unit being used.<br />
Since every LON controller has its own LON ID number,<br />
binding must first be performed (network replace) in<br />
order to restore functionality.<br />
The following must be specified when ordering a replacement<br />
controller:<br />
• Terminal unit type and size and in the case of TVM<br />
units, warm duct or cold duct controller<br />
• Operating mode<br />
• V .<br />
min and V .<br />
Honeywell compact volume flow controller<br />
W7751H2009,<br />
calibrated for TVR / 125 / E0 - 45 - 100 l/s<br />
max<br />
• Commissioning no. and delivery date of the defective<br />
controller
Honeywell Volume Flow Controller W7751F2003<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Application 2<br />
Functions 3<br />
On-site changes in volume flow 3<br />
Volume-flow range for single duct units 4<br />
Order codes for single duct units 5<br />
Volume flow ranges for dual duct units,<br />
Order code 6<br />
Terminal connections 7<br />
Commissioning 8<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016MS3
Volume Flow Controller W7751F2003<br />
1<br />
1 Terminal block<br />
2 Transducer tubing connector<br />
3 LED function display<br />
4 Service pin<br />
5 Additional LON bus connection<br />
Honeywell Volume Flow Controller W7751F2003<br />
4 5<br />
2<br />
3<br />
2<br />
Application<br />
The Honeywell electronic volume flow controller<br />
W7751F2003 is a digital volume flow controller for VAV<br />
terminal units in VVS systems. A dynamic differential<br />
pressure transducer and controller electronics are integrated<br />
into one housing. A suitable actuator is integrated<br />
as well.<br />
The unit’s LON bus interface enables use in systems with<br />
LON bus technology. For technical data regarding the<br />
LON interface, consult the applicable Honeywell product<br />
documentation.<br />
The W7751F2003 is not outfitted with adjustment knobs<br />
for V .<br />
min and V .<br />
max settings. The controllers are factorycalibrated<br />
(by Trox) to the specified volume flow using<br />
an OEM tool. All remaining parameters for the required<br />
functions are set on site by Honeywell technicians.<br />
An operator terminal (T7560/T7460; customer’s premises;<br />
see Honeywell product documentation) is used to<br />
control room temperature and/ volume flow.<br />
Standard filtration in air conditioning systems allows use<br />
of the W7751F2003 without dust protection filters.<br />
Commissioning<br />
The controllers are integrated into the LON network via<br />
the system integrator (binding). These services are to be<br />
provided by the system builder or the controller vendor,<br />
and are to be integrated into the planning and bid submission<br />
phases.<br />
Any further changes in volume flow are to be carried out<br />
on site via the LON bus. Supply or extract air slave<br />
control and other control functions can also be realized<br />
(by arrangment with Honeywell). Controller functions can<br />
also be realized (contact Honeywell).
Honeywell Volume Flow Controller W7751F2003<br />
Functions<br />
The volume flow is measured according to the dynamic<br />
differential pressure principle. The effective pressure of<br />
the differential pressure sensor passing through the<br />
transducer allows the detection of a partial volume flow.<br />
This partial volume flow, which is proportional to the<br />
total volume flow, is measured and temperature-compensated<br />
by two temperature-dependent resistors. The<br />
volume flow is calculated by a microprocessor in the<br />
controller. The characteristic curve of the effective pressure<br />
is reflected in the controller so that the linearization<br />
can be carried out by the computer. As a result, the<br />
linearized volume flow is presented as a value in physical<br />
units.<br />
The required volume flow is calculated by the room temperature<br />
control circuit between the limit values V .<br />
min and<br />
V .<br />
max. Special operating conditions (presence detectors<br />
and window switches) can be taken into account.<br />
The computed required volume flow is compared with<br />
the actual value. The damper actuator is controlled in<br />
accordance with the volume flow tolerances. The parameters<br />
relevant to volume flow control are factory-programmed.<br />
After the customer has entered the remaining<br />
data, the controllers are ready for use.<br />
3<br />
Volume Flow Ranges<br />
The unit nominal flow rate (V .<br />
nom) is stored as a parameter.<br />
This value must not be exceeded or changed. The<br />
range for minimum and maximum design volume flow<br />
can be changed, but the limits given in the tables must<br />
be observed. For constant volume flow control, both<br />
parameters can be set to the same value.<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site<br />
The volume flow ranges can be adjusted on site using<br />
suitable programming aids (software, central control<br />
unit). The controllers must be wired to the LON network<br />
and the supply voltage must be present.For<br />
detailed information regarding changing of parameters,<br />
consult the relevant Honeywell product documentation.<br />
Adjustment Rules<br />
• V .<br />
min values that fall below the minimum values given in<br />
the table should not be entered, as this could destabilize<br />
volume flow control.<br />
• V .<br />
min and V .<br />
max values must not be confused when they<br />
are entered.<br />
• Other parameters for volume flow control such as<br />
actuator running times, unit nominal flows etc. must<br />
not be changed.
Honeywell Volume Flow Controller W7751F2003<br />
Volume Flow Ranges for TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVS, TVRK<br />
Nominal<br />
size<br />
V · min<br />
V<br />
unit<br />
· to<br />
to from min<br />
V to from<br />
unit<br />
· l/s m<br />
nom<br />
3 /h<br />
V<br />
1) 1)<br />
· V max<br />
· min<br />
V · min<br />
Volume Flow Ranges for TVJ/TVT<br />
V · min unit 1)<br />
V · max<br />
to<br />
V · nom<br />
1002) 10 75 30 95 36 270 108 342<br />
125 15 120 45 150 54 432 162 540<br />
160 25 200 75 250 90 720 270 900<br />
200 40 325 120 405 144 1170 432 1458<br />
250 60 490 185 615 216 1764 666 2214<br />
315 105 820 310 1025 378 2952 1116 3690<br />
400 170 1345 505 1680 612 4842 1818 6048<br />
B x H<br />
mm<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
to from<br />
200 x 100 45 170 65 215 162 612 234 774<br />
300 x 100 65 255 95 320 234 918 342 1152<br />
400 x 100 85 340 130 425 306 1224 468 1530<br />
500 x 100 105 430 160 535 378 1548 576 1926<br />
600 x 100 130 520 195 650 468 1872 702 2340<br />
200 x 200 85 330 125 415 306 1188 450 1494<br />
300 x 200 125 495 185 620 450 1782 666 2232<br />
400 x 200 165 660 250 825 594 2376 900 2970<br />
500 x 200 205 830 310 1035 738 2988 1116 3726<br />
600 x 200 250 1000 375 1250 900 3600 1350 4500<br />
700 x 200 290 1160 435 1450 1044 4176 1566 5220<br />
800 x 200 330 1320 495 1650 1188 4752 1782 5940<br />
300 x 300 185 735 275 920 666 2646 990 3312<br />
400 x 300 245 985 370 1230 882 3546 1332 4428<br />
500 x 300 305 1230 460 1535 1098 4428 1656 5526<br />
600 x 300 370 1480 555 1850 1332 5328 1998 6660<br />
700 x 300 430 1720 645 2150 1548 6192 2322 7740<br />
800 x 300 490 1960 735 2450 1764 7056 2646 8820<br />
900 x 300 555 2215 830 2770 1998 7974 2988 9972<br />
1000 x 300 620 2480 930 3100 2232 8928 3348 11160<br />
400 x 400 325 1305 490 1630 1170 4698 1764 5868<br />
500 x 400 410 1630 610 2040 1476 5868 2196 7344<br />
600 x 400 490 1960 735 2450 1764 7056 2646 8820<br />
700 x 400 570 2280 855 2850 2052 8208 3078 10260<br />
800 x 400 650 2600 975 3250 2340 9360 3510 11700<br />
900 x 400 735 2935 1100 3670 2646 10566 3960 13212<br />
1000 x 400 820 3280 1230 4100 2952 11808 4428 14760<br />
500 x 500 510 2030 760 2540 1836 7308 2736 9144<br />
600 x 500 610 2440 915 3050 2196 8784 3294 10980<br />
700 x 500 710 2840 1065 3550 2556 10224 3834 12780<br />
800 x 500 810 3240 1215 4050 2916 11664 4374 14580<br />
900 x 500 915 3655 1370 4570 3294 13158 4932 16452<br />
1000 x 500 1020 4080 1530 5100 3672 14688 5508 18360<br />
600 x 600 730 2920 1095 3650 2628 10512 3942 13140<br />
700 x 600 850 3400 1275 4250 3060 12240 4590 15300<br />
800 x 600 970 3880 1455 4850 3492 13968 5238 17460<br />
900 x 600 1100 4400 1650 5500 3960 15840 5940 19800<br />
1000 x 600 1220 4880 1830 6100 4392 17568 6588 21960<br />
700 x 700 990 3960 1485 4950 3564 14256 5346 17820<br />
800 x 700 1140 4560 1710 5700 4104 16416 6156 20520<br />
900 x 700 1280 5120 1920 6400 4608 18432 6912 23040<br />
1000 x 700 1420 5680 2130 7100 5112 20448 7668 25560<br />
800 x 800 1300 5200 1950 6500 4680 18720 7020 23400<br />
900 x 800 1460 5840 2190 7300 5256 21024 7884 26280<br />
1000 x 800 1620 6480 2430 8100 5832 23328 8748 29160<br />
900 x 900 1640 6560 2460 8200 5904 23616 8856 29520<br />
1000 x 900 1820 7280 2730 9100 6552 26208 9828 32760<br />
1000 x 1000 2020 8080 3030 10100 7272 29088 10908 36360<br />
1) V · min = 0 can also be realized 2) Nur TVR only<br />
V · min V · max V · min V · max<br />
4<br />
to V · nom<br />
V · min unit 1)<br />
to from to V · nom
Honeywell Volume Flow Controller W7751F2003<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
as % of V · nom<br />
100 5 5<br />
80 5 5<br />
60 7 7<br />
40 7 8<br />
20 9 14<br />
10 20 >14<br />
20 >14<br />
1) Percentage figures based on V · actual<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVS, TVRK TVJ/TVT<br />
2) A constant value controller can be used as a master<br />
5<br />
Single Duct Unit<br />
Order Code / Ordering Example<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / HN5 / 0 - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / HN5 / M - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / HN5 / S - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / HN5 / F - 100 l/s<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating mode<br />
E<br />
M<br />
S<br />
F 2)<br />
Operating mode<br />
Factory setting<br />
V · min<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
S Slave<br />
F Constant value<br />
V · min adjustment at required V · min<br />
V · max adjustment at required V · max<br />
V · max<br />
V · min adjustment at 0 %<br />
V · max at V · max, equivalent of<br />
volume/flow ratio to master controller<br />
V · min at required volume flow<br />
V · max at 100 %
Volume Flow Ranges for TVM<br />
Honeywell Volume Flow Controller W7751F2003<br />
Nominal<br />
size V · min unit V · V min unit<br />
· l/s m<br />
nom<br />
3 /h<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances for TVM 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
as % of V · nom<br />
TVM cold<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
100 5 7<br />
80 5 10<br />
60 5 12<br />
40 7 15<br />
20 9 -<br />
10 20 -<br />
20 -<br />
V · nom<br />
125 45 150 162 540<br />
160 75 250 270 900<br />
200 120 405 432 1458<br />
250 185 615 666 2214<br />
TVM total<br />
1) Percentage figures based on ‡ actual Volume Flow Parameters<br />
6<br />
Two Duct Combined Unit TVM<br />
Order Code / Ordering Example<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVM-R / 160 / HR6 / M - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVM-R / 160 / HR6 / F - 400 l/s<br />
Operating<br />
mode<br />
E<br />
E<br />
M<br />
F<br />
‡ min at 0 %<br />
‡ max at required<br />
volume flow (‡ cold )<br />
Operating mode<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
F Constant value<br />
Factory settings<br />
.<br />
Vwarm Cold duct controller Warm duct controller<br />
‡ min adjustment at<br />
required volume flow<br />
‡ warm<br />
‡ max at 100 %<br />
.<br />
Vcold . .<br />
Vwarm = Vcold
Honeywell Volume Flow Controller W7751F2003<br />
Terminal Connections<br />
32<br />
W7751F2003<br />
31<br />
30<br />
29<br />
LED Status Information<br />
28<br />
1 2 3 4 5 6 19 20 21 22<br />
LED status Controller status<br />
Off No supply voltage<br />
On<br />
Not in working order<br />
or not configured<br />
Slow<br />
Blinking<br />
Running, normal communication<br />
Fast Alarm available<br />
Blinking or in manual test mode<br />
27<br />
26<br />
..............<br />
25<br />
24<br />
23<br />
7<br />
Nomenclature<br />
1, 2 Supply voltage (24 V)<br />
3 Technical earthing<br />
Connection for Wall Module T7770C<br />
23 to 27<br />
Triac Output for External Valve,<br />
Fan or Reheat Coils<br />
3 24 V<br />
5 Position signal OPEN<br />
6 Position signal CLOSED<br />
Lon-Bus<br />
19, 20 E-Bus connection<br />
Function of the other clamps and more technical details<br />
see Honeywell documentation. Clamp 13 to 16 and<br />
21 to 22 not in use.<br />
Wiring<br />
Wiring for the 24 VAC supply voltage must be performed<br />
by the customer. Safety transformers are to be used<br />
(EN 60742).<br />
If several controllers are connected to one 24 VAC grid,<br />
it is important to ensure that a common neutral or ground<br />
wire is used.<br />
The earth terminals (terminal 32) of each controller in the<br />
system must be connected to a high-value earth junction<br />
box. Lines should be as short as possible and wires<br />
should be at least 1-2 mm wide.
Honeywell Volume Flow Controller W7751F2003<br />
Commissioning Commissioning<br />
Check wiring<br />
Activate supply voltage<br />
Switch on control and air conditioning systems<br />
As a rule, commissioning of control systems is<br />
carried out by Honeywell technicians.<br />
For information on commissioning<br />
(LON networks, communication software etc.)<br />
consult the relevant Honeywell product<br />
documentation.<br />
8<br />
A function test must be carried out with the other components<br />
connected and with communication functioning.<br />
In many cases, incorrect wiring can give rise to system<br />
malfunctions. Therefore, a careful check should be carried<br />
out to ensure that all connections are correct.<br />
If the actuator drive is disengaged and the damper is<br />
opened manually, the voltage will increase. This can be<br />
confirmed with the aid of a connected laptop computer<br />
or in the central control unit. After being adjusted manually,<br />
the actuator must be moved back to its original<br />
position.<br />
Volume flow control is checked by comparing preset<br />
values in the software with the actual values on the<br />
display.<br />
Ordering Example for a Replacement Controller Replacement Controllers<br />
When replacing faulty controllers, controllers calibrated<br />
to the terminal unit type and size must be used. Since<br />
every LON controller has its own LON ID number, binding<br />
must first be performed (network replace) in order to<br />
restore the function.<br />
The following must be specified when ordering a replacement<br />
controller:<br />
• Unit type and size; for TVM units, indicate whether the<br />
unit is a cold or warm duct controller<br />
• Operating mode<br />
• V .<br />
min and V .<br />
Honeywell volume flow controller W7751F2003,<br />
calibrated for TVR / 125 / E0 - 45 - 100 l/s<br />
max<br />
• Commissioning no. and delivery date of defects
Honeywell Actuator ML6174E2008<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
ML6174E2008 2<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016MS7
ML6174E2008<br />
1 Shaft clamp<br />
2 Rotation angle limiter<br />
3 Gear release button<br />
4 Connecting cable<br />
1<br />
2<br />
3<br />
4<br />
Honeywell Actuator ML6174E2008<br />
2<br />
Actuator ML6174E2008<br />
Application<br />
Maintenance free damper actuator for VAV terminal units<br />
with Honeywell volume flow controllers.<br />
Functions<br />
The actuator is factory mounted and fixed to the damper<br />
shaft. The unit is factory-wired to the volume flow controller.<br />
The integral rotation angle limiter is set, and the<br />
actuator is overload protected. When the end stops are<br />
reached, the actuator stops automatically. No limit switches<br />
are required.<br />
The direction of rotation can be set via a switch (factory<br />
set).<br />
For manual adjustment, the gears can be disengaged<br />
via a button.
Sauter RLE 150<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Area of Application 2<br />
Description of Function 3<br />
Volume Flow Control 4<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site 5<br />
Volume Flow Ranges, Single-Duct Units 6<br />
Single-Duct Units 7<br />
Dual Duct Units TVM 8<br />
Terminal Connections 9<br />
Room Temperature Control 10<br />
Override Control 10<br />
Supply/Extract Air Slave Control 11<br />
Volume Flow Control of TVM Units 12<br />
Function Test, Commissioning 13<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016MB7
RLE 150 (Master)<br />
RLE 150 (Slave)<br />
1 Tube connections for transducer<br />
2 V · min adjustment knob<br />
3 V · max adjustment knob<br />
4 Span adjustment knob<br />
5 Connection terminals<br />
6 �V · adjustment knob<br />
Type Range<br />
2<br />
4<br />
6<br />
4<br />
VVS Unit<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR,<br />
TVRK, TVS, TVM cold<br />
TVM warm<br />
TVJ<br />
1<br />
1<br />
Master Slave<br />
RLE 150 F003 RLE 150 F013<br />
RLE 150 F002<br />
RLE 150 F002<br />
3<br />
5<br />
5<br />
RLE 150 F012<br />
2<br />
Area of Application<br />
The electronic Sauter RLE 150 volume flow controller has<br />
been designed for volume flow control in VAV systems. In<br />
total the control for 1 room comprises 3 controllers.<br />
Master Controller<br />
For the variable volume flow control with V .<br />
min and V .<br />
max<br />
serves the master controller in connection with a suitable<br />
room temperature controller or a DDC substation.<br />
For this purpose the output signal of the controller is<br />
switched onto the RLE 150 as command variable. The<br />
volume flow control can be overrided with switches<br />
(override control closed and V .<br />
max).<br />
Slave Controller<br />
Sauter RLE 150<br />
The slave controller controls a volume flow as slave<br />
control loop of another volume flow (master). The most<br />
frequent application is the supply air/extract air slave<br />
control. A desired volume flow differential between supply<br />
air and extract air is adjusted at the slave controller.<br />
As second command variable the output signal of a room<br />
pressure controller can be switched on. Also here, override<br />
controls are possible.<br />
Room Pressure Controller<br />
The control of extremely dense rooms is not satisfactorily<br />
solved with the supply air / extract air slave control. With<br />
the room pressure controller the differential pressure as<br />
to a reference room is measured and controlled. The<br />
function is explained in detail in a separate Trox product<br />
information.<br />
Static Measuring Principle<br />
The actual value of the volume flow is at both volume<br />
flow controllers available as linear, electric standard<br />
signal and can be switched to a DDC or used for indication.<br />
The voltage range for actual and set value is<br />
0 to 10 VDC.<br />
The volume flow is measured using a membrane pressure<br />
transducer. Therefore the RLE ... is suitable for the<br />
control of extract air with contaminants and/or which is<br />
dust-loden. Terminal units with painted finish or made of<br />
plastic should be considered in such situations.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
In critical cases, a material test should be carried out<br />
on the terminal unit and membrane pressure transducer,<br />
to prove suitability for chemicals and concentrations<br />
concerned.
Sauter RLE 150<br />
Characteristic of the Actual Value Signal<br />
V · nom<br />
Volume flow<br />
V · min unit<br />
0<br />
V · actual = V · nom .<br />
U xi<br />
10<br />
0 Actual value signal U xi<br />
10 VDC<br />
Characteristic of Volume Flow Variable, Master<br />
V · nom<br />
Volume flow<br />
0<br />
Characteristic of Set Point Adjustment, Slave<br />
V · nomS<br />
Volume flow<br />
slave<br />
0<br />
V · set = V · nom .<br />
V · min<br />
U w1<br />
10<br />
0 Control signal U w1<br />
V · M �V ·<br />
V 100 · V<br />
nomM<br />
· S = + . V · nomS<br />
�V ·<br />
0 Volume flow master<br />
V · max<br />
Adjustment<br />
range<br />
10 VDC<br />
V · nomM<br />
3<br />
Description of Function<br />
Volume Flow Measuring<br />
The volume flow is measured on the static differential<br />
pressure principle. The effective pressure �p w of the differential<br />
pressure sensor in the terminal unit allows the<br />
detection of a partial volume flow passing trough the<br />
transducer. This partial volume flow which is proportional<br />
to the total volume flow is measured, temperature compensated<br />
and linearised with two temperature-dependent<br />
resistors.<br />
The measurement range is set to suit the unit size during<br />
factory calibration, so that 10 VDC always corresponds<br />
to the unit nominal volume flow rate (V · nom). The signal is<br />
processed by a microprocessor. The actual volume flow<br />
is available as a linear voltage signalU xi.<br />
The required volume flow is set by the room temperature<br />
controller via the control signal within the limits of V .<br />
min<br />
and V .<br />
max.<br />
0 to 10 VDC is the voltage range for signal transmission.<br />
This facilitates an adjustment to the working ranges of<br />
different room temperature controllers or DDC outstations.<br />
The set volume flow can be overridden using<br />
switched controls. The RLE 150 determines the required<br />
volume flow in accordance with the characteristic shown<br />
and compares this with the actual value.<br />
The damper actuator is controlled according to the deviation.<br />
The Sauter volume flow controller RLE 150 can<br />
only operate with the matched 3-point actuators.<br />
Gravity Dependent<br />
Because of the weight of the membrane the positioning<br />
of the RLE 150 affects the measured signal. The RLE 150<br />
is normally calibrated for a vertical position of the membrane,<br />
i.e. pressure tube connections above or below<br />
horizontal plane. Other installation positions must be<br />
specified on order.<br />
Master Controller<br />
The room temperature controller determines the set volume<br />
flow using the 0 to 10 VDC command variable within<br />
the limits of V · min and V · max. The slope (incline) of the<br />
characteristic remains always unchanged. The voltage is<br />
limited as to highest and lowest values. The limited voltage<br />
is connected to terminal w2. Slave Controller<br />
Usually, the actual value signal of the supply air is given<br />
as command variable onto the controller. The set volume<br />
flow is determined under consideration of the differential<br />
control. The set value can be further adjusted by the<br />
second command variable input. This possibility is used<br />
for room pressure controls in cascade with volume flow<br />
control.
Pressure Independent Control Characteristic<br />
Pressure differential<br />
1000<br />
Pa<br />
800<br />
600<br />
400<br />
200<br />
% of V<br />
Volume flow<br />
· 20 40 60 80 100<br />
nom<br />
V · max<br />
V · max set value = V · nom<br />
V · max<br />
U w2 upper limit = V · nom<br />
V · min set value = V· min<br />
V · nom<br />
. 100 %<br />
. 10 VDC<br />
. 100 %<br />
V · maxM - V· maxS = V · minM - V · minS<br />
�V · set value =<br />
V · min<br />
�V ·<br />
V · S<br />
V · nomS<br />
V · min<br />
U w2 lower limit = V · nom<br />
�V ·<br />
V · M<br />
V · nomM<br />
V · max<br />
. 10 VDC<br />
. 100<br />
4<br />
Volume Flow Control<br />
The volume flow controller works independently of the<br />
duct pressure, i.e. pressure fluctuations cause no changes<br />
to volume flow.<br />
To prevent the volume flow control becoming unstable, a<br />
dead zone is allowed within which the damper does not<br />
move. This dead zone and the accuracy of site measurements<br />
lead to volume flow deviation �V · shown opposite.<br />
If the conditions given in the sales brochure (static minimum<br />
pressure differential, inlet flow conditions etc.) are<br />
not observed, greater deviations must be expected.<br />
V · max Setting<br />
The V · max value corresponds to the volume flow which is<br />
set with a 10 VDC control signal or V · max override control.<br />
The setting range is from 0 to 100 %. The percentage<br />
figures relate to V · nom.<br />
Control signals > U w2 upper limit doesn’t change the flow<br />
rate.<br />
V · min Setting<br />
Sauter RLE 150<br />
The V · min value corresponds to the volume flow which is<br />
set with a 0 VDC control signal or V · min override control.<br />
V · min may be set between 0 and 100 % of V · nom. The percentage<br />
figures relate to the V · nom volume flow setting.<br />
If V · min = 0 %, the damper will be moved to the CLOSED<br />
position (leakage depends on the type of unit) with a<br />
control signal of 0 VDC (alternatively 2 VDC).<br />
Slave Control<br />
The RLE 150 only provides for ratio control, i.e. the<br />
supply and extract air must be in the same ratio<br />
under all operating conditions.<br />
The volume flow ratio is set using the �V · adjustment<br />
knob on the slave controller, according to the formula<br />
shown opposite. Where the volume flows are the same<br />
and the units of equal size, the setting will be 0 %. The<br />
setting range is from – 10 to + 10 %.
Sauter RLE 150<br />
Adjustment Knobs RLE 150 (Master)<br />
Adjustment Knobs RLE 150 (Slave)<br />
Formula for V · max<br />
U xi = V· max<br />
V · nom<br />
1 2<br />
3<br />
6<br />
3<br />
1 V · min Adjustment Knob<br />
2 V · max Adjustment Knob<br />
3 Span Adjustment Knob<br />
4 Zero Potentiometer<br />
5 NZ Potentiometer (Neutral Zone)<br />
6 �V · Adjustment Knob<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The Span Adjustment Knob must<br />
not be adjusted.<br />
. 10 V<br />
Uxi = V· min<br />
V · nom<br />
Formula for Volume Flow Difference<br />
U xi = U w2 +<br />
V · S<br />
V · nomS<br />
5<br />
4<br />
5<br />
4<br />
Formula for V · min<br />
- V· M<br />
V · nomM<br />
. 10 V<br />
. 10 V<br />
5<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site<br />
The set volume flow limit values can be adjusted using<br />
the V · min and V · max adjustment knobs on the RLE 150.<br />
Calculations are based on the formulae shown on<br />
page 4.<br />
Adjustment Rules<br />
• The adjustment knobs for V · min and V · max can within<br />
the indicated limits be adjusted independently from<br />
each other. An adjustment of less than 10 % cannot<br />
be recommended, because of the reduced control<br />
accuracy.<br />
• If the V · min adjustment knob is set higher than V · max,<br />
then the maximum volume flow V · max is constantly<br />
controlled.<br />
• A constant volume flow (fixed value) is adjusted using<br />
the V · min adjustment knob; the V · max adjustment knob<br />
must be set at 100 %.<br />
Calculating the Volume Flow Using<br />
the Actual Value Signal Uxi The accuracy of the setting can be increased if the<br />
actual value signal Uxi is also measured with the system<br />
switched on.<br />
As a rule, the controller must have been connected to the<br />
supply voltage for at least 15 minutes before measurements<br />
begin.<br />
• Disconnect all the wires from the terminal block,<br />
except for terminals 1 and 2.<br />
• Calculate the required value for Uxi at V · max.<br />
• Insert a link between terminals 8 and 9.<br />
• Move the V · max adjustment knob until the voltage Uxi corresponds to the calculated value (wait approx.<br />
2 minutes after the adjustment, then read the voltage).<br />
• Remove the link between 8 and 9.<br />
• Calculate the voltage for Uxi at V · min.<br />
• Proceed with the V · min setting as for V · max.<br />
• Replace the original wiring.<br />
• Slave controller: Connect control signal, measure and<br />
calculate the set value Uxi and then adjust �V · .<br />
Zero Point Adjustment<br />
If necessary, the transducer can be adjusted to another<br />
installation situation by customer using the zero-point<br />
potentiometer. For measurement the supply voltage at<br />
the RLE must be alive at least for 15 minutes. The readjustment<br />
of the zero point is necessary in any case, if<br />
the U xi signal is measured at removed measuring tubes<br />
>1 VDC using the following procedure:<br />
• Remove measuring hoses (tubes).<br />
• Adjust zero-point potentiometer until the actual value<br />
output signal U xi is between 0.1 and 0.5 V.<br />
• Reconnect tubing.
Volume Flow Ranges TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVRK, TVS<br />
Size<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVJ/TVT<br />
B x H<br />
mm<br />
V · min unit<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
V · V min unit<br />
· 1) 1)<br />
nom<br />
100 2) 15 95 54 342<br />
125 20 150 72 540<br />
160 35 250 126 900<br />
200 50 405 180 1458<br />
250 80 615 288 2214<br />
315 130 1025 468 3690<br />
400 215 1680 774 6048<br />
V · min unit 1)<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
to V · nom<br />
200 x 100 25 215 90 774<br />
300 x 100 40 320 144 1152<br />
400 x 100 50 425 180 1530<br />
500 x 100 65 535 234 1926<br />
600 x 100 70 650 252 2340<br />
200 x 200 50 415 180 1494<br />
300 x 200 70 620 525 2232<br />
400 x 200 100 825 360 2970<br />
500 x 200 120 1035 432 3726<br />
600 x 200 150 1250 540 4500<br />
700 x 200 165 1450 594 5220<br />
800 x 200 200 1650 720 5940<br />
300 x 300 110 920 396 3312<br />
400 x 300 150 1230 540 4428<br />
500 x 300 185 1535 666 5526<br />
600 x 300 240 1850 864 6660<br />
700 x 300 260 2150 936 7740<br />
800 x 300 315 2450 1134 8820<br />
900 x 300 330 2770 1188 9972<br />
1000 x 300 390 3100 1404 11160<br />
400 x 400 205 1630 738 5868<br />
500 x 400 255 2040 918 7344<br />
600 x 400 315 2450 1134 8820<br />
700 x 400 355 2850 1278 10260<br />
800 x 400 420 3250 1512 11700<br />
900 x 400 455 3670 1638 13212<br />
1000 x 400 520 4100 1872 14760<br />
500 x 500 310 2540 1116 9144<br />
600 x 500 370 3050 1332 10980<br />
700 x 500 430 3550 1548 12780<br />
800 x 500 495 4050 1782 14580<br />
900 x 500 555 4570 1998 16452<br />
1000 x 500 620 5100 2232 18360<br />
600 x 600 455 3650 1638 13140<br />
700 x 600 530 4250 1908 15300<br />
800 x 600 605 4850 2178 17460<br />
900 x 600 680 5500 2448 19800<br />
1000 x 600 755 6100 2718 21960<br />
700 x 700 605 4950 2178 17820<br />
800 x 700 690 5700 2484 20520<br />
900 x 700 780 6400 2808 23040<br />
1000 x 700 865 7100 3114 25560<br />
800 x 800 805 6500 2898 23400<br />
900 x 800 905 7300 3258 26280<br />
1000 x 800 1005 8100 3618 29160<br />
900 x 900 1030 8200 3708 29520<br />
1000 x 900 1145 9100 4122 32760<br />
1000 x 1000 1285 10100 4626 36360<br />
1) V · min = 0 is also possible 2) Only TVR<br />
V · nom<br />
6<br />
V · min unit 1)<br />
Sauter RLE 150<br />
to V · nom
Sauter RLE 150<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
in % of V · nom<br />
100 5 5<br />
80 5 5<br />
60 7 7<br />
40 7 8<br />
20 9 14<br />
15 20 >14<br />
20 >14<br />
1) Percentage figures based on V · actual<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVRK, TVS TVJ/TVT<br />
7<br />
Single-Duct Units<br />
Order Code / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
mode<br />
E<br />
M<br />
S<br />
F<br />
Factory Setting<br />
V · min<br />
V · max<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / CB1 / M - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVA-R / 160 / 00 / CC1 / S - 50 - 240 l/s<br />
TVR / 160 / 00 / CB1 / F - 200 l/s<br />
TVJ-R / 400 x 107 / 00 / CE1 / M - 200 - 400 l/s<br />
TVJ-R / 400 x 107 / 00 / CF1 / S - 200 - 400 l/s<br />
Operating mode<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
S Slave<br />
F Fixed<br />
V · min adjustment knob set at required V · min<br />
V · max adjustment knob set at required V · max<br />
�V · adjustment knob set at volume flow<br />
difference to master<br />
V · min adjustment knob set at required<br />
constant volume flow<br />
V · max adjustment knob set at 100 %
Volume Flow Range TVM<br />
Size<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances TVM 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
in % of V · nom<br />
1) Percentage figures based on ‡ actual<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
V · min-unit V · V min-unit<br />
· nom<br />
TVM cold<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
100 5 7<br />
80 5 10<br />
60 5 12<br />
40 7 15<br />
30 8 17<br />
20 9 -<br />
15 20 -<br />
20 -<br />
V · nom<br />
125 45 150 162 540<br />
160 75 250 270 900<br />
200 120 405 432 1458<br />
250 185 615 666 2214<br />
TVM total<br />
8<br />
Dual Duct Units TVM<br />
Order Code / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVM-R / 160 / CD3 / E - 120 - 200 l/s<br />
TVM-R / 160 / CD3 / F - 150 l/s<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
Mode<br />
E<br />
M<br />
F<br />
Operating Mode<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
F Fixed<br />
Factory Setting<br />
.<br />
Vwarm .<br />
Vcold . .<br />
Vwarm = Vcold Cold Duct Controller Warm Duct Controller<br />
V · min adjustment<br />
knob set at 0 %<br />
V · max adjustment<br />
knob set at required<br />
volume flow (V · cold )<br />
Sauter RLE 150<br />
V · min adjustment<br />
knob set at required<br />
volume flow V · warm<br />
V · max adjustment<br />
knob set at 100 %
Sauter RLE 150<br />
Terminal Connections Nomenclature<br />
Actuator S2<br />
(Shut<br />
RLE 150, Master<br />
off)<br />
Actuator S2<br />
(Shut<br />
RLE 150, Slave off)<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The examples illustrated show the most common<br />
arrangements for volume flow control. The Sauter<br />
specifications must be observed in the overall control<br />
system design, selection of the other control components<br />
and wire sizing. Details of other circuits are<br />
available from Sauter.<br />
9<br />
Master and Slave Controller<br />
1, 7, 11, 13, 15 N : Ground, neutral<br />
2 L1 : Supply voltage 24 VAC<br />
3, 4, 5 : Connection actuator (24 VAC)<br />
6 : Input override control CLOSED<br />
12 : Output actual volume flow Uxi (0 to 10 VDC)<br />
Master<br />
8 : Input override control V · 9<br />
max<br />
L1 : Auxiliary voltage for override<br />
control<br />
10 : Input set volume flow Uw1 (0 to 10 VDC)<br />
14 : Output set volume flow Uw2 (0 to 10 VDC)<br />
Slave<br />
8 : Input set value<br />
(Room pressure) w 3, 0 to 10 VDC<br />
9 N : Ground, neutral<br />
10 : Input set value (Master) w 2,<br />
0 to 10 VDC<br />
Wiring<br />
Actuator and volume flow controller are factory wired.<br />
The 24 VAC voltage supply must be wired up by the<br />
customer. Safety transformers must be used (EN 60742).<br />
If several volume flow controllers are connected to one<br />
24 V network, it is important to ensure that a common<br />
neutral or ground wire is used and that this is not connected<br />
to other wires.
Room Temperature Control<br />
Override Control<br />
24 VAC<br />
24 VAC<br />
RT Controller<br />
RLE 150, Master<br />
Operating Mode E, M<br />
RLE 150, Parallel Controller, (Master)<br />
RT Controller<br />
Operating Mode E, M<br />
S2<br />
S1<br />
RLE 150, Master<br />
Operating Mode E, M<br />
10<br />
Room Temperature Control<br />
Sauter RLE 150<br />
A suitable room temperature controller or a DDC substation<br />
with 0 - 10 VDC output is connected at least twinwired<br />
according to wiring diagram (terminal 1 and 10).<br />
At common voltage supply with 24 VAC it has to be considered<br />
that terminal 1 at RLE 150 is also ground for the<br />
command signal.<br />
Parallel Control<br />
Several volume flow controllers (supply or extract air) can<br />
be operated in parallel by one room temperature controller.<br />
If the terminal units are the same size and the V .<br />
min<br />
and V .<br />
max adjustment knobs are set at the same values,<br />
all the units control the same volume flow. If the settings<br />
differ, the units control an equal percentage.<br />
Override Control<br />
The variable volume flow control can be overridden using<br />
zero-potential switch contacts supplied by the customer.<br />
This override control can be used with any controller,<br />
either separately or centrally, for individual rooms or parts<br />
of the system. Several volume flow controllers can also<br />
be actuated using one switch, if a joint ground wire is<br />
available and the control signal is connected in parallel.<br />
S1<br />
Switch<br />
S2<br />
Function<br />
Open<br />
Closed<br />
Open<br />
Open<br />
Control Mode<br />
V .<br />
max<br />
Open Closed Closed<br />
Closed Closed Closed
Sauter RLE 150<br />
Slave Control<br />
24 VAC<br />
U xi<br />
RT Controller<br />
Switching V · min , V· max , Closed<br />
RLE 150, Master<br />
Operating Mode M<br />
U w2<br />
RLE 150, Slave<br />
Operating Mode S<br />
S2<br />
S1<br />
RLE 150, Master<br />
Operating Mode E, M<br />
11<br />
Supply/Extract Air Slave Control (Master/Slave)<br />
With parallel control of the units, an undesirable difference<br />
between supply and extract air can occur if the<br />
pressure in one duct is to low. It is therefore preferable to<br />
use the volume flow actual value, usually of the supply<br />
air, as the command signal for the slave volume flow<br />
controller (master terminal L1 on slave terminal 10).<br />
Supply/Extract Air Slave Control (Using Uw2) Alternatively to supply/extract air slave control the limited<br />
set value signal Uw2 (master controller terminal 14 on<br />
slave controller terminal 10) can command the slave controller.<br />
The slave controller then controls to the set value<br />
of the master controller independent of whether this<br />
value is actually reached at the master controller.<br />
Any override controls (window switch) must be connected<br />
to both controllers.<br />
Switching V · min, V · max, Closed<br />
By means of simple switches as shown in the wiring<br />
diagram, it is possible to change over to set values for<br />
the volume flow. A command signal is not required.<br />
S1<br />
Switch<br />
S2<br />
Function<br />
Open<br />
Closed<br />
Open<br />
Open<br />
Control Mode<br />
V .<br />
max<br />
Open Closed Closed<br />
Closed Closed Closed
Supply/Extract Air Slave Control<br />
with Dual Duct Unit TVM<br />
24 VAC<br />
RT Controller<br />
Cold Controller RLE 150, (Master)<br />
Warm Controller RLE 150, (Master)<br />
Operating Mode E, M, F<br />
Extract Air Controller RLE 150, (Slave)<br />
Operating Mode S<br />
12<br />
Volume Flow Control of TVM Units<br />
Sauter RLE 150<br />
The two controllers fitted to the dual duct unit TVM (cold,<br />
warm) must be wired by the customer as shown in the<br />
circuit diagram opposite (including the 24 VAC crossconnection).<br />
The room temperature controller provides the cold duct<br />
controller with its set point signal.<br />
In most cases, the proportion of warm air is increased<br />
from 0 to the required V · warm warm as a maximum set<br />
point. The warm duct controller (V · total is measured) is<br />
therefore set as a constant value controller and does not<br />
require a command signal.<br />
For a more detailed functional description, refer to the<br />
TVM literature.<br />
Supply/Extract Air Slave Control<br />
for Dual Duct Unit TVM<br />
The actual value output signal Uxi of the warm duct controller<br />
is proportional to the total volume flow V · total. It can<br />
therefore be used as the command signal for a slave<br />
controller.
Sauter RLE 150<br />
Function Test<br />
Fault Finding Check<br />
Check wiring<br />
Connect supply voltage<br />
Connect air supply systems<br />
Measure the set- and actual value (x i, w 2)<br />
Wiring correct?<br />
Record actual value signal x i<br />
for override control V · min<br />
Record actual value signal x i<br />
for override control V · max<br />
yes<br />
Supply voltage within<br />
the Sauter specifications?<br />
yes<br />
Actual value signal U xi<br />
consistent?<br />
yes<br />
Actuator opens and closes?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow V · min ?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow V · max ?<br />
yes<br />
Set volume flow signal?<br />
yes<br />
Override controls?<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
Order Example Spare Controller<br />
Correct wiring error<br />
Check Transformer<br />
etc.<br />
Controller faulty<br />
Actuator rotation correct?<br />
Damper obstructed?<br />
Duct pressure<br />
sufficient?<br />
Measuring tubing to<br />
the transmitter<br />
demaged?<br />
Check room<br />
temperature controller<br />
Check window<br />
switch, relays, etc.<br />
Sauter RLE 150 F003<br />
preset for TVR / 125 / M - 140 - 300 m 3 /h<br />
13<br />
Commissioning<br />
A function test for commissioning can be carried out by<br />
measuring the signals U xi and U w2. If U xi and U w2 are<br />
identical, the required volume flow is reached. If the voltages<br />
deviate, the control procedure has not yet been<br />
finished.<br />
If the commissioning procedure is to include verification<br />
of the set volume flows V · min and V · max, these must be set<br />
as described below. The actual value signal U xi is measured<br />
in each operating situation and the volume flow is<br />
then calculated using the formulae given on page 4.<br />
In many cases, incorrect wiring can be the cause of the<br />
faults. Therefore a careful check should be carried out to<br />
ensure that all connections are correct. All wires except<br />
terminals 1 and 2 should be disconnected before the following<br />
checks are made.<br />
If the actuator drive is disengaged and the damper<br />
openedmanually, the voltage U xi must increase.<br />
Connect the actuator (terminal 3, 4 and 5), link terminals<br />
6 and 7: The actuator must close.<br />
Change link terminal 6 to terminal 8 and 9: The actuator<br />
must open again.<br />
Without link: The RLE 150 controls V · min. If U w2 = U xi, calculate<br />
the volume flow and compare it with label.<br />
Link terminals 8 and 9: Repeat measurement for V · max, as<br />
described above.<br />
Remove link and apply the command signal w 1. Calculate<br />
the set volume flow and compare it with the actual<br />
volume flow.<br />
Apply override controls and test the desired functions in<br />
sequence.<br />
Replacement Controller<br />
When replacing faulty controllers, calibrated controllers<br />
set for the terminal unit and size must be used. Uncalibrated<br />
controllers can only be used as a temporary solution.<br />
The following must be specified when ordering a replacement<br />
controller:<br />
• Terminal unit type and size and in the case of TVM<br />
units, warm duct or cold duct controller<br />
• Operating mode<br />
• V · min and V · max
Sauter RLE, Room Pressure Control<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Area of Application 2<br />
Description of Function 3<br />
Room Pressure Control 4<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site 5<br />
Single-Duct Units 6<br />
Terminal Connections 7<br />
Room Temperature Control 8<br />
Function Test, Commissioning 9<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016MM3
RLE 150 F100, Room Pressure Controller<br />
3 4<br />
2<br />
RLE 150 (Auxiliary Controller)<br />
1 Tube connections for transducer<br />
2 Span �p adjustment knob<br />
3 Xs adjustment knob<br />
4 Xp adjustment knob<br />
5 Connection terminals<br />
6 �V · adjustment knob<br />
Type Range<br />
6<br />
2<br />
VVS Unit<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR<br />
TVJ<br />
1<br />
1<br />
Auxiliary<br />
Controller<br />
RLE 150 F013<br />
RLE 150 F012<br />
5<br />
5<br />
RLE 150 F100<br />
Sauter RLE, Room Pressure Control<br />
Room Pressure<br />
Controller<br />
2<br />
Area of Application<br />
The pneumatic Sauter RLE 150 room pressure controller<br />
has been designed for the high or low pressure control of<br />
dense rooms. The room pressure is controlled using the<br />
master-and-slave system (cascade-controlled) by a<br />
Sauter RLE 150 F012/F013 flow volume controller, which<br />
controls the flow volume control unit in supply air or<br />
extract air. In total the control for 1 room comprises<br />
3 controllers.<br />
Room Pressure Controller<br />
The control of extremely dense rooms is not satisfactorily<br />
solved with the supply/extract air slave control, as measuring<br />
and control tolerances as well as the unknown<br />
density degree of the room may lead to undesirably high<br />
room pressures or to room pressures with wrong signs.<br />
With the room pressure controller the differential pressure<br />
as to a reference room is measured and controlled. The<br />
set volume flow of the slave controller is within a limited<br />
range in addition to the master controller influenced by<br />
the room pressure controller.<br />
Master Controller<br />
For the variable volume flow control with V · min and V · max<br />
limitation serves the master controller in connection with<br />
a suitable room temperature controller.<br />
Slave Controller<br />
The slave controller controls a volume flow as cascade<br />
control loop of another volume flow (master). As a<br />
second command variable the output signal of the room<br />
pressure controller is switched on (activated).<br />
Master and slave controller are explained in detail in a<br />
separate Trox product information (EØ16MB7).<br />
The actual values of room pressure and volume flows are<br />
available as linear electric standard signals and can be<br />
used for indication. The voltage range for actual and set<br />
value is 0 to 10 VDC.<br />
Static Measuring Principle<br />
The volume flow is measured using a membrane pressure<br />
transducer. Therefore the RLE ... is suitable for the<br />
control of extract air with contaminants and/or which is<br />
dust-loden. Terminal units with painted finish or made of<br />
plastic should be considered in such situations.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
In critical cases, a material test should be carried out<br />
on the terminal unit and membrane pressure transducer,<br />
to prove suitability for chemicals and concentrations<br />
concerned.
Sauter RLE, Room Pressure Control<br />
Characteristic of the Actual Value Signal<br />
Room Pressure Controller<br />
Room pressure<br />
difference<br />
0<br />
0 5<br />
Actual value signal U xi<br />
Characteristic of the Actual Value Signal<br />
Auxiliary Controller<br />
‡ nom<br />
Volume flow<br />
Auxiliary Controller<br />
‡ min unit<br />
0 0 Actual value signal Uxi<br />
Characteristic of Set Point Adjustment<br />
Auxiliary Controller<br />
‡ nomS<br />
Volume flow<br />
Auxiliary Controller<br />
+20<br />
(+50)<br />
-20<br />
(-50)<br />
0<br />
‡ actual = ‡ nom . U xi<br />
10<br />
‡M Uw2-5<br />
‡nomM 50<br />
‡ S =( + ) .‡ nomS<br />
�‡<br />
0 Volume Flow Master<br />
10 VDC<br />
Adjustment<br />
range<br />
10 VDC<br />
‡ nomM<br />
3<br />
Description of Function<br />
Room Pressure Controller<br />
The room pressure1) is measured on the static differential<br />
pressure principle. One measuring point each for static<br />
pressure is provided in the room to be controlled and in<br />
the reference room. If several rooms are switched one<br />
behind the other in pressure cascade, a neutral reference<br />
pressure is recommended, i.e. corridor, which must be<br />
free from wind influence and other pressure fluctuations.<br />
These pressures (room pressure differentials) are measured<br />
by a membrane pressure transducer. The actual<br />
room pressure value is available as voltage signal Uxi The<br />
set room pressure is adjusted or predetermined by the<br />
command variable as 0 to 10 VDC signal. The controller<br />
compares the required room pressure with the actual<br />
value. Corresponding to the control deviation the influence<br />
onto the slave controller is changed. The room<br />
pressure control shows PI behaviour.<br />
Volume Flow Controller<br />
The volume flow is measured on the static differential<br />
pressure principle. For further explanations please refer<br />
to the separate Trox product information EØ16MB7,<br />
page 3.<br />
Usually the actual value signal of the supply air is is given<br />
onto the controller as command variable and the set<br />
volume flow is determined under consideration of the differential<br />
control. The second command variable input<br />
(room pressure controller) results in a further adjustment<br />
of the set value. The controller determines the required<br />
volume flow according to the characteristics as shown<br />
and compares this with the actual value. The damper<br />
actuator is controlled according to the control deviation.<br />
The optimum control parameters are adjusted and sealed<br />
in the factory. To the RLE controllers belong 3-point actuators.<br />
Gravity Dependent<br />
Because of the weight of the membrane the positioning<br />
of the RLE affects the measured signal. The RLE is normally<br />
calibrated for a vertical position of the membrane,<br />
i.e. pressure tube connections above or below horizontal<br />
plane. Other installation positions must be specified on<br />
order.<br />
1) For simplification the room pressure differential is referred to as<br />
room pressure in this leaflet.
Control Behaviour after Alteration of Disturbance<br />
Pressure Independent Control Characteristic<br />
Pressure<br />
differential<br />
Room pressure<br />
difference<br />
0<br />
1000<br />
Pa<br />
800<br />
600<br />
400<br />
200<br />
Door open<br />
‡ min<br />
Time<br />
20 40 60 80 100<br />
% of ‡ nom<br />
Volume flow<br />
Formula for Room Pressure Control<br />
�p set value =<br />
Door closed<br />
�‡ �‡<br />
�p<br />
�p nom<br />
‡ max<br />
. 100 %<br />
Sauter RLE, Room Pressure Control<br />
4<br />
Room Pressure Control<br />
As the room pressure controller works with PI characteristic<br />
(proportional-integral) the required room pressure is<br />
theoretically always obtained. Deviations are only given<br />
by the measuring tolerance of the room pressure transducer<br />
(component in RLE). It is, however, a prerequisite<br />
that the room has the density required, in order to<br />
achieve the required room pressure from the volume flow<br />
differential between between supply air and extract air.<br />
The room pressure height, which results from alterations<br />
of disturbances (door closed) as well as the setting<br />
(stabilization) time required depends i. a. on the duct<br />
pressures in the supply and extract air system, room<br />
density and air change (rate) (volume flow/contents).<br />
Volume Flow Control<br />
The volume flow controller works independently of the<br />
duct pressure, i.e. pressure fluctuations cause no<br />
changes to volume flow.<br />
To prevent the volume flow control becoming unstable, a<br />
dead zone is allowed within which the damper does not<br />
move. This dead zone and the accuracy of site measurements<br />
lead to volume flow deviation �V · shown opposite.<br />
If the conditions given in the sales brochure (static minimum<br />
pressure differential, inlet flow conditions etc.) are<br />
not observed, greater deviations must be expected.<br />
Room Pressure Adjustment<br />
The required room pressure is adjusted at the Xs adjustment<br />
knob. The adjustment range reaches from –20 to<br />
+20 Pa and/or –50 to +50 Pa. If the room pressure is<br />
variable, e.g. changeover high/low pressure, the adjustment<br />
knob must be set to left-hand stop (–20 Pa / –50<br />
Pa). If necessary, the lower pressure value can be limited.<br />
Adjustment of Volume Flow Differential<br />
The �V · adjustment knob of the slave controller must be<br />
set to –10 % in order to obtain an unobjectionable functioning<br />
of room pressure control. When ordering, the<br />
appertaining master unit must be indicated as well. The<br />
master unit must be of equal size. Please, consult Trox in<br />
case of deviations.
Sauter RLE, Room Pressure Control<br />
Adjustment Knobs 150 F100<br />
(Room Pressure Controller)<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
� �<br />
�<br />
Adjustment Knobs RLE 150 (Auxiliary Controller)<br />
1 Span �p Adjustment Knob<br />
2 X s Adjustment Knob<br />
3 X p Adjustment Knob<br />
4 T n Potentiometer (reset time)<br />
5 Zero Potentiometer (Zero point)<br />
6 �V · Adjustment Knob<br />
7 NZ Potentiometer (hysteresis)<br />
�<br />
�<br />
6<br />
7<br />
1 5<br />
The Span Adjustment Knob must not be adjusted<br />
on both controllers.<br />
5<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site<br />
A subsequent adjustment of the room pressure set value<br />
can be made at the Xs-adjustment knob of the RLE 150.<br />
Calculation is made according to formula on page 4.<br />
Zero Point Adjustment<br />
If necessary, the transducer can be adjusted to another<br />
installation situation by customer using the zero-point<br />
potentiometer. For measurement the supply voltage at<br />
the RLE must be alive at least for 15 minutes. The readjustment<br />
of the zero point is necessary in any case, if<br />
the Uxi signal is measured at removed measuring tubes<br />
>1 VDC (outside 4.9 to 5.1 VDC at room pressure controller)<br />
using the following procedure:<br />
• Remove measuring tubes<br />
• Adjust zero point potentiometer until the actual value<br />
output signal Uxi is between 0.1 and 0.3 V at the slave<br />
controller and/or 4.9 and 5.1 V at the room pressure<br />
controller.<br />
• Reconnect tubing
Volume Flow Ranges TVZ, TVA, TVR<br />
Size<br />
V<br />
100 95 342<br />
125 150 540<br />
160 250 900<br />
200 405 1458<br />
250 615 2214<br />
315 1025 3690<br />
400 1680 6048<br />
· nom<br />
l/s m3 /h<br />
1)<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVJ/TVT<br />
B x H<br />
mm<br />
V · nom<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
200 x 100 215 774<br />
300 x 100 425 1530<br />
400 x 100 650 2340<br />
500 x 100 825 2970<br />
600 x 100 1250 4500<br />
200 x 200 1650 5940<br />
300 x 200 1850 6660<br />
400 x 200 2450 8820<br />
500 x 200 3100 11160<br />
600 x 200 2450 8820<br />
700 x 200 3250 11700<br />
800 x 200 4100 14760<br />
300 x 300 320 1152<br />
400 x 300 535 1926<br />
500 x 300 415 1494<br />
600 x 300 620 2232<br />
700 x 300 1035 3726<br />
800 x 300 1450 5220<br />
900 x 300 920 3312<br />
1000 x 300 1230 4428<br />
400 x 400 1535 5526<br />
500 x 400 2150 7740<br />
600 x 400 2770 9972<br />
700 x 400 1630 5868<br />
800 x 400 2040 7344<br />
900 x 400 2850 10260<br />
1000 x 400 3670 13212<br />
500 x 500 2540 9144<br />
600 x 500 3050 10980<br />
700 x 500 3550 12780<br />
800 x 500 4050 14580<br />
900 x 500 4570 16452<br />
1000 x 500 5100 18360<br />
600 x 600 3650 13140<br />
700 x 600 4250 15300<br />
800 x 600 4850 17460<br />
900 x 600 5500 19800<br />
1000 x 600 6100 21960<br />
700 x 700 4950 17820<br />
800 x 700 5700 20520<br />
900 x 700 6400 23040<br />
1000 x 700 7100 25560<br />
800 x 800 6500 23400<br />
900 x 800 7300 26280<br />
1000 x 800 8100 29160<br />
900 x 900 8200 29520<br />
1000 x 900 9100 32760<br />
1000 x 1000 10100 36360<br />
1) Only TVR<br />
Sauter RLE, Room Pressure Control<br />
6<br />
Single Duct Units<br />
Order Code / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVA-R / 160 / 00 / CJ1 / A - - 15 Pa<br />
TVR / 16 / 00 / CJ1 / Z - + 15 Pa<br />
TVJ / 400 x 107 / 00 / CL1 / A - + 15 Pa<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances TVM 2)<br />
Volume flow<br />
in % of V · nom<br />
100 5 5<br />
80 5 5<br />
60 7 7<br />
40 7 8<br />
20 9 14<br />
15 20 >14<br />
20 >14<br />
2) Percentages figures based on ‡ actual<br />
Installation place<br />
Z Supply Air<br />
A Extract Air<br />
When ordering, the appertaining master unit must be<br />
indicated as well. The master unit must be of equal size.<br />
Please, consult Trox in case of deviations.<br />
Room Pressure Parameters<br />
Factory Setting<br />
Room pressure adjustment knob<br />
set at required room pressure<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Factory Setting<br />
�V · Adjustment knob set at –10 %<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR TVJ
Sauter RLE, Room Pressure Control<br />
Terminal Connections<br />
RLE 150 Room pressure controller<br />
Actuator S2<br />
(Shut off)<br />
RLE 150 Auxiliary controller<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The examples illustrated show the most common<br />
arrangements for volume flow control. The Sauter<br />
specifications must be observed in the overall control<br />
system design, selection of the other control components<br />
and wire sizing. Details of other circuits are<br />
available from Sauter.<br />
Room Pressure Control<br />
Reference<br />
room<br />
Room<br />
7<br />
Nomenclature<br />
Room Pressure Controller<br />
1, 4, 6, 8, 10 N : Ground, neutral<br />
2 L1 : Supply voltage 24 VAC<br />
3 : Output actual volume Uxi (0 to 10 VDC)<br />
5 : Output set volume Uw3 (0 to 10 VDC)<br />
7 : Input set room pressure Uxs (0 to 10 VDC)<br />
9 : Output set volume Uw Inv<br />
(0 to 10 VDC)<br />
Auxiliary Controller<br />
1, 7, 9, 11, 13 N : Ground, neutral<br />
2 L1 : Supply voltage 24 VAC<br />
3, 4, 5 : Connection actuator (24 VAC)<br />
6 : Input override control CLOSED<br />
8 : Input set value 2 Uw3 (0 to 10 VDC)<br />
10 : Input set value 1 Uw2 (0 to 10 VDC)<br />
12 : Output actual volume flow Uxi (0 to 10 VDC)<br />
Wiring<br />
Actuator and volume flow controller are factory wired.<br />
The 24 VAC voltage supply must be wired up by the<br />
customer. Safety transformers must be used (EN 60742).<br />
If several volume flow controllers are connected to one<br />
24 V network, it is important to ensure that a common<br />
neutral or ground wire is used and that this is not connected<br />
to other wires.<br />
Tube Connections<br />
Tube dimensions : di = 6 mm<br />
max. lengths : 10 m (plus and minus<br />
in total) 1)<br />
Material : Polyurethane1) Room Pressure Control<br />
The RLP 150 is tube-connected according to the sketch<br />
shown. The measuring points in the room and reference<br />
room must be free from any turbulences (no influence<br />
due to room flow, no dynamic share pd). The room pressure is always connected to the plus input,<br />
also at low pressure control.<br />
Note:<br />
If room groups with different pressure stages are<br />
arranged one behind the other, all transducers shall<br />
operate with a common reference pressure, e.g.<br />
atmospheric pressure.<br />
1) Recommendation
Room Temperature Control<br />
24 VAC<br />
RLE 150, Master<br />
RLE 150, Slave<br />
RT Controller<br />
Operating Mode M<br />
RLE 150, Room pressure controller<br />
Operating Mode A<br />
1) For room pressure control with slave for supply air (mode Z)<br />
link terminals 9 and 8.<br />
1)<br />
Sauter RLE, Room Pressure Control<br />
8<br />
Room Temperature Control<br />
The slave controller will have two command variables.<br />
The first determines the actual value – in most cases of<br />
the supply air. The second command variable comes<br />
from the room pressure controller.<br />
Single-wiring is possible, if already by the supply voltage<br />
a common ground is given. Twin-wiring is to be preferred<br />
because of the electromagnetic compatibility.<br />
Room Pressure Control<br />
The room pressure controller should be assembled close<br />
to the room and/or reference room in order to keep the<br />
tube lengths of the measurement lines short.<br />
Override Control<br />
Override Controls are possible. For further information<br />
please refer to the product information for Sauter<br />
RLE 150 (leaflet No. EØ16MB7).
Sauter RLE, Room Pressure Control<br />
Function Test<br />
Fault Finding Check<br />
Check wiring<br />
Connect supply voltage<br />
Connect air supply systems<br />
Check Master and Slave Controller<br />
Check Room Pressure Controller<br />
Wiring correct?<br />
yes<br />
Supply voltage within<br />
the Sauter specifications?<br />
yes<br />
Actual value signal U xi<br />
consistent?<br />
yes<br />
Actuator open or closed?<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
Order Example Spare Controller<br />
Correct wiring error<br />
Check Transformer<br />
etc.<br />
Connect room<br />
pressure at plus<br />
Room pressure set value<br />
to high? Room leaky?<br />
Room pressure controller Sauter RLE 150 F 100<br />
preset at +15 Pa<br />
Auxiliary controller Sauter RLE 150 F 013<br />
preset at TVA 160<br />
9<br />
Commissioning<br />
For commissioning it is best to first disconnect (remove)<br />
the command variable of the room pressure controller<br />
(slave controller: terminal 8). With the doors open, master<br />
and slave controller are set in operation according to<br />
Trox product information (RLE 150, EØ16MB7). Then<br />
reconnect command variable, shut the doors and check<br />
room pressure (smoke checks).<br />
If the blade of the extract air unit is closed manually<br />
(disengagement of actuator and adjustment of blade<br />
using a tong to avoid injuries), the room pressure and<br />
correspondingly U xi must increase.<br />
The set value of the room pressure is reached, when the<br />
room pressure determined from the U xi measured is in<br />
conformity with the set value. If this is not the case, the<br />
room leakage is too high. The set value has to be reduced.<br />
If the room proves to be non-air-tight, the room<br />
pressure control cannot function. The room is then to be<br />
taken into operation with the supply air/extract air slave<br />
control.<br />
Replacement Controller<br />
When replacing faulty controllers, calibrated controllers<br />
set for the terminal box type and size must be used.<br />
Uncalibrated controllers can only be used as a temporary<br />
solution.<br />
The following must be specified when ordering a replacement<br />
controller: Room pressure, V · min and V · max.
Sauter RLP 10<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Area of Application 2<br />
Description of Function 3<br />
Volume Flow Control 4<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site 5<br />
Volume Flow Ranges Single-Duct Units 6<br />
Order Code, Examples Single-Duct Units<br />
7<br />
Dual-Duct Unit TVM 8<br />
Tube Connections 9<br />
Room Temperatur Control 10<br />
Supply Air/Extract Air Slave Control 11<br />
Supply Air/Extract Air Slave Control<br />
with Dual Duct Unit TVM 12<br />
Function Test, Commissioning 13<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016MH0
RLP 10<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
� RLP 10 controller<br />
� Tube connections<br />
� V · min adjustment knob<br />
� V · max adjustment knob<br />
Type Range<br />
Actuator<br />
to Trox-differential<br />
pressure sensor<br />
Controller<br />
Normally OPEN (NO) RLP 10 F905<br />
Normally CLOSED (NZ)<br />
�<br />
RLP 10 F001<br />
2<br />
Area of Application<br />
Sauter RLP 10<br />
The RLP 10 pneumatic volume flow controller from<br />
Sauter is designed for VAV terminal units. The controller<br />
comprises a membrane pressure transducer.<br />
For variable volume flow control a suitable pneumatic<br />
room temperature controller must be used.<br />
The output signal from this controller serves as command<br />
variable for the RLP 10.<br />
Pneumatic switches are used for override control. The<br />
actual value of the volume flow is monitored as a standard<br />
linear, pneumatic signal. This signal can be used for<br />
example to control a slave unit for extract air.<br />
The RLP 10 has adjustment knobs for setting V · min and<br />
V · max. All controller adjustments are set by Trox and the<br />
unit is supplied with settings sealed. No adjustment is<br />
necessary by the customer. As soon as the operating<br />
pressure and theroom temperature controller have been<br />
connected, the terminal unit is ready for use. Any volume<br />
flow changes which may be necessary to the RLP 10 can<br />
easily be carried out by the customer.<br />
For parallel operation, several RLP 10 controllers can be<br />
connected up to one room thermostat, if the air handling<br />
capacity of the room temperature controller is not exceeded.<br />
Supply/extract air slave control is possible.<br />
Static Measuring Principle<br />
The volume flow is measured using a membrane pressure<br />
transducer. Therefore the RLP 10 is suitable for the<br />
control of extract air with contaminants and/or which is<br />
dust-loden. Terminal units with painted finish or made of<br />
plastic should be considered in such situations. For the<br />
control of extract air contaminated with chemicals, only a<br />
special design should be used which blows through the<br />
high and low pressure measurement tubes.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
In critical cases, a material test should be carried out<br />
on the terminal unit and membrane pressure transducer,<br />
to prove suitability for chemicals and concentrations<br />
concerned.
Sauter RLP 10<br />
Characteristic of the Actual Value Signal<br />
Volume flow<br />
(100 %)<br />
V · (20%)<br />
V · I = p 3 . V · nom<br />
Characteristic of Volume Flow Variable<br />
V · nom<br />
V · max<br />
V · min<br />
V · (20%)<br />
Volume flow V · nom<br />
1) Limited by V · min and V · max<br />
0.2 Actual value<br />
signal p3 1.0 bar<br />
V · 1)<br />
S = p .<br />
6 V<br />
·<br />
nom<br />
0.2 Control signal p 1.0 bar<br />
6<br />
3<br />
Description of Function<br />
The volume flow is measured by the static differential<br />
pressure principle. The differential pressure sensor in the<br />
terminal unit measures the effective pressure �p e. This<br />
causes a membrane in the pressure transducer to<br />
deflect. The movement is detected and converted into a<br />
linear pneumatic signal 0 to 1.0 bar for actual volume<br />
flow.<br />
The measurement range is set during factory calibration<br />
to suit the unit size, so that 1.0 bar always corresponds<br />
to the unit nominal volume flow rate (V · nom, except slaves<br />
and TVM warm duct controllers).<br />
The actual volume flow can be shown by a gauge with<br />
very low air capacity or using a split signal relay be used<br />
to command extract air.<br />
The required volume flow is set by the room temperature<br />
controller with the command signal within the limits of<br />
V · min and V · max . The RLP 10 determines the required volume<br />
flow in accordance with the characteristic shown and<br />
compares this with the actual value. The damper actuator<br />
is controlled according to the deviation. The volume<br />
flow control is integral action. The controller RLP 10 is<br />
used with a specific Trox actuator. The controller is<br />
adjusted to the correct action of the damper (normally<br />
open/close) during factory calibration.<br />
Gravity Dependency<br />
Because of the weight of the membrane the position of<br />
the RLP 10 affects the measurement signal. The RLP 10<br />
is normally calibrated for a vertical position of the membrane,<br />
i.e. pressure tube connections above or below<br />
horizontal plane. Other installation positions must be<br />
specified on order.
Pressure Independent Control Characteristic<br />
Pressure differential<br />
‡ max set value<br />
p 6 upper limit<br />
‡ min set value<br />
p 6 lower limit<br />
‡ maxM<br />
‡ minM<br />
Volume flow<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
‡ max<br />
‡ nom<br />
‡ max<br />
‡ nom<br />
‡ min<br />
‡ nom<br />
‡ min<br />
‡ nom<br />
‡ maxS<br />
‡ minS<br />
.<br />
.<br />
100 %<br />
100 %<br />
% of ‡ nom<br />
4<br />
Volume Flow Control<br />
The volume flow controller works independently of duct<br />
pressure, which means that pressure fluctuations do not<br />
cause permanent volume flow changes.<br />
The hysteresis of the controller, coupled with measuring<br />
tolerances, produces a volume flow deviation shown<br />
opposite.<br />
If the conditions mentioned in the leaflet are not met,<br />
(e.g. lowest differential pressure, supply air conditions)<br />
larger deviations can be expected.<br />
Volume Flow Command Signal<br />
The control characteristic of the thermostat signal is limited<br />
by V · min at the bottom end and V · max at the top end.<br />
Thus control signals below the pressure corresponding to<br />
V · min (p6 lower limit) and above the V · max(p6 upper limit) do not<br />
lead to any volume flow changes.<br />
V · max Setting<br />
The V · max value corresponds to the volume flow which is<br />
set with a command signal greater p 6 upper limit (max.<br />
1 bar) or V · max override control. The setting range is from<br />
0 to 100 %. The percentage based on V · nom.<br />
V · min Setting<br />
Sauter RLP 10<br />
The V · min value corresponds to the volume flow which is<br />
set with a command signal lower p 6 lower limit or V · min override<br />
control. The setting range is from 20 to 100 %. The<br />
percentage based on V · nom. V · min can be set to 0. To do<br />
this, the adjustment knob must be turned anti-clockwise<br />
beyond the 20 % stop by approximately one quarter turn<br />
until an audible click is heard.<br />
Slave Control<br />
The RLP 10 only provides for ratio control, i.e. the<br />
supply and extract air must be in the same ratio<br />
under all operating conditions.<br />
The volume flow ratio is set during factory calibration<br />
controller internally.
Sauter RLP 10<br />
Adjustment Knobs<br />
Formula for V · min<br />
Formula for V · max<br />
�p w-‡min<br />
�p w-‡max<br />
=<br />
=<br />
(<br />
(<br />
‡ min<br />
C<br />
‡ max<br />
C<br />
(<br />
(<br />
2<br />
2<br />
5<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment<br />
The set volume flow limit values can be adjusted on site<br />
using the V · min and V · max adjustment knobs on the<br />
RLP 10. Calculations are based on the formulae shown<br />
on page 4.<br />
Adjustment Rules<br />
• The adjustment knobs for V · min and V · max can be set<br />
within the given limits independently. V · min values lower<br />
20 % should not be set as the volume flow deviations<br />
increase.<br />
• A constant volume flow is set at the V · min adjustment<br />
knob. The V · max adjustment knob has to be at 100 %.<br />
• If the V · min adjustment knob is set higher than V · max, the<br />
maximum volume flow is constantly controlled.<br />
Calculating the Volume Flow<br />
Using the Effective Pressure<br />
The accuracy of the setting can be increased if the effective<br />
pressure signal Dp e is also measured with the<br />
system switched on.<br />
• Remove the tube from connection 6 (command signal)<br />
so that the controller runs at V · min. Do not seal the connecting<br />
nipple.<br />
• Calculate the effective pressure for V · min.<br />
• Tune V · min adjustment knob until the effective pressure<br />
corresponds to the calculated value (after adjustment,<br />
wait until the controller has settled and the actuator<br />
stopped).<br />
• Close connection 6 with a cap or sealed tube. The<br />
controller runs at V · max.<br />
• Calculate the effective pressure for V · max.<br />
• Proceed with the V · max setting as for V · min.<br />
• Replace original tube connections.<br />
The C values for the above calculations are given in the<br />
VARYCONTROL Product Information under the heading<br />
“Commissioning”.
Volume Flow Ranges TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVRK<br />
Size<br />
100 2) 20 95 72 342<br />
125 30 150 108 540<br />
160 50 250 180 900<br />
200 80 405 288 1458<br />
250 125 615 450 2214<br />
315 205 1025 738 3690<br />
400 3) 340 1680 1224 6048<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVJ/TVT<br />
B x H<br />
mm<br />
V · min-unit<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
V · to V min-unit<br />
· 1) 1)<br />
nom<br />
V · min-unit 1)<br />
to V · nom<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
V · nom<br />
200 x 100 45 215 162 774<br />
300 x 100 65 320 234 1152<br />
400 x 100 85 425 306 1530<br />
500 x 100 105 535 378 1926<br />
600 x 100 130 650 468 2340<br />
200 x 200 85 415 306 1494<br />
300 x 200 125 620 450 2232<br />
400 x 200 165 825 594 2970<br />
500 x 200 205 1035 738 3726<br />
600 x 200 250 1250 900 4500<br />
700 x 200 290 1450 1044 5220<br />
800 x 200 330 1650 1188 5940<br />
300 x 300 185 920 666 3312<br />
400 x 300 245 1230 882 4428<br />
500 x 300 305 1535 1098 5526<br />
600 x 300 370 1850 1332 6660<br />
700 x 300 430 2150 1548 7740<br />
800 x 300 490 2450 1764 8820<br />
900 x 300 555 2770 1998 9972<br />
1000 x 300 620 3100 2232 11160<br />
400 x 400 325 1630 1170 5868<br />
500 x 400 410 2040 1476 7344<br />
600 x 400 490 2450 1764 8820<br />
700 x 400 570 2850 2052 10260<br />
800 x 400 650 3250 2340 11700<br />
900 x 400 735 3670 2646 13212<br />
1000 x 400 820 4100 2952 14760<br />
500 x 500 510 2540 1836 9144<br />
600 x 500 610 3050 2196 10980<br />
700 x 500 710 3550 2556 12780<br />
800 x 500 810 4050 2916 14580<br />
900 x 500 915 4570 3294 16452<br />
1000 x 500 1020 5100 3672 18360<br />
600 x 600 730 3650 2628 13140<br />
700 x 600 850 4250 3060 15300<br />
800 x 600 970 4850 3492 17460<br />
900 x 600 1100 5500 3960 19800<br />
1000 x 600 1220 6100 4392 21960<br />
700 x 700 990 4950 3564 17820<br />
800 x 700 1140 5700 4104 20520<br />
900 x 700 1280 6400 4608 23040<br />
1000 x 700 1420 7100 5112 25560<br />
800 x 800 1300 6500 4680 23400<br />
900 x 800 1460 7300 5256 26280<br />
1000 x 800 1620 8100 5832 29160<br />
900 x 900 1640 8200 5904 29520<br />
1000 x 900 1820 9100 6552 32760<br />
1000 x 1000 2020 10100 7272 36360<br />
1) V · min = 0 is also possible 2) Only TVR 3) Not for TVRK<br />
6<br />
V · min-unit 1)<br />
Sauter RLP 10<br />
V · nom
Sauter RLP 10<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
in % of V · nom<br />
100 5 5<br />
80 5 5<br />
60 5 6<br />
40 7 8<br />
20 10 11<br />
10 >11<br />
1) Percentage figures based on V · actual<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR TVJ/TVT<br />
7<br />
Single Duct Units<br />
Order Code / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
Volume Flow Parameter<br />
Operating<br />
Mode<br />
E<br />
M<br />
S<br />
F<br />
Factory Setting<br />
V · min<br />
V · max<br />
TVR / 160 / 00 / PA1 / E - 70 - 240 l/s<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / PD1 / M - 70 - 240 l/s<br />
TVA-R / 160 / 00 / PA1 / S - 70 - 240 l/s<br />
Operation Mode<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
S Slave<br />
F Fixed<br />
V · min adjustment knob set at required V · min<br />
V · max adjustment knob set at required V · max<br />
V · min adjustment knob turned anticlockwise<br />
for 0 % setting<br />
V · max adjustment knob set at 100 %<br />
Volume flow ratio to master is adjusted<br />
internally<br />
V · min adjustment knob set at required<br />
constant volume flow<br />
V · max adjustment knob set at 100 %
Volume Flow Ranges TVM<br />
Size ‡ minunit<br />
Volume Flow Tolerances TVM 2)<br />
Volume flow<br />
in % of V · nom<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
V · nom<br />
‡ Ref-<br />
Warm<br />
V · 1) 1)<br />
nom<br />
TVM cold<br />
‡ minunit<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
1) ‡ Ref is only a reference value for calculating ‡ actual.<br />
In the formula ‡ Ref is setted as ‡ nom.<br />
2) Percentage figures based on ‡ actual.<br />
TVM total<br />
100 5 7<br />
80 5 10<br />
60 5 12<br />
40 7 15<br />
30 8 17<br />
20 10 -<br />
10 -<br />
‡ Ref-<br />
Warm<br />
125 45 150 190 162 540 684<br />
160 75 250 325 270 900 1170<br />
200 120 405 490 432 1458 1764<br />
250 185 615 685 666 2214 2466<br />
8<br />
Dual Duct Unit TVM<br />
Order Code / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
TVM-R / 160 / P14 / E - 100 - 200 l/s<br />
TVM-R / 160 / P14 / F - 200 l/s<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
Mode<br />
E<br />
M<br />
F<br />
Operating Mode<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
F Fixed<br />
Factory Setting<br />
.<br />
Vwarm .<br />
Vcold . .<br />
Vwarm = Vcold Cold Controller Warm Controller<br />
V · min adjustment<br />
knob turned<br />
anti-clockwise for<br />
0 % setting<br />
V · max adjustment<br />
knob set at required<br />
V · cold<br />
Sauter RLP 10<br />
V · min adjustment<br />
knob set at<br />
required V · warm<br />
V · max adjustment<br />
knob set at 100 %
Sauter RLP 10<br />
Tube Connections Nomenclature<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The examples illustrated show the most common<br />
arrangements for volume flow control. The Sauter<br />
specifications must be observed in the overall control<br />
system design, selection of the other control components<br />
and tube sizing.<br />
PN 21, DW<br />
Volume flow<br />
V · nom<br />
V · max<br />
V · min<br />
V · (20%)<br />
PN 61, DW<br />
Volume flow<br />
V · nom<br />
V · max<br />
V · min<br />
V · (20%)<br />
1 6 3 1) 2<br />
– +<br />
0.2 Control signal p 1.0 bar<br />
6<br />
Control signal RT 2)<br />
0.2 0.6 1.0 bar<br />
1) Operation mode E, F and S: closed<br />
2) The room temperature controller must be connected<br />
on sequenzing relay<br />
9<br />
+ High pressure take off from differential pressure<br />
sensor<br />
- Low pressure take off from differential pressure<br />
sensor<br />
1 Operating pressure input (1.3 bar, ± 0.1 bar)<br />
2 Actuator output (0.2 to 1.0 bar)<br />
3 Actual volume flow output (0.2 to 1.0 bar)<br />
6 Set volume flow input (0.2 to 1.0 bar)<br />
Tube Connections<br />
The differential pressure sensor of the terminal unit and<br />
the actuator are connected by tube to the volume flow<br />
controller in the factory. The operating pressure and the<br />
thermostat must be connected by the customer. Ensure<br />
that the operating compressed air meets the requirements<br />
in the Sauter documentation. It has to be considered<br />
that the operating pressure air must meet the requirements<br />
for conditioned instrument compressed air<br />
(free from oil, dust and water).<br />
Control Sequences<br />
The adjustment signal of the room temperature controller<br />
can be divided into sequences if a water valve is to be<br />
controlled in addition to the volume flow. Adjustment to<br />
the pressure range of the thermostat is made by a<br />
sequence or sequence reversing relay.<br />
PN21, DA (direct action)<br />
Control signal 0.2 to 1.0 bar gives rise in volume flow.<br />
PN61, DA (direct action)<br />
Control Signal 0.6 to 1.0 bar gives rise in volume flow.<br />
Fail Safe Direction of Actuator<br />
If the operating pressure fails or is disconnected, the<br />
actuator moves to a defined end position. This can be<br />
open or closed damper position. Selection of the fail safe<br />
direction allows system-specific safety requirements.<br />
NC (normally closed): Damper closed with no pressure<br />
NO (normally open) : Damper open with no pressure
Room Temperatur Control<br />
(PN 21, DW)<br />
Operating<br />
pressure<br />
supply 1.3 bar<br />
RLP 10<br />
Room temperature<br />
controller,<br />
DW<br />
RLP 10, Parallel controller<br />
Raumtemperature Control with Heating Sequence<br />
(PN 61, DW)<br />
Operating<br />
pressure<br />
supply 1.3 bar<br />
RLP 10<br />
Operating mode E, M<br />
Operating mode E, M<br />
Room temperature<br />
controller,<br />
DW<br />
1) Sequence relay contained in Trox scope of supply<br />
2) Restrictor by customer<br />
2)<br />
1)<br />
Operating mode E, M<br />
Heating valve<br />
0.2 to 0.6 bar, NO<br />
10<br />
Room Thermostat<br />
Sauter RLP 10<br />
The RLP 10 volume flow controller should be connected<br />
to room thermostats according to the connection diagramsshown.<br />
The volume flow controllers release compressed air via<br />
the input connection. Thus the room thermostat can be<br />
connected with one line only. The room thermostat must<br />
have sufficient air handling capacity for the volume flow<br />
controller. If several volume flow controllers are connected<br />
to one room thermostat, the sum of the air capacities<br />
of all volume flow controllers must be taken into account.<br />
If this exceeds the maximum air handling capacity of the<br />
room thermostat, split signal relays must be used. If the<br />
line from the thermostat to the volume flow controller<br />
contains a split signal relay, a non venting thermostat can<br />
be used.<br />
Parallel Control<br />
Several volume flow controllers (supply or extract air) can<br />
be operated in parallel by one room temperature controller.<br />
If the terminal units are the same size and the V · min<br />
and V · max adjustment knobs are set at the same values,<br />
all the units control the same volume flow. If the settings<br />
differ, the units control an equal percentage.<br />
If several controllers are connected to one room temperature<br />
controller, the sum of the air capacities of all<br />
volume flow controllers has to be considered.<br />
If this amount exceeds the maximum air capacity of the<br />
room temperature controller, split signal relays have to be<br />
used.<br />
External Operating Pressure Connections<br />
The volume flow controllers RLP 10 can be connected<br />
directly to the operating pressure supply as they have an<br />
internal restrictor. If the signal from the room thermostat<br />
is divided into several sequences and a sequencing relay<br />
connected, a supply pressure must be supplied to the<br />
thermostat. The correct sizing of the restrictor must take<br />
into account the heating valve actuator. Noise from the<br />
room thermostat will occur if the restrictor is too small.
Sauter RLP 10<br />
Room Temperature Control with Shut Off Mode<br />
(PN 21, DW, NZ)<br />
Operating<br />
pressure<br />
supply 1.3 bar<br />
RLP 10<br />
Supply Air/Extract Air Slave Control<br />
S1<br />
S1 System shut off switch<br />
S2 Window switch<br />
Operating<br />
pressure<br />
supply 1.3 bar<br />
Room temperature<br />
controller,<br />
DW<br />
Operating mode E, M<br />
297690<br />
Room temperature<br />
controller,<br />
DW<br />
RLP 10, Supply Air<br />
Actuator<br />
1) Split relay on request contained in Trox scope of supply<br />
1)<br />
Operating mode M<br />
RLP 10, Extract Air<br />
Operating mode S<br />
S2<br />
11<br />
Shut Off Control<br />
The variable volume flow control can be overridden using<br />
the customer’s pneumatic switches.<br />
The override control for full shut off can take place on all<br />
or separate terminat units. A break in the pressure line to<br />
the controlter or actuator leads to closure of the damper<br />
when fail safe direction of action is normally closed. With<br />
this override control, and unit type TVZ/TVA/TVR/TVM,<br />
full shut off leakage air volume flows to DIN 1946 part 4<br />
are achieved. With TVM units, note that the override control<br />
must be switched to both controllers.<br />
S1, S2 closed: Room temperature control mode<br />
S1 or S2 open: Override control<br />
Safety Function “Damper Open”<br />
If, for safety reasons, ventilation must be guaranteed for<br />
certain building sections, actuators with fail safe direction<br />
normally open (open under no pressure) must be used. In<br />
the event of failure of the compressed air supply, the<br />
damper always opens.<br />
Supply Air/Extract Air Slave Control<br />
Supply air/extract air slave control is possible using the<br />
actual value of the supply air as a control signal for the<br />
control of extract air, if RLP 10 is used for supply air and<br />
a second volume flow controller for the extract air. Only<br />
ratio control can be achieved, i.e. supply and extract air<br />
must remain in the same ratio.<br />
The separating relay in the control line is factory-fitted a<br />
short distance from the supply air controller. It must not<br />
be moved.
Supply Air/Extract Air Slave Control<br />
with Dual Duct Unit TVM<br />
Operating<br />
pressure<br />
supply 1.3 bar<br />
1 6<br />
RLP 10, Cold<br />
1 6<br />
297690<br />
1<br />
RLP 10, Warm<br />
1 6<br />
RLP 10, Slave<br />
Room temperature<br />
controller,<br />
DW<br />
1)<br />
Operating mode M<br />
Operating mode S<br />
1) Split relay on request contained in Trox scope of supply<br />
2<br />
3<br />
3<br />
TVM<br />
12<br />
Volume Flow Control of TVM Units<br />
Sauter RLP 10<br />
The two controllers fitted to the dual duct unit TVM (cold,<br />
warm) must be tubed by the customer as shown in the<br />
circuit diagram opposite (including the operating pressure<br />
supply cross-connection).<br />
The room temperature controller provides the cold duct<br />
controller with its set point signal.<br />
In most cases, the proportion of warm air is increased<br />
from 0 to the required V · warm as a maximum set point. The<br />
warm duct controller (V · total is measured) is therefore set<br />
as a constant value controller and does not require a<br />
command signal.<br />
For a more detailed functional description, refer to the<br />
TVM literature.<br />
Supply/Extract Air Slave Control<br />
with Dual Duct TVM<br />
The actual value output signal p3 of the warm duct controller<br />
is proportional to the total volume flow V · total. It can<br />
therefore be used as the command signal for a slave<br />
controller.
Sauter RLP 10<br />
Function Test<br />
Fault Finding Check<br />
Test tubing Connect<br />
supply compressed air<br />
Connect air conditioning system<br />
Check operating pressure<br />
Override control V · min<br />
Record actual value signal ∆p w<br />
Override control V · max<br />
Record actual value signal ∆p w<br />
Operating pressure due<br />
to Sauter requirements?<br />
yes<br />
Actuator opening<br />
and closing?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow V · min ?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow V · max ?<br />
yes<br />
Room temperature<br />
control?<br />
yes<br />
Override controls?<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
Order Example Spare Controller<br />
Check pressure<br />
Damper blocked?<br />
Fail safe direction<br />
OK? Controller faulty<br />
Duct pressure<br />
sufficient?<br />
Measurement<br />
tubing to Sensor<br />
damaged?<br />
Check room<br />
thermostat<br />
Check window<br />
switch, relay etc.<br />
Sauter RLP 10<br />
preset for TVZ 125, 80 ... 140 l/s, PN21, DW, NZ<br />
13<br />
Commissioning<br />
A rapid function test for commissioning can be carried<br />
out with the system running and the operating pressure<br />
present. Remove the tube from the connection to the<br />
operating pressure supply. If compressed air escapes<br />
from the line, this shows that the controller is supplied<br />
with compressed air. After replacing the tube, the actuator<br />
must return to approximately the same position it held<br />
before the test. If commissioning involves proving the<br />
limit volume flows V · min and V · max these must be set as<br />
described below.<br />
For each operating situation, the effective pressure (∆p w )<br />
is measured at the Trox differential pressure sensor and<br />
the volume flow calculated:<br />
V · actual = C . �p w<br />
In many cases, incorrect tube connections or insufficient<br />
operating pressure are the cause of the faults.<br />
Therefore for a detailed test on each volume flow controller,<br />
first remove the signal from the room thermostat and<br />
then measure the operating pressure.<br />
Remove the high pressure and low pressure lines on the<br />
volume flow controller and connect a manometer. The<br />
actuator must open and the effective pressure (∆p e ) must<br />
rise.<br />
Reconnect the high pressure line, the actuator must now<br />
close and the effective pressure must fall.<br />
Connect the low pressure line. The controller must control<br />
to V · min. Measure effective pressure, calculate volume<br />
flow and compare with designed value.<br />
Close off connection 6 for room thermostat. The controller<br />
must control to V · max. Repeat measurement for V · max<br />
as described above.<br />
Measure control signal p 6 and connect. Calculate set<br />
volume flow and compare with actual volume flow.<br />
Activate override controls and check operation.<br />
Replacement Controller<br />
To replace faulty controllers, only controllers set for the<br />
terminal unit type and size must be used. Unadjusted<br />
controllers are only acceptable as a temporary solution.<br />
When ordering spare controllers, state V · min and V · max.
Sauter RLP 100<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Areas of Application 2<br />
Description of Function 3<br />
Volume Flow Control 4<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site 5<br />
Volume Flow Ranges Single-Duct Units 6<br />
Order Code, Examples Single-Duct Units<br />
7<br />
Tube Connections 8<br />
Room Temperature Control 9<br />
Supply Air/Extract Air Slave Control 10<br />
Function Test, Commissioning 11<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016MH1
RLP 100<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
� RLP 100 controller<br />
� Tube connections<br />
� V · min adjustment knob<br />
� E adjustment knob<br />
� V · max adjustment knob<br />
Type Range<br />
Actuator<br />
Normally CLOSED (NZ)<br />
to Trox-differential<br />
pressure sensor<br />
�<br />
�<br />
Controller<br />
Normally OPEN (NO) RLP 100 F002<br />
RLP 100 F001<br />
2<br />
Areas of Application<br />
Sauter RLP 100<br />
The RLP 100 pneumatic volume flow controller from<br />
Sauter is designed for VAV terminal units. The controller<br />
comprises a membrane pressure transducer.<br />
For variable volume flow control a suitable pneumatic<br />
room temperature controller must be used. The output<br />
signal from this controller serves as command variable<br />
for the RLP 100.<br />
Pneumatic switches are used for override control. The<br />
actual value of the volume flow is monitored as a standard<br />
linear, pneumatic signal. This signal can be used for<br />
example to control a slave unit for extract air.<br />
The RLP 100 has adjustment knobs for setting V · min and<br />
V · max. All controller adjustments are set by Trox and the<br />
unit is supplied with settings sealed. No adjustment is<br />
necessary by the customer. As soon as the operating<br />
pressure and the room temperature controller have been<br />
connected, the terminal unit is ready for use. Any volume<br />
flow changes which may be necessary to the RLP 100<br />
can easily be carried out by the customer.<br />
For parallel operation, several RLP 100 controllers can be<br />
connected up to one room thermostat, if the air handling<br />
capacity of the room temperature controller is not exceeded.<br />
Supply/extract air slave control is possible.<br />
Static Measuring Principle<br />
The volume flow is measured using a membrane pressure<br />
transducer. Therefore the RLP 100 is suitable for the<br />
control of extract air with contaminants and/or which is<br />
dust-loden. Terminal units with painted finish or made of<br />
plastic should be considered in such situations. For the<br />
control of extract air contaminated with chemicals, only a<br />
special design should be used which blows through the<br />
high and low pressure measurement tubes.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
In critical cases, a material test should be carried out<br />
on the terminal unit and membrane pressure transducer,<br />
to prove suitability for chemicals and concentrations<br />
concerned.
Sauter RLP 100<br />
Characteristic of the Actual Value Signal<br />
Volume flow<br />
V · I = p M . V · nom<br />
Characteristic of Volume Flow Variable<br />
Volume flow<br />
V · nom<br />
(100 %)<br />
V · (20 %)<br />
V · nom<br />
V · max<br />
V · min<br />
V · (20 %)<br />
1) Limited by V · min and V · max<br />
0.2 Actual value<br />
signal pM 1.0 bar<br />
V · 1)<br />
S = p .<br />
6 V<br />
·<br />
nom<br />
0.2<br />
Control signal p<br />
1.0 bar<br />
6<br />
3<br />
Description of Function<br />
The volume flow is measured by the static differential<br />
pressure principle. The differential pressure sensor in the<br />
terminal unit measures the effective pressure ∆p e . This<br />
causes a membrane in the pressure transducer to<br />
deflect. The movement is detected and converted into a<br />
linear pneumatic signal 0 to 1.0 bar for actual volume<br />
flow.<br />
The measurement range is set during factory calibration<br />
to suit the unit size, so that 1.0 bar always corresponds<br />
to the unit nominal volume flow rate (V · nom, except slaves<br />
and TVM warm duct controllers).<br />
The actual volume flow can beshown by a gauge with<br />
very low air capacity or using a split signal relay be used<br />
to command extract air.<br />
The required volume flow is set by the room temperature<br />
controller with the command signal within the limits of<br />
V · min and V · max. The RLP 100 determines the required<br />
volume flow in accordance with the characteristic shown<br />
and compares this with the actual value. The damper<br />
actuator is controlled according to the deviation. The<br />
volume flow control is integral action. The controller<br />
RLP 100 is used with a specific Trox actuator. The controller<br />
is adjusted to the correct action of the damper<br />
(normally open/close) during factory calibration.<br />
Gravity Dependency<br />
Because of the weight of the membrane the position<br />
of the RLP 100 affects the measurement signal. The<br />
RLP 100 is normally calibrated for a vertical position of<br />
the membrane, i.e. pressure tube connections above or<br />
below horizontal plane. Other installation positions must<br />
be specified on order.
Pressure Independent Control Characteristic<br />
Pressure differential<br />
‡ max set value<br />
p 6 upper limit<br />
‡ min set value<br />
p 6 lower limit<br />
‡ maxM<br />
‡ minM<br />
Volume flow<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
=<br />
‡ max<br />
‡ nom<br />
‡ max<br />
‡ nom<br />
‡ min<br />
‡ nom<br />
‡ min<br />
‡ nom<br />
‡ maxS<br />
‡ minS<br />
.<br />
.<br />
100 %<br />
100 %<br />
% of ‡ nom<br />
4<br />
Volume Flow Control<br />
The volume flow controller works independently of duct<br />
pressure, which means that pressure fluctuations do not<br />
cause permanent volume flow changes.<br />
The hysteresis of the controller, coupled with measuring<br />
tolerances, produces a volume flow deviation shown<br />
opposite.<br />
If the conditions mentioned in the leaflet are not met,<br />
(e.g. lowest differential pressure, supply air conditions)<br />
larger deviations can be expected.<br />
Volume Flow Command Signal<br />
The control characteristic of the thermostat signal is limited<br />
by V · min at the bottom end and V · max at the top end.<br />
Thus control signals below the pressure corresponding to<br />
V · min (p6 lower limit) and above the V · max (p6 upper limit) do not<br />
lead to any volume flow changes.<br />
V · max Setting<br />
The V · max value corresponds to the volume flow which<br />
is set with a command signal greater p 6-upper limit (max.<br />
1 bar) or V · max override control. The setting range is from<br />
0 to 100 %. The percentage based on V · nom.<br />
V · min Setting<br />
Sauter RLP 100<br />
The V · min value corresponds to the volume flow which is<br />
set with a command signal lower p 6 lower limit or V · min override<br />
control.<br />
The setting range is from 20 to 100 %. The percentage<br />
based on V · nom. V · min can be set to 0. To do this, the<br />
adjustment knob must be turned anti-clockwise beyond<br />
the 20 % stop by approximately one quarter turn until an<br />
audible click is heard.<br />
Slave Control<br />
The RLP 100 only provides for ratio control, i.e. the<br />
supply and extract air must be in the same ratio<br />
under all operating conditions.<br />
The volume flow ratio is set during factory calibration<br />
controller internally.
Sauter RLP 100<br />
Adjustment Knobs<br />
Formula for V · min<br />
Formula for V · max<br />
V · min<br />
�p w-‡min<br />
�p w-‡max<br />
=<br />
=<br />
E<br />
V · max<br />
(<br />
(<br />
‡ min<br />
C<br />
‡ max<br />
C<br />
(<br />
(<br />
2<br />
2<br />
5<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment<br />
The set volume flow limit values can be adjusted on site<br />
using the V · min and V · max adjustment knobs on the<br />
RLP 100. Calculations are based on the formulae shown<br />
on page 4.<br />
Adjustment Rules<br />
• The adjustment knobs for V · min and V · max can be set<br />
within the given limits independently. V · min values lower<br />
20 % should not be set as the volume flow deviations<br />
increase.<br />
• A constant volume flow is set at the V · min adjustment<br />
knob. The V · max adjustment knob has to be at 100%.<br />
• If the V · min adjustment knob is set higher than V · max ,<br />
the maximum volume flow is constantly controlled.<br />
Calculating the Volume Flow<br />
Using the Effective Pressure<br />
The accuracy of the setting can be increased if the effective<br />
pressure signal Dp e is also measured with the<br />
system switched on.<br />
• Remove the tube from connection 6 (command signal)<br />
so that the controller runs at V · min. Do not seal the connecting<br />
nipple.<br />
• Calculate the effective pressure for V · min.<br />
• Tune V · min adjustment knob until the effective pressure<br />
corresponds to the calculated value (after adjustment,<br />
wait until the controller has settled and the actuator<br />
stopped).<br />
• Close connection 6 with a cap or sealed tube. The<br />
controller runs at V · max.<br />
• Calculate the effective pressure for V · max.<br />
• Proceed with the V · max setting as for V · min.<br />
• Replace original tube connections.<br />
The C values for the above calculations are given in the<br />
VARYCONTROL Product Information under the heading<br />
“Commissioning”.
Volume Flow Ranges TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVRK<br />
V · min V<br />
unit<br />
· min<br />
unit<br />
V · min V<br />
unit<br />
· to<br />
V<br />
min<br />
unit<br />
· to<br />
V nom<br />
· nom<br />
to<br />
V · to<br />
V nom<br />
· l/s m<br />
nom<br />
3 V<br />
/h<br />
· V H<br />
· N<br />
V · V H<br />
· 1)<br />
N<br />
1)<br />
1002) 10 50 15 75 36 180 54 270<br />
125 15 75 22 110 54 270 79 396<br />
160 25 125 40 190 90 450 144 684<br />
200 40 200 60 305 144 720 216 1098<br />
250 60 300 95 480 216 1080 342 1728<br />
315 105 525 155 780 378 1890 558 2808<br />
4003) 170 850 260 1300 612 3060 936 4680<br />
Size<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVJ/TVT<br />
B x H<br />
mm<br />
V · min-unit 1)<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
V · nom<br />
200 x 100 45 215 162 774<br />
300 x 100 65 320 234 1152<br />
400 x 100 85 425 306 1530<br />
500 x 100 105 535 378 1926<br />
600 x 100 130 650 468 2340<br />
200 x 200 85 415 306 1494<br />
300 x 200 125 620 450 2232<br />
400 x 200 165 825 594 2970<br />
500 x 200 205 1035 738 3726<br />
600 x 200 250 1250 900 4500<br />
700 x 200 290 1450 1044 5220<br />
800 x 200 330 1650 1188 5940<br />
300 x 300 185 920 666 3312<br />
400 x 300 245 1230 882 4428<br />
500 x 300 305 1535 1098 5526<br />
600 x 300 370 1850 1332 6660<br />
700 x 300 430 2150 1548 7740<br />
800 x 300 490 2450 1764 8820<br />
900 x 300 555 2770 1998 9972<br />
1000 x 300 620 3100 2232 11160<br />
400 x 400 325 1630 1170 5868<br />
500 x 400 410 2040 1476 7344<br />
600 x 400 490 2450 1764 8820<br />
700 x 400 570 2850 2052 10260<br />
800 x 400 650 3250 2340 11700<br />
900 x 400 735 3670 2646 13212<br />
1000 x 400 820 4100 2952 14760<br />
500 x 500 510 2540 1836 9144<br />
600 x 500 610 3050 2196 10980<br />
700 x 500 710 3550 2556 12780<br />
800 x 500 810 4050 2916 14580<br />
900 x 500 915 4570 3294 16452<br />
1000 x 500 1020 5100 3672 18360<br />
600 x 600 730 3650 2628 13140<br />
700 x 600 850 4250 3060 15300<br />
800 x 600 970 4850 3492 17460<br />
900 x 600 1100 5500 3960 19800<br />
1000 x 600 1220 6100 4392 21960<br />
700 x 700 990 4950 3564 17820<br />
800 x 700 1140 5700 4104 20520<br />
900 x 700 1280 6400 4608 23040<br />
1000 x 700 1420 7100 5112 25560<br />
800 x 800 1300 6500 4680 23400<br />
900 x 800 1460 7300 5256 26280<br />
1000 x 800 1620 8100 5832 29160<br />
900 x 900 1640 8200 5904 29520<br />
1000 x 900 1820 9100 6552 32760<br />
1000 x 1000 2020 10100 7272 36360<br />
1) V · min = 0 is also possible 2) Only TVR 3) Not for TVRK<br />
6<br />
V · min-unit 1)<br />
Sauter RLP 100<br />
V · nom
Sauter RLP 100<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances 3)<br />
Volume flow<br />
in % of V · nom<br />
100 5 5<br />
80 5 5<br />
60 5 6<br />
40 7 8<br />
20 10 11<br />
10 >11<br />
1) Only TVR<br />
2) Not for TVRK<br />
3) Percentage figures based on V · actual<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR TVJ/TVT<br />
7<br />
Single Duct Units<br />
Order Code / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
Volume Flow Parameter<br />
Operating<br />
Mode<br />
E<br />
M<br />
S<br />
F<br />
Factory Setting<br />
V · min<br />
V · max<br />
TVR / 160 / 00 / PN1 / EN - 50 - 110 l/s<br />
TVZ-R / 160 / 00 / PR1 / MN - 50 - 110 l/s<br />
TVA-R / 160 / 00 / PN1 / SN - 50 - 110 l/s<br />
Operating Mode<br />
E Individual<br />
M Master<br />
S Slave<br />
F Fixed<br />
Volume Flow<br />
Range<br />
N Low<br />
(standard)<br />
H High<br />
V · min adjustment knob set at required V · min<br />
V · max adjustment knob set at required V · max<br />
V · min adjustment knob turned anticlockwise<br />
for 0 % setting<br />
V · max adjustment knob set at 100 %<br />
Volume flow ratio to master is adjusted<br />
internally<br />
V · min adjustment knob set at required<br />
constant volume flow<br />
V · max adjustment knob at 100 %
Tube Connections<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
8 7 2 1 6<br />
The examples illustrated show the most common<br />
arrangements for volume flow control. The Sauter<br />
specifications must be observed in the overall control<br />
system design, selection of the other control components<br />
and tube sizing.<br />
PN 21, DW<br />
Volume flow<br />
PN 61, DW<br />
Volume flow<br />
V · nom<br />
V · max<br />
V · min<br />
V · (20%)<br />
V · nom<br />
V · max<br />
V · min<br />
V · (20%)<br />
0.2 Control signal p 1.0 bar<br />
6<br />
Control signal RT 2)<br />
0.2 0.6 1.0 bar<br />
1) Operation mode E, F and S: closed<br />
2) The room temperature controller must be connected<br />
on sequenzing relay<br />
8<br />
Nomenclature<br />
Sauter RLP 100<br />
+ High pressure take off from differential pressure<br />
sensor<br />
- Low pressure take off from differential pressure<br />
sensor<br />
1 Operating pressure (1.3 bar, ± 0.1 bar)<br />
2 Output for actuator (0.2 to 1.0 bar)<br />
6 Input pressure for set volume flow (0.2 to 1.0 bar)<br />
M Output pressure for actual volume flow<br />
(0.2 to 1.0 bar)<br />
Tube Connections<br />
The differential pressure sensor of the terminal unit and<br />
the actuator are connected by tube to the volume flow<br />
controller in the factory. The operating pressure and the<br />
thermostat must be connected by the customer. Ensure<br />
that the operating compressed air meets the requirements<br />
in the Sauter documentation. It has to be considered<br />
that the operating pressure air must meet the requirements<br />
for conditioned instrument compressed air<br />
(free from oil, dust and water).<br />
Control Sequences<br />
The adjustment signal of the room temperature controller<br />
can be divided into sequences if a water valve is to be<br />
controlled in addition to the volume flow. Adjustment to<br />
the pressure range of the thermostat is made by a<br />
sequencing relay.<br />
PN21, DW (direct action)<br />
Command signal 0.2 to 1.0 bar gives rise in volume flow.<br />
PN61, DW (direct action)<br />
Command signal 0.6 to 1.0 bar gives rise in volume flow.<br />
Fail Safe Direction of Actuator<br />
If the operating pressure fails or is disconnected, the<br />
actuator moves to a defined end position. This can be<br />
open or shut-off damper position. Selection of the fail<br />
safe direction allows system-specific safety requirements.<br />
NZ (normally closed): Damper closed with no pressure<br />
NO (normal open) : Damper open with no pressure
Sauter RLP 100<br />
Room Temperature Control<br />
(PN 21, DW)<br />
Operating<br />
pressure<br />
supply 1.3 bar<br />
RLP 100<br />
Room temperature<br />
controller,<br />
DW<br />
RLP 100, Parallel Controller<br />
Room Temperature Control with Heating Sequence<br />
(PN 61, DW)<br />
Operating<br />
pressure<br />
supply 1.3 bar<br />
RLP 100<br />
Operating mode E, M<br />
Operating mode E, M<br />
Room temperature<br />
controller,<br />
DW<br />
1) Sequence relay contained in Trox scope of supply<br />
2) Restrictor by customer<br />
2)<br />
297510<br />
1)<br />
Operating mode E, M<br />
Heating valve<br />
0.2 bis 0.6 bar, NO<br />
9<br />
Room Thermostat<br />
The RLP 100 volume flow controller should be connected<br />
to room thermostats according to the connection diagrams<br />
shown. The volume flow controllers release compressed<br />
air via the input connection. Thus the room thermostat<br />
can be connected with one line only. The room<br />
thermostat must have sufficient handling air capacity for<br />
the volume flow controller. If several volume flow controllers<br />
are connected to one room thermostat, the sum of<br />
the air capacities of all volume flow controllers must be<br />
taken into account. If this exceeds the maximum handling<br />
air capacity of the room thermostat, split signal<br />
relays must be used. If the line from the thermostat to the<br />
volume flow controller contains a split signal relay, a non<br />
venting thermostat can be used.<br />
Parallel Control<br />
Several volume flow controllers (supply or extract air) can<br />
be operated in parallel by one room temperature controller.<br />
If the terminal units are the same size and the V · min<br />
and V · max adjustment knobs are set at the same values,<br />
all the units control the same volume flow. If the settings<br />
differ, the units control an equal percentage.<br />
If several controllers are connected to aone room temperature<br />
controller, the sum of the air capacities of all volume<br />
flow controllers has to be considered. If this amount<br />
exceeds the maximum air capacity handling of the room<br />
temperature controller, split signal relays have to be<br />
used.<br />
External Operating Pressure Connections<br />
The volume flow controllers RLP 100 can be connected<br />
directly to the operating pressure supply as they have an<br />
internal restrictor. If the signal from the room thermostat<br />
is divided into several sequences and a sequencing relay<br />
connected, a supply pressure must be supplied to the<br />
thermostat. The correct sizing of the restrictor must take<br />
into account the heating valve actuator. Noise from the<br />
room thermostat will occur if the restrictor is too small.
Room Temperature Control with Shut Off Mode<br />
(PN 21, DW, NZ)<br />
Operating<br />
pressure<br />
supply 1.3 bar<br />
Supply Air/Extract Air Slave Control<br />
S1<br />
RLP 100<br />
S1 System shut off switch<br />
S2 Window switch<br />
Operating<br />
pressure<br />
supply 1.3 bar<br />
Room temperature<br />
controller,<br />
DW<br />
Operating mode E, M<br />
297690<br />
Room temperature<br />
controller,<br />
DW<br />
RLP 100, Supply Air<br />
Actuator<br />
1) Split relay on request contained in Trox scope of supply<br />
1)<br />
Operating mode M<br />
RLP 100 , Extract Air<br />
Operating mode S<br />
S2<br />
10<br />
Shut Off Control<br />
Sauter RLP 100<br />
The variable volume flow control can be overridden using<br />
the customer's pneumatic switches. The override control<br />
for full shut off can take place on all or separate terminat<br />
units. A break in the pressure line to the controlter or<br />
actuator leads to closure of the damper when fail safe<br />
direction of action is normally closed. With this override<br />
control, and unit type TVZ/ TVA/TVR full shut off leakage<br />
air volume flows to DIN 1946 part 4 are achieved. With<br />
TVM units, note that the override control must be<br />
switched to both controllers.<br />
S1, S2 closed: Room temperature control mode<br />
S1 or S2 open: Override control<br />
Safety Function “Damper Open”<br />
If, for safety reasons, ventilation must be guaranteed for<br />
certain building sections, actuators with fail safe direction<br />
normally open (open under no pressure) must be used. In<br />
the event of failure of the compressed air supply, the<br />
damper always opens.<br />
Supply Air/Extract Air Slave Control<br />
Supply air/extract air slave control is possible using the<br />
actual value of the supply air as a control signal for the<br />
control of extract air, if RLP 100 is used for supply air and<br />
a second volume flow controller for the extract air. Only<br />
ratio control can be achieved, i.e. supply and extract air<br />
must remain in the same ratio.<br />
The separating relay in the control line is factory-fitted a<br />
short distance from the supply air controller. It must not<br />
be moved. If the extract air volume flow is reduced to 0,<br />
an RLP100 must be used. The volume flow ratio may be<br />
less than or greater than 100 % and is factory-set using<br />
an adjustment screw in the controller. The V · max adjustment<br />
knob is set to 100 %, the V · min adjustment knob<br />
to 0 %.
Sauter RLP 100<br />
Function Test<br />
Fault Finding Check<br />
Test tubing Connect<br />
supply compressed air<br />
Connect air conditioning system<br />
Check operating pressure<br />
Override control V · min<br />
Record actual value signal ∆p w<br />
Override control V · max<br />
Record actual value signal ∆p w<br />
Operating pressure due<br />
to Sauter requirements?<br />
yes<br />
Actuator opening<br />
and closing?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow V · min ?<br />
yes<br />
Volume flow V · max ?<br />
yes<br />
Room temperature<br />
control?<br />
yes<br />
Override controls?<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
Order Example Spare Controller<br />
Check pressure<br />
Damper blocked? Fail<br />
safe direction OK?<br />
Controller faulty<br />
Duct pressure<br />
sufficient?<br />
Measurement<br />
tubing to Sensor<br />
damaged?<br />
Check room<br />
thermostat<br />
Check window<br />
switch, relay etc.<br />
Sauter RLP 100<br />
preset for TVZ 125, 30 ... 60 l/s, V H -Range,<br />
PN21, DW, NZ<br />
11<br />
Commissioning<br />
A rapid function test for commissioning can be carried<br />
out with the system running and the operating pressure<br />
present. Remove the tube from the connection to the<br />
operating pressure supply. If compressed air escapes<br />
from the line, this shows that the controller is supplied<br />
with compressed air. After replacing the tube, the actuator<br />
must return to approximately the same position it held<br />
before the test. If commissioning involves proving the<br />
limit volume flows V · min and V · max hese must be set as<br />
described below.<br />
For each operating situation, the effective pressure (∆p w)<br />
is measured at the Trox differential pressure sensor and<br />
the volume flow calculated:<br />
V · actual = C . �p w<br />
In many cases, incorrect tube connections or insufficient<br />
operating pressure are the cause of the faults. Therefore<br />
for a detailed test on each volume flow controller, first<br />
remove the signal from the room thermostat and then<br />
measure the operating pressure.<br />
Remove the high pressure and low pressure lines on the<br />
volume flow controller and connect a manometer. The<br />
actuator must open and the effective pressure (∆p e) must<br />
rise.<br />
Reconnect the high pressure line, the actuator must now<br />
close and the effective pressure must fall.<br />
Connect the low pressure line. The controller must control<br />
to V · min. Measure effective pressure, calculate volume<br />
flow and compare with designed value.<br />
Close off connection 6 for room thermostat. The controller<br />
must control to V · max. Repeat measurement for V · max<br />
as described above.<br />
Measure control signal p 6 and connect.<br />
Calculate set volume flow and compare with actual<br />
volume flow.<br />
Activate override controls and check operation.<br />
Replacement Controller<br />
To replace faulty controllers, only controllers set for the<br />
terminal unit type and size must be used. Unadjusted<br />
controllers are only acceptable as a temporary solution.<br />
When ordering spare controllers, state V · min and V · max.
Sauter RLP 100, Room Pressure Control<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Area of Application 2<br />
Description of Function 3<br />
Room Pressure Control 4<br />
Room Pressure Adjustment on Site 5<br />
Volume Flow Ranges Single-Duct Units 6<br />
Order Code, Examples Single-Duct Units 7<br />
Tube Connections 8<br />
Room Temperature and Room Pressure Control 9<br />
Function Test, Commissioning 10<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016MH3
RLP 100 F901/F915<br />
�<br />
�<br />
RLP 100 F003/F004<br />
�<br />
�<br />
� Controller RLP 100...<br />
� x p adjustment knob, %<br />
� ∆ p adjustment knob<br />
� E adjustment knob<br />
Type Range<br />
Sauter RLP 100, Room Pressure Control<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
� V · min adjustment knob<br />
� �V · adjustment knob<br />
� T n adjustment knob<br />
� Tube connections<br />
Characteristic Controller<br />
Room Pressure Controller<br />
–20 to +20 Pa<br />
–50 to +50 Pa<br />
Volume Flow Controller<br />
Actuator Normally Open (NO)<br />
Actuator Normally Closed (NZ)<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
RLP 100 F901<br />
RLP 100 F915<br />
RLP 100 F004<br />
RLP 100 F003<br />
2<br />
Area of Application<br />
The pneumatic Sauter RLP 100 room pressure controller<br />
has been designed for the high or low pressure control of<br />
dense rooms. The room pressure is controlled using the<br />
master-and-slave system (cascade-controlled) by a<br />
Sauter RLP 100 F003/F004 flow volume controller, which<br />
controls the flow volume control unit in supply air or<br />
extract air. In total the control for 1 room comprises<br />
3 controllers:<br />
Room Pressure Controller<br />
The control of extremely dense rooms is not satisfactorily<br />
solved with the supply/extract air slave control, as measuring<br />
and control tolerances as well as the unknown<br />
density degree of the room may lead to undesirably high<br />
room pressures or to room pressures with wrong signs.<br />
With the room pressure controller the differential pressure<br />
as to a reference room is measured and controlled. The<br />
set volume flow of the slave controller is within a limited<br />
range in addition to the master controller influenced by<br />
the room pressure controller.<br />
Volume Flow Controller 1<br />
For the variable volume flow control with V · min and V · max<br />
limitation serves the volume flow controller 1 in connection<br />
with a suitable room temperature controller.<br />
Volume Flow Controller 2<br />
Volume flow controller 2 operates in parallel to volume<br />
flow controller 1 and also receives the signal from the<br />
room temperature controller. As a second command variable<br />
the output signal of the room pressure controller is<br />
switched on (activated).<br />
The volume flow controllers RLP100 F001/F002 are<br />
explained in detail in a separate Trox product information<br />
(EØ16NH1).<br />
The actual values of room pressure and volume flows are<br />
available as linear pneumatic standard signals and can<br />
be used for indication.<br />
Static Measuring Principle<br />
The volume flow is measured using a membrane pressure<br />
transducer. Therefore the RLP ... is suitable for the<br />
control of extract air with contaminants and/or which is<br />
dust-loden. Terminal units with painted finish or made of<br />
plastic should be considered in such situations.<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
In critical cases, a material test should be carried out<br />
on the terminal unit and membrane pressure transducer,<br />
to prove suitability for chemicals and concentrations<br />
concerned.
Sauter RLP 100, Room Pressure Control<br />
Characteristic Actual Value<br />
Room Pressure Controller<br />
Room pressure<br />
difference<br />
0<br />
0 0.6<br />
Actual value signal P M<br />
Characteristic Actual Value<br />
Slave Controller<br />
V · nom<br />
Volume flow<br />
V · min unit<br />
0<br />
0 Actual value signal PM Characteristic of Set-Point Adjustment<br />
Volume Flow Controller 2<br />
V · nom<br />
Volume flow<br />
controller 2<br />
+<br />
-<br />
V · actual = P M . V · nom<br />
V · 2 = V · 1 + . V · P8 - 0.6<br />
nom<br />
4<br />
�V ·<br />
0 0 Volume flow controller 1<br />
1.0 bar<br />
1.0 bar<br />
V · nom<br />
3<br />
Description of Function<br />
Room Pressure Controller<br />
The room pressure1) is measured on the static differential<br />
pressure principle. One measuring point each for static<br />
pressure is provided in the room to be controlled and in<br />
the reference room. If several rooms are switched one<br />
behind the other in pressure cascade, a neutral reference<br />
pressure is recommended, i.e. corridor, which must be<br />
free from wind influence and other pressure fluctuations.<br />
These pressures (room pressure differentials) are measured<br />
by a membrane pressure transducer. The actual<br />
room pressure value is available as pneumatic signal PM. The set room pressure is adjusted or predetermined by<br />
an external command variable. The controller compares<br />
the required room pressure with the actual value. Corresponding<br />
to the control deviation the influence onto the<br />
volume flow controller 2 is changed. The room pressure<br />
control shows PI behaviour.<br />
Volume Flow Controller<br />
The volume flow is measured on the static differential<br />
pressure principle. For further explanations please refer<br />
to the separate Trox product information EØ16NH1.<br />
The set volume flow is predetermined by the room temperature<br />
controller and limited to V · min and V · max. The<br />
second command variable (for room pressure controller)<br />
results in a further adjustment of the set value. The controller<br />
determines the required volume flow according to<br />
the characteristics as shown and compares this with the<br />
actual value.<br />
The damper actuator is controlled according to the control<br />
deviation. The volume flow control shows I-behaviour.<br />
The volume flow controllers are used together with a<br />
certain type of Trox actuators. Adaptation to the fail safe<br />
direction of the adjustment blade (NZ/NO) inside the controller<br />
is made in the factory.<br />
Gravity Dependency<br />
Because of the weight of the membrane the positioning<br />
of the VFP affects the measured signal. The VFP is normally<br />
calibrated for a vertical position of the membrane,<br />
i.e. pressure tube connections above or below horizontal<br />
plane. Other installation positions must be specified on<br />
order.<br />
1) For simplification the room pressure differential is referred to as<br />
room pressure in this leaflet.
Control Behaviour after Alteration of Disturbance<br />
Pressure Independent Control Characteristic<br />
Pressure<br />
difference<br />
Room pressure<br />
difference<br />
0<br />
1000<br />
Pa<br />
800<br />
600<br />
400<br />
200<br />
Door open<br />
‡ max set value<br />
‡ min set value<br />
V · min<br />
=<br />
=<br />
Door closed<br />
�V ·<br />
Time<br />
% of V<br />
Volume flow<br />
· 20 40 60 80 100<br />
nom<br />
Formula for Volume Flow Adjustment<br />
‡ max<br />
‡ nom<br />
‡ min<br />
‡ nom<br />
.<br />
.<br />
Sauter RLP 100, Room Pressure Control<br />
�V ·<br />
V · max<br />
100 %<br />
100 %<br />
4<br />
Room Pressure Control<br />
As the room pressure controller works with PI characteristic<br />
(proportional-integral) the required room pressure is<br />
theoretically always obtained. Deviations are only given<br />
by the measuring tolerance of the room pressure transducer<br />
(component in RLP 100...). It is, however, a prerequisite<br />
that the room has the density required, in order to<br />
achieve the required room pressure from the volume flow<br />
differential between between supply air and extract air.<br />
The room pressure height, which results from alterations<br />
of disturbances (door closed) as well as the setting (stabilization)<br />
time required depends i.a. on the duct pressures<br />
in the supply and extract air system, room density<br />
and air change (rate) (volume flow / contents).<br />
Volume Flow Control<br />
The volume flow controller works independently of the<br />
duct pressure, i.e. pressure fluctuations cause no<br />
changes to volume flow.<br />
To prevent the volume flow control becoming unstable, a<br />
dead zone is allowed within which the damper does not<br />
move.<br />
This dead zone and the accuracy of site measurements<br />
lead to volume flow deviation ∆V · shown opposite.<br />
If the conditions given in the sales brochure (static minimum<br />
pressure differential, inlet flow conditions etc.) are<br />
not observed, greater deviations must be expected.<br />
Room Pressure Adjustment<br />
The required room pressure is adjusted at the Dp adjustment<br />
knob. The adjustment range reaches from –20 to<br />
+20 Pa and/or –50 to +50Pa.<br />
If the room pressure is variable, e. g. changeover high/low<br />
pressure, the adjustment knob must be set to –20 Pa<br />
(and/or –50 Pa). If necessary, the lower pressure value<br />
can be limited.<br />
Adjustment Volume Flow Controller 2<br />
The ∆V · -adjustment knob at volume flow controller 2 must<br />
be set to 0 % in order to obtain an unobjectionable functioning<br />
of room pressure control. The adjustments of V · min<br />
and V · max must be in conformity with the values of controller<br />
1.<br />
When ordering, the appertaining master unit must be<br />
indicated as well. The master unit must be of equal size.<br />
Please, consult Trox in case of deviations.
Sauter RLP 100, Room Pressure Control<br />
Adjustment Knobs RLP 100<br />
Room Pressure Controller<br />
�<br />
Adjustment Knobs RLP 100<br />
Volume Flow Controller<br />
�<br />
Formula for V · min<br />
Formula for V · max<br />
x p<br />
� x p adjustment knob, %<br />
� ∆ p adjustment knob<br />
� T n adjustment knob<br />
� E adjustment knob<br />
�p w-‡min<br />
�p w-‡max<br />
T n<br />
� p<br />
=<br />
=<br />
(<br />
(<br />
‡ min<br />
C<br />
‡ max<br />
C<br />
(<br />
(<br />
2<br />
2<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
�<br />
� V · min adjustment knob<br />
� �V · adjustment knob<br />
5<br />
Room Pressure Adjustment on Site<br />
A subsequent adjustment of the room pressure set value<br />
can be made at the ∆ p adjustment knob of the RLP 100.<br />
Non Air Tight Room<br />
Should at commissioning it turn out that the required<br />
room pressure cannot be achieved, because the room<br />
has not the projected density, a supply air/extract air<br />
slave control has to be adjusted.<br />
For this purpose the room pressure controller is put out<br />
of force leaving connection 8 of the slave controller open.<br />
The ∆V · adjustment knob is set to 10 %. Thus the extract<br />
air follows the supply air in a ratio 1 : 1.<br />
Adjustment Rules<br />
• The adjustment knobs for V · min and V · max can within the<br />
indicated limits be adjusted independently from each<br />
other. An adjustment of less than 20 % cannot be<br />
recommended, because of the reduced control accuracy.<br />
• If the V · min adjustment knob is set higher than V · max,<br />
then the maximum volume flow V · max is constantly controlled.<br />
• A constant volume flow (fixed value) is adjusted using<br />
the V · min adjustment knob; the V · max adjustment knob<br />
must be set at 100 %.<br />
Volume Flow Adjustment on Site<br />
lf subsequent changes to the volume flow limit values are<br />
required, the setting knobs can be reset to the new<br />
values using the rules above. The accuracy can be increased<br />
if the effective pressures of the differential pressure<br />
sensor can be measured and the following procedure<br />
carried out with the system switched on:<br />
• Remove the tube from connection 6 (control signal) so<br />
that the controller runs at V · min. Do not seal the connecting<br />
nipple.<br />
• Calculate the effective pressure for V · min.<br />
• Set V · min adjustment knob until the effective pressure<br />
corresponds to the calculated value (after adjustment,<br />
wait until the controller has settled and the actuator<br />
stopped).<br />
• Close connection 6 with a cap or sealed hose. The<br />
controller runs at V · max.<br />
• Calculate the effective pressure for V · max.<br />
• Reset the V · max adjustment knob as described for V · min.<br />
• Replace original tube connections.<br />
The C values for the above calcolations are given in the<br />
VARYCONTROL Product Information under the heading<br />
“Commissioning”.
Volume Flow Ranges TVZ, TVA, TVR, TVRK<br />
V · min- V<br />
unit<br />
· minunit<br />
V · min- V<br />
unit<br />
· to<br />
V<br />
minunit<br />
· to<br />
V nom<br />
· nom<br />
to<br />
V · to<br />
V nom<br />
· l/s m<br />
nom<br />
3 V<br />
/h<br />
· V H<br />
· N<br />
V · V H<br />
· 1)<br />
N<br />
1)<br />
1002) 10 50 15 75 36 180 54 270<br />
125 15 75 22 110 54 270 79 396<br />
160 25 125 40 190 90 450 144 684<br />
200 40 200 60 305 144 720 216 1098<br />
250 60 300 95 480 216 1080 342 1728<br />
315 105 525 155 780 378 1890 558 2808<br />
4003) 170 850 260 1300 612 3060 936 4680<br />
Size<br />
Volume Flow Ranges TVJ/TVT<br />
B x H<br />
mm<br />
V · min-unit 1)<br />
l/s m 3 /h<br />
V · nom<br />
200 x 100 45 215 162 774<br />
300 x 100 65 320 234 1152<br />
400 x 100 85 425 306 1530<br />
500 x 100 105 535 378 1926<br />
600 x 100 130 650 468 2340<br />
200 x 200 85 415 306 1494<br />
300 x 200 125 620 450 2232<br />
400 x 200 165 825 594 2970<br />
500 x 200 205 1035 738 3726<br />
600 x 200 250 1250 900 4500<br />
700 x 200 290 1450 1044 5220<br />
800 x 200 330 1650 1188 5940<br />
300 x 300 185 920 666 3312<br />
400 x 300 245 1230 882 4428<br />
500 x 300 305 1535 1098 5526<br />
600 x 300 370 1850 1332 6660<br />
700 x 300 430 2150 1548 7740<br />
800 x 300 490 2450 1764 8820<br />
900 x 300 555 2770 1998 9972<br />
1000 x 300 620 3100 2232 11160<br />
400 x 400 325 1630 1170 5868<br />
500 x 400 410 2040 1476 7344<br />
600 x 400 490 2450 1764 8820<br />
700 x 400 570 2850 2052 10260<br />
800 x 400 650 3250 2340 11700<br />
900 x 400 735 3670 2646 13212<br />
1000 x 400 820 4100 2952 14760<br />
500 x 500 510 2540 1836 9144<br />
600 x 500 610 3050 2196 10980<br />
700 x 500 710 3550 2556 12780<br />
800 x 500 810 4050 2916 14580<br />
900 x 500 915 4570 3294 16452<br />
1000 x 500 1020 5100 3672 18360<br />
600 x 600 730 3650 2628 13140<br />
700 x 600 850 4250 3060 15300<br />
800 x 600 970 4850 3492 17460<br />
900 x 600 1100 5500 3960 19800<br />
1000 x 600 1220 6100 4392 21960<br />
700 x 700 990 4950 3564 17820<br />
800 x 700 1140 5700 4104 20520<br />
900 x 700 1280 6400 4608 23040<br />
1000 x 700 1420 7100 5112 25560<br />
800 x 800 1300 6500 4680 23400<br />
900 x 800 1460 7300 5256 26280<br />
1000 x 800 1620 8100 5832 29160<br />
900 x 900 1640 8200 5904 29520<br />
1000 x 900 1820 9100 6552 32760<br />
1000 x 1000 2020 10100 7272 36360<br />
1) V · min = 0 is also possible 2) Only TVR 3) Not TVRK<br />
Sauter RLP 100, Room Pressure Control<br />
6<br />
V · min-unit 1)<br />
V · nom
Sauter RLP 100, Room Pressure Control<br />
Volume Flow Control Tolerances 1)<br />
Volume flow<br />
in % of V · nom<br />
100 5 5<br />
80 5 5<br />
60 5 6<br />
40 7 8<br />
20 10 11<br />
10 >11<br />
1) Percentage figures based on V · actual<br />
∆V · in ± %<br />
TVZ, TVA, TVR TVJ/TVT<br />
7<br />
Single Duct Units<br />
Order Code / Examples<br />
The available options are given in the current price list.<br />
Volume Flow Parameters<br />
Operating<br />
Mode<br />
E<br />
F<br />
V · min<br />
Factory Setting<br />
V · max<br />
TVR / 160 / 00 / PN1 / ZE - 50 - 110 l/s - +10Pa<br />
TVA / 160 / 00 / PX1 / AE - 50 - 110 l/s - -25Pa<br />
TVR / 160 / 00 / PV1 / ZF - 75 l/s - -10Pa<br />
Installation point<br />
A Extract Air<br />
Z Supply Air<br />
Operating Mode<br />
E Individual<br />
F Fixed<br />
When ordering, the appertaining master unit must be<br />
indicated as well. The master unit must be of equal size.<br />
Please, consult Trox in case of deviations.<br />
Room Pressure Parameters<br />
�p set at required room pressure<br />
V · min adjustment knob set at required V · min<br />
V · max adjustment knob set at required V · max<br />
V · min adjustment knob set at required V ·<br />
V · max adjustment knob set at 100 %.<br />
�p
Tube Connections RLP 100 F901/F915<br />
Tube Connections RLP 100 F003/F004<br />
IMPORTANT<br />
The examples illustrated show the most common<br />
arrangements for volume flow control. The Sauter<br />
specifications must be observed in the overall control<br />
system design, selection of the other control components<br />
and wire sizing. Details of other circuits are<br />
available from Sauter.<br />
Room Pressure Control<br />
Reference<br />
Room<br />
6<br />
1<br />
M<br />
2<br />
7<br />
8<br />
6<br />
1<br />
M<br />
2<br />
7<br />
8<br />
Room<br />
Sauter RLP 100, Room Pressure Control<br />
8<br />
Nomenclature<br />
Room Pressure Controller<br />
+ Static pressure input from room<br />
- Static pressure input from reference room<br />
1 Operating pressure input (1.3 bar, ± 0.1 bar)<br />
2 Output set value (0.2 to 1.0 bar)<br />
6 Input room pressure set value (0.2 to1.0 bar)<br />
M Output actual room pressure (0.2 to 1.0 bar)<br />
Volume Flow Controller<br />
+ High pressure take off from differential pressure<br />
sensor<br />
- Low pressure take off from differential pressure<br />
sensor<br />
1 Operating pressure input (1.3 bar, ± 0.1 bar)<br />
2 Actuator output (0.2 to 1,0 bar)<br />
6 Set volume flow input (0.2 to 1.0 bar)<br />
8 Input set value (0.2 to 1.0 bar)<br />
M Output actual value (0.2 to 1.0 bar)<br />
Tube Connections<br />
The differential pressure sensor of the volume flow control<br />
unit and the actuator are tube-connected with the<br />
volume flow controller in the factory. The operating pressure<br />
has to be connected by the customer. It has to be<br />
considered that the operating pressure air must meet the<br />
requirements for conditioned instrument compressed air<br />
(free from oil, dust and water).<br />
Tube Connections Room Pressure Controller<br />
Tube dimensions: di = 6 mm<br />
max. lengths : 10 m (plus and minus in total) 1)<br />
Material : Polyurethane1) Room Pressure Control<br />
For room pressure controls the RLP 100 is tube-connected<br />
according to the sketch shown. The measuring<br />
points in the room and reference room must be free from<br />
any turbulences (no influence due to room flow, no dynamic<br />
share pd). Note:<br />
If room groups with different pressure stages are arranged<br />
one behind the other, all transducers shall operate<br />
with a common reference pressure, e.g. atmospheric<br />
pressure.<br />
1) Recommendation
Sauter RLP 100, Room Pressure Control<br />
Room Temperature and Room Pressure Control<br />
Operating<br />
pressure<br />
Room<br />
temperature<br />
controller, DW<br />
1 6<br />
RLP 100 (F001/002)<br />
Operating Mode E<br />
1 2<br />
RLP 100 Room Pressure<br />
1 8 6<br />
RLP 100 Volume Flow<br />
Room Pressure Control (Constant Value)<br />
Operating<br />
pressure<br />
RLP 100 Room Pressure<br />
RLP 100 Volume Flow<br />
Operating Mode ZE, AE<br />
8<br />
Room<br />
Reference room<br />
Room<br />
Reference room<br />
2<br />
Operating Mode ZF, AF<br />
9<br />
Room Temperature Controller<br />
The RLP 100 volume flow controller should be connected<br />
with discharging room temperature controllers according<br />
to the tubing plans shown. The volume flow controllers<br />
discharge (blow) compressed air through the input for the<br />
command variable. Thus, the controller can be connected<br />
with one connection tube only. The room temperature<br />
controller must be dimensioned for the discharge<br />
volume of the volume flow controller.<br />
Room Pressure Controller<br />
The room pressure controller should be assembled close<br />
to the room and/or reference room in order to keep the<br />
tube lengths of the measurement lines short.<br />
Parallel Control<br />
Several volume flow controllers (supply and extract air)<br />
are parallelly controlled by one room temperature controller.<br />
The volume flow control units are of equal size and<br />
the V · min and V · max adjustment knobs are set to equal<br />
values. For this reason all units have the same volume<br />
flow.<br />
If several controllers are connected to a room temperature<br />
controller, the sum of the discharge amounts of all<br />
volume flow controllers has to be considered. If this<br />
amount exceeds the maximum air take-back volume of<br />
the room temperature controller, cutoff relays have to be<br />
used.<br />
Operating Pressure Connections<br />
The volume flow controllers RLP 100 can directly be connected<br />
to the operating pressure supply as they have an<br />
internal restrictor. If the signal of the room temperature<br />
controller is subdivided to several sequences and a<br />
sequence relay is integrated, an operating pressure supply<br />
must be directed to the room temperature controller.<br />
Here, the correct dimensioning of the restrictor has to be<br />
taken into account, also under consideration of the heating<br />
value actuator. If the restriction is too low, disturbing<br />
discharge noises occur at the room temperature controller.<br />
Constant Volume Flow Control<br />
Rooms with constant volume flow can be room-pressure<br />
controlled. If a constant controller (e.g. Trox RN) is installed<br />
in the supply air, the room pressure volume flow<br />
cascade has to be in the extract air. This controller compensates<br />
room pressure deviations resulting from supply<br />
air tolerances. At constant room extract air the same procedure<br />
is used for the supply air.
Function Test<br />
Fault Finding Check<br />
Test tubing Connect<br />
supply compressed air<br />
Connect air conditioning system<br />
Check Volume Flow Controller<br />
Check Room Pressure Controller<br />
Operating pressure due<br />
to Sauter requirements?<br />
yes<br />
Actuator opening<br />
and closing?<br />
yes<br />
Volume Flow V · min ?<br />
yes<br />
Volume Flow V · max ?<br />
yes<br />
Room temperature<br />
control?<br />
yes<br />
Override controls?<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
no<br />
Order Example Spare Controller<br />
Sauter RLP 100, Room Pressure Control<br />
Operating pressure<br />
due to Sauter<br />
requirements?<br />
Damper blocked? Fail<br />
safe direction OK?<br />
Controller faulty<br />
Duct pressure<br />
sufficient?<br />
Measurement<br />
tubing to Sensor<br />
damaged?<br />
Check room<br />
thermostat<br />
Check window<br />
switch, relay etc.<br />
Room Pressure Controller Sauter RLP 100 F 901<br />
preset at +15 Pa<br />
Volume Flow Controller Sauter RLP 100 F 003<br />
preset for TVA 160<br />
10<br />
Commissioning<br />
For commissioning it is best to first disconnect (remove)<br />
the command variable of the room pressure controller<br />
(terminal 8). With the doors open, master and slave controller<br />
are set in operation according to Trox product<br />
information (RLE 150, EØ16MB7). Then reconnect command<br />
variable, shut the doors and check room pressure<br />
(smoke checks).<br />
The set value of the room pressure is reached, when the<br />
room pressure determined from the P M measured is in<br />
conformity with the set value. If this is not the case, the<br />
room leakage is too high. The set value has to be reduced.<br />
If the room proves to be non-air-tight, the room<br />
pressure control cannot function. The room is then to be<br />
taken into operation with the supply air/extract air slave<br />
control.<br />
Replacement Controller<br />
When replacing faulty controllers, calibrated controllers<br />
set for the terminal box type and size must be used.<br />
Uncalibrated controllers can only be used as a temporary<br />
solution. The following must be specified when ordering<br />
a replacement controller: Room presure, V · min and V · max.
Sauter Accessories<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Sequencing Relay 2<br />
Split Signal Relay 2<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016MH2
Sequencing Relay 297510<br />
�<br />
� Adjustment screw<br />
� Output<br />
� Input<br />
Characteristic Diagram<br />
P output<br />
Split Signal Relay<br />
Characteristic Diagram<br />
P output<br />
�<br />
�<br />
1.0<br />
bar<br />
0.6<br />
0.2<br />
� Free<br />
� Output<br />
� Input<br />
1.0<br />
bar<br />
0.6<br />
0.2<br />
0.2<br />
0.2<br />
0.6<br />
P input<br />
0.6<br />
P input<br />
3<br />
1<br />
2<br />
bar<br />
bar<br />
297510<br />
1.0<br />
297690<br />
1.0<br />
1<br />
3<br />
2<br />
2<br />
3<br />
2<br />
Sequencing Relay<br />
Area of Application<br />
The Sauter 297510 sequencing relay is used in connection<br />
with variable volume flow controllers if a split range<br />
of the output signal from the room thermostat is to be<br />
used to control a heating valve in sequence with the variable<br />
volume. The room thermostat must give a rise in<br />
pressure signal as the temperature rises (direct acting on<br />
cooling).<br />
Function<br />
The full range of pressure sigoal on the room thermostat<br />
of 0.2 to 1.0 bar is set on the input of the sequence relay.<br />
From 0.6 bar input pressure, a double amplified signal is<br />
present at the output according to the diagram shown.<br />
The input is non venting. The room thermostat must be<br />
supplied with operating pressure via an external restrictor.<br />
The output is fed from the volume flow controller.<br />
Split Signal Relay<br />
Sauter Accessories<br />
Area of Application<br />
A split signal relay is used to separate pneumatic signals.<br />
In the control of variable volume flows, the signal is used<br />
for supply/extract air sequential control. The actual volume<br />
flow value output of the RLP 10 can only supply a<br />
limited amount of air. The relay serves as an amplifier:<br />
another application is the parallel switching of several<br />
VAV terminal units on one room temperature controller. If<br />
the capacity of the room temperature controller is exceeded,<br />
the relay is used to create control subgroups.<br />
Function<br />
The control pressure is always transferred from the input<br />
to the output in the ratio of 1:1. There is no air release<br />
from the input. A ball relief nozzle releases excess pressure<br />
on the output side. The maximum air handling capacity<br />
must be taken into account.
Trox Pneumatic Actuator<br />
1<br />
Contents<br />
Subject Page<br />
Application 2<br />
Function 2<br />
Design changes reserved · All rights reserved · ® Gebrüder Trox GmbH (12/2001) · Leaflet No. E016MJ0
Pneumatic Actuator<br />
2<br />
1<br />
� Actuator<br />
� Piston rod<br />
� Air pressure connection<br />
3<br />
2<br />
Application<br />
Trox Pneumatic Actuator<br />
Maintenance-free compressed air damper actuator for<br />
VAV terminal units. Controlled by the signal of a pneumatic<br />
volume flow controller. The actuator is factorymounted<br />
on the terminal unit with pneumatic tubing to<br />
the controller.<br />
Function<br />
The actuator incorporates a neoprene roll membrane and<br />
thus has no steady state air consumption itself. As the<br />
control pressure rises, the piston rod pushes against a<br />
return spring (stroke approximately 85 mm).<br />
At control pressure 0 bar the piston rod is retracted. The<br />
piston rod drives the damper via a lever. The mechanism<br />
is factory set such that the full travel of the aetuator is<br />
used for the open to closed movement of the damper. No<br />
travel limiters are required. The direction of action (open<br />
or closed with no pressure) is established by the actuator<br />
mounting position.<br />
• Manual adjustment is not possible. Manual withdrawal<br />
of the piston rod can lead to damage. The roll membrane<br />
is not under pressure and can stick internally.